Nye
ee
" tj
aiid
—
=
=
—
|
Ni
iP
o
i »Y
LN) 4.77 &
Class_ Xo) =F Sn!
Book Pre hag ye)
Commish No !7 OT
COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT.
Che Bural Science Series
Epirep By L. H. BarLey
THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
Che Rural Science Series
THE SoIt.
THE SPRAYING OF PLANTS.
MILK AND Its PrRopucrTs.
THE FERTILITY OF THE LAND.
THE PRINCIPLES OF FRUIT GROWING.
BusH-FRuItTs.
FERTILIZERS.
THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE.
RURAL WEALTH AND WELFARE.
THE FARMSTEAD.
THE PRINCIPLES OF VEGETABLE-GARDENING.
FarRM POULTRY.
THE FEEDING OF ANIMALS.
THE FARMER’S Bustness HANDBOOK.
IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE.
THE CARE OF ANIMALS.
THE Horse.
How To CHoosE A FARM.
FORAGE CROPS.
BACTERIA IN RELATION TO CouNTRY LIFE.
THE NuRSERY-BOOK.
PLANT- BREEDING.
THE ForcING-Boor.
GARDEN-MAKING.
THE PRUNING-BOooK.
THE PRACTICAL GARDEN-BOOK.
Dr PRN Ge LES OF
AGRICULTURE
A Trxt- Book FOR
SCHOOLS AND RURAL SOCIETIES
EDITED BY
ie Ey BATTLE
Fifteenth Edition, Revised
With a review and catechism for reading-
clubs and teachers
Nein York
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
LONDON: MACMILLAN & CO., Lrp.
1909
All rights reserved
Copy RIGHT, 1898, 1909
By L. H. BAILEY
Set up and electrotyped December, 1898
Reprinted with corrections January, 1900; January, May, 1901
February, June, 1902; February, July, 1908; March, 1904
July, 1995; April, 1906; August, 1907; June, 1908
January, 1909; Revised, June, 1909
é
SPount Pleasant [ress
J. Horace McFarutaANnp COMPANY
HARRISBURG « PENNSYLVANIA
PREFACE
The greatest difficulty in the teaching of agricul-
ture is to tell what agriculture is. To the scientist.
agriculture has been largely an application of the
teachings of agricultural chemistry; to the stockman,
it is chiefly the raising of animals; to the hortieul-
turist, it may be fruit-growing, flower-growing, or
nursery business; and everyone, since the establish-
ment of the agricultural colleges and experiment
stations, is certain that it is a seience. The fact
is, however, that agriculture is pursued primarily
for the gaining of a livelihood, not for the extension
of knowledge: it is, therefore, a business, not a sci-
ence. But at every point, a knowledge of science aids
the business. It is on the science side that the
experimenter is able to help the farmer. On _ the
business side the farmer must rely upon himself; for
the person who is not a good business man cannot
be a good farmer, however much he may know of
science. These statements are no disparagement of
science, for, in these days, facts of science and scien-
tific habits of thought are essential to the best
farming: byt they are intended to emphasize tie
(v)
vi PREFACE
fact that business method is the master, and that
teachings of science are the helpmates.
But even if these facts are fully apprehended,
the teacher and the farmer are apt to make no
distinction between the fundamental and the inei-
dental applications of science, or between principles
and facts. Therefore, the mistake is often made of
teaching how to overcome mere obstacles before ex-
plaining why the obstacles are obstacles. How to
kill weeds is a mere incident; the great fact is that
good farmers are not troubled with weeds. Rather
than to know kinds of weeds, the farmer should
know how to manage his land. How to know the
weeds and how to kill them is what he ealls prae-
tical knowledge, but, standing alone, it is really the
most unpractical kind of knowledge, for it does not
tell him how to prevent their recurrence year after
year. The learner is apt to begin at the wrong
end of his problem. This is well illustrated in the
eustomary discussions of under-drainage. The pupil
or the reader is first instructed in methods of lay-
ing drains. But drainage is not the unit. The
real unit is texture and moisture of soils: plowing,
draining, green-cropping are means of producing a
given or desired result. The real subject-matter for
first consideration, therefore, is amelioration of soil
rather than laying of drains. When the farmer has
PREFACE Vil
learned how to prepare the land, and how to grow
plants, and how to raise animals, then he may -
enquire about such incidental details as the kinds
of weeds and insects, the brands of fertilizers, the
varieties of apples, when he shall till, whether he
shall raise wheat or sweet corn. The tailor first
learns how to lay out his garment; but the farmer
too often wants to sew on the buttons before he
euts his cloth.
Again, the purpose of education is often misun-
derstood by both teachers and farmers. Its purpose
is to improve the farmer, not the farm. If the per-
son is aroused, the farm is likely to be awakened.
The happy farmer is a more successful farmer than
the rich one. If the educated farmer raises no
more wheat or cotton than the uneducated neighbor,
his education is nevertheless worth the cost, for his
mind is open to a thousand influences of which the
other knows nothing. One’s happiness depends less
on bushels of corn than on entertaining thoughts.
Not only do we need to know what agriculture
is, but we should know the relative importance of
its parts. It is commonly assumed that fertilizing
the land is the one most fundamental thing in
agriculture, but this is not so; for if but one thing
about farming practices were to be explained, that
thing should be the tilling of the land.
Viil PREFACE
Agriculture, then, stands upon business, but
science is the staff. Business cannot be taught in
a book like this; but some of the laws of science
as applied to farm-management can be taught, and
it is convenient to speak of these laws as the
principles of agriculture. These principles are ar-
ranged in a more or less logical order, so that the
teacher may have the skeleton of the subject before
him. The subject should not be taught until it is
analyzed, for analysis supplies the thread upon which
the facts and practices may be strung. The best
part of the book, therefore, is the table of contents.
A book like this should be used only by persons
who know how to observe. The starting-point in
the teaching of agriculture is nature-study,—the
training of the power actually to see things and
then to draw proper conclusions from them. Into
this primary field the author hopes to enter; but
the present need seems to be for a book of prin-
ciples designed to aid those who know how to use
their eyes. :
Li. Hi. BATERY:
HORTICUTURAL DEPARTMENT,
CORNELL UNIVERSITY, Dee. 1, 1898.
ANALYSIS
INTRODUCTION (pages 1-15)
Paragraphs
l. What Agriculture Is..... Se de lee")
2. The Personal Factors upon pane its sh auiress epee
2a. Upon business or executive ability ...... . 10-12
2b. Upon a knowledge of natural science... . . . 13-21
Shy uh SARA Oye URNA). 6 Ba oa led GB cee ce Bc 22
Parc 1
TH hy SOT
CHAPTER I
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL (pages 16-36)
Ths ULAR UO DOCS ATS” oe APRS UB ci 6S" A OSCR EOS ol teat eet!
How Soil is Made—
20a Lhe imorcanierelements).. 0) «4 oa eee =28
2b. The organie elements and agents ...... . . 29-35
DXA, MMA eSporopaNAKNs OVE FOI 5G 6 Gums 6 oo ow wo BK)
SUL REMMCSOUNGESIOP UCMSOUL Ne yey ee wie) aueaisem Go a) ee 4—48
CHAPTER II
THE TEXTURE AND STRUCTURE OF THE SOIL (pages 37-46)
What is Meant by Texture... . SD aed o exal
Why Good Texture and Structure are bere ae bo 6 BR be
How Good Structure Is Obtained. .. 2... ws 2 54-59
Structureand Manures. .. 2... 10 2 ee wee es 60
(ix)
mon
x ANALYSIS
CHAPTER III
THE MOISTURE IN THE Solu (pages 47-63)
(By L. A. CLINTON, Director, Storrs Experiment Station, Conn.)
Paragraphs
ARO, DOES SES TU OOP, 6 Bb ban > boo 6 8 cl Ol=(e!
2. How Water is Held in the Soil. . . - (64-69
3. How the Moisture-holding Capacity oF Ve Soil May Me
Increased —
3a. The capacity of the soil . . rae 70-72
3b. Capacity is increased by the addition of ums 3) canes
3c. Capacity may be increased by under-drainage . 75-78
3d. The capacity is increased by proper tillage . . 79-81
4) The (Conservation of Moisture =. g =). =a eee
CHAPTER IV
THE TILLAGE OF THE SoIL (pages 64-76)
ten What Tillage Is). $3.20 3 hon en et as ee ee
OS WV nat Lullage DOeS) ey sarc ee ae) ee Oe
3. How Tillage Is Performed —
3am By7deap- workin ce sbOOlS ines. ye. yeilen a) teeiemO Oaecii]
30.) By surface=woLkime stools). ) 0. ai. \a) 2s ice ceed Ol
3c. By compacting tools’ 79.) ©) sapen es) eee Ome le
Ike
9
CHAPTER V
ENRICHING THE SoiL—FArM RESOURCES (pages 77-86)
Wiat Rann Resources: Ane = 0) >) aL Oo Om
Cropping Resources —
2a. The kinds of green-manures .. > - >. 8, 6 = LOS=mE
2b. The management of green-manures. . .. . .112-1i7
3. Direct Applications—
3a.
3b.
Stabla manures, ta mills ce) ees once ee Ema RS— hee
Other Gressinesne 5 .ecdt et -m aeeeee . 2) Al Q8=126
ANALYSIS xi
CHAPTER VI
ENRICHING THE SOIL —COMMERCIAL RESOURCES
(pages 87-105)
(By G. W. CavaNauGH, Professor of Agricultural Chemisty, Cornell
University)
Paragraphs
Mee eLE EVEMeNtS® An tLe! SOU: an Be ae et oe e133
Dee eNUUOGeEn. =. = aot Seta wedteusl: 5. (eres es eA SO
3. Phosphoric ae EM (tae Waptokie Fetes ore: Sane een el Od
LPP OUISI Caan eS Mane, Ro bcn red Lueck t Ue er eaten Aa eA Od
EPA IILETIOUNLENUS Ss wee ie <oe¥ te ce eels Ne ecieey ote coast Cs sy a OSTHS
6. Commercial Fertilizers —
6a. What they are. . . ace ty EY eh tePsa werd ek rary cst Lye 7G
GD Ad viceraSsmbOutheirausel ee tee 4s 2s 6) enlos—166
BART el;
THE PLANT, AND CROPS
CHAPTER VII
THE OFFICES OF THE PLANT (pages 106-111)
Is DUG IAGTDE CHGS WOO CRI) S Bie eo o ete A oe os ee ally as
2. The Plant in its Relation to Soil . SARS els Wet ae oe OE
3. Dhe Plant in tts Relation to Climate. ...... . . 172,173
4. The Plant in its Relation to Animal Life. . ... . . 174,175
5. The Plant has Intrinsie Value to Man —
5a. As articles of food or beverage ..... . .176,177
5b. As articles used in the arts. .... : 178
5c. As articles or objects to gratify etree hanes . 179-181
CHAPTER VIII
How THE PLANT Lives (pages 112-131)
(By B. M. Duaaar, Professor :f Plant Physiology, Cornell University)
UO RRMC RIL ACUUURES aly) sel) 8..itie! © Wks vk Some’ a) ge 2 DOR, TBS
xl
2.
[3)
ANALYSIS
The Factors of Growth — Paragraphs
20.0 \waterean thesplanti. +) 29) =y)\6.j) + cee mS liso
2b. Soluble salts fromthe soil ........ . . 190-192
2¢. .Oxy gent i )- Se is Rae ROS Cy
2d. Carbon dioxid sted guilietes MRS easy sot. a Oa IO
2e. Heat, or a definite temperature. ..... . . 200-202
Ne APrOCesseS.OfGHOwlh. ea ane 4 = fee 3 Oi
Wi retaouly, awe aaah ae rh ees ey te ont I go ae ~ 9 208—212
CHAPTER IX
THE PROPAGATION OF PLANTS (pages 132-144)
The Kinds of Propagation. . . TA yee soca, ee el paltes
Seedage, or Propagation by Seeds =
20. mequisites of germination =)... 2 .).)4 es. 2l6—22
2b. The raising of seedlings . 222-226
Propagation by Buds —
’ 3a. Why and how bud propagation is used. . . . 227,228
30; Wndetached buds) - 45022) - 0a cee amen me a)
36; “Detached! bwdserwt (nines: fen i ace eee 231-241
CHAPTER X
PREPARATION OF LAND FOR THE SEED (pages 145-158)
(By I. P. RopErts, Emeritus Professor of Agriculture,
Cornell University)
Factors Which Determine the Preparation of the Seed-bed, 242, 243
INP IDA OWS Oe ULE TACHI 5B a Ga fo 5 8 0 4 eo BED)
The Preparing of ive Seed-bed 2) Sas ee) eee oO eae
Application of the eas Principles —
4a; 2Wheat . “ana. |: ee rr Re ete 2-25)
40> Maize,or dmdian: Corny) i) econ ee eee OU orl
4¢. SPotatoes’ ee.” seve. 5S Ge eer Onno Oe
CHAPTER XI
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT (pages 159-178)
By Means of Tillage —
la. Imoeneral so ff 0 1 eine ey ie ae ee OD = 210)
HOS win irit plantations) meen eenee ene ee ol Oi
2.
a
Dn
ANALYSIS xiii
By Means of Pruning and Training — Paragraphs
2a. Pruning vs. training . . 278, 279
2b. The healing of wounds . . 280-284
2c. The principles of pruning . 285-289
By Keeping Enemies in Check —
3a. The kinds of enemies ; . 290-293
3b. The preventives and remedies . 294-303
CHAPTER XII
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE (pages 179-200)
Ms iP? Dera
Grass. ; sane sons . 304-306
Permanent Poeun es —
2a. Preparation of the land . . 307-310
2b. Maintaining the pasture - dll—317
Meadows —
3a. Temporary meadows . 318-321
3b. Permanent meadows : . 322-325
3c. Kinds of grasses for sntnilgs . 326-329
Other Forage Plants . . 330-335
Part III
THE ANIMAL, AND STOCK
CHAPTER XIII
THE OFFICES OF THE ANIMAL (pages 201-207)
The Animal and the Stock . F . 336, 337
The Animal in Its Relation to the Soil ; . . 338, 339
The Animal in Its Relation to the Crop . 340, 341
The Animal has Intrinsic Value to Man —
4a. As articles of food . : . . 342-344
4b. As articles used in the arts . . 345, 346
4c. As companions . : 347
The Animal as a Beast of apa , . . 348-350
The Animal as a Pest-destroyer . . do), 352
The Animal Diversifies Labor. . 363, 354
XIV ANALYSIS
CHAPTER XIV
How THE ANIMAL Lives (pages 208-238)
(By JAMES LAw, Ex-Director of the New York State Veterinary College,
Cornell University)
1, The Cell, and its Part in the Vital Processes — Paragraphs
latelhe ellen, ae. e Dele er RA Ce os «oe 355
1b. Single-celled Gattuala Be ce. Re a ye sid geakee Boe OOO Oo
le; Many-celledsanimals.)s. sc... 1). = see eo O0=366
2. The Food of Animals —
20 Kind ROretOOds.s Ayiuisus 2 fine) ico leh ees coe ee ONFED OS
20; sHood constitments au ue vias. 4 4 ee aero Oo= STG
3. Digestion of Food—
3a) Whaty digestions) fess. 4) ae > ee ee ROS
SOS eTHOGSwIVAN See he hae) Sie el Sar Se Oo ea Se
36,7) PLO PAStrIC GUCela nee cree i ee i ee OS Ons Es
3d. Intestinal digestion .. . s 6 is Se ee ood sO
4. Absorption of the Digested Mahins
4a. How absorption takes place .. . . 402-404
4b. Destination of the rich blood from fhe saiteutnees 405-409
5. Respiration, or Breathing —
da. Whatibreathing ds) 2p scents eee ney ee areca 4110 -—aalees
5b. Blood-changes in respiration. ....... . 414-418
oc) Amount of iain reg uiredsstsn seen ev) nen eel Kael
6. Work; Waste; Rest—
6a. Waste of IEEE) ig 5 e i fer em BS eye Co eee cemaons
6b. Applications to neectice) S seAty SB us) sae bee a eee ee a
CHAPTER XV
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL (pages 239-257)
(By H. H. Wrina, Professor of Animal Husbandry in
Cornell University)
SRI Oh TONLE AUIS Jog eed oho oo ho GY
2° (How the AnimalUses Hoody yas @ voysi ues ioe ce aun tes
3.
4.
Bm CO bo
ANALYSIS
Composition of Fodders —
Site (CHOSSIRCMAON ~~. o oS 'd 96 6 bolo 0 Oo G S60
ED VELL Ie am te APS RI Topica a, nro al Lelio, to ervetict. oes
CMP NG Titre en ese er uN ESE) olay. You, oh gogioe vaniel Nel tends, Ye
Sh, /Nloimmbn@nel) 5 — go bso 6 S 0 9 0 oo oc
3e. oe
3f. Fats .
Feeding —
4a. Nutritive ratio .
4b. Quantity of food feuniecd:
4c. Feeding standards .
4d. Bulk in the ration .
4e. Palatableness
4f. Cooking and preparing Ke food
CHAPTER XVI
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK (page 258-278)
(By I. P. RoBERTS)
The Breeding of Stock —
la. What is meant by breeding .
1b. The mental ideal .
le. How to attain the ideal
Where Stock-raising Is Advisable .
How Much Stock May be Kept .
The Care of Stock—
4a. Housing. .
4b. Water. .
4c. Food .
GLOSSARY (pages 281-288)
(pages 289-323 )
INDEX (pages 325-336)
XV
Paragraphs
3 436
. 437-439
. 440, 441
. 442. 444
. . 445-447
. 448, 449
. 450-457
. . 458-463
. 464, 465
. 466-468
. 469, 470
. 471-473
. 474-477
. 478-481
. 482 487
. 488-491
. 492-500
. 901-505
. 506, 507
- 508-510
SUGGESTIONS TO READING CLUBS AND TO TEACHERS
THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
INTRODUCTION
1. What Agriculture Is
1. Agriculture, or farming, is the business of
raising products from the land. These products
are of two classes: crops, or plants and their
products ; stock, or animals and their products.
The former are direct products of the land; the
latter are indirect products of the land.
2. Agriculture also comprises, to a certain
extent, the marketing or selling of its products.
As marketable commodities, the products are of
two classes: primary, or those which are put on
the market in their native or natural condition,
as wheat, potatoes, bananas, eggs, milk, wool;
secondary, or those which are put on the market
in a manufactured condition, as butter, cheese,
cider, evaporated fruits.
3. The chief contribution of agriculture to
the wealth and welfare of the world is the pro-
duction of food. Its second contribution is the
production of materials for clothing. Its third
A (1)
2 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
is the production of wood or timber, used
in building and in the various wood-working
trades. Other contributions are the production
of materials used in medicine and in various
secondary and ineidental arts and manufactures.
4. The ideal agriculture maintains itself.
That is, it is able to thrive forever on the same
land and from its own resources. The land
becomes more productive with time, and_ this
even without the aid of fertilizing materials
from the outside. This state is possible only
with a mixed husbandry, in which rotations of
erops and the raising of animals are necessary
features. The more specialized any agricultural
industry becomes, the more must it depend upon
outside and artificial aids for the enrichment of
the land and for its continued support.
5. Agriculture may be roughly divided into
four general branches or departments: agricul-
ture in its restricted sense, animal industry, for-
estry, horticulture.
6. Agriculture in its restricted sense —some-
times, but erroneously, called agriculture proper—
is a term applied to the’ general management
of lands and farms, and to the growing of the
staple grain and fiber crops. In North America,
the use of the term agriculture has been restricted
to the above application largely through the in-
fluence of agricultural colleges and experiment
INTRODUCTION 3
stations, in which the general field of agriculture
has been divided into various special subjects.
7. Animal industry is the raising of animals,
either for direct sale or use or for their pro-
ducts. It is customary to speak of it as com-
prising three departments: stock-raising, or the
general growing of mammals, as cattle, horses,
sheep; dairy husbandry, or the production of
milk and milk products; poultry-raising, or the
growing of fowls, as chickens, turkeys, geese,
ducks. In its largest sense, it comprises other de-
partments, as apiculture or bee-raising, fish-eul-
ture, ostreaculture or oyster-raising, and the like.
8. Forestry is the growing of timber and
woods. Its objects are two: to obtain a sala-
ble product; to produce some secondary effect
upon the region, as the modification of climate
or the preservation of the water-supply to rivers
and lakes.
9. Horticulture is the growing of fruits,
kitchen - garden vegetables, and ornamental
plants. It has been divided into four depart-
ments: pomology, or fruit-growing; olericul-
ture, or vegetable- gardening; floriculture, or
the growing of flowers and plants for their own
or individual uses as means of ornament; land-
scape horticulture, or the growing and planting
‘of ornamental plants for their uses in mass
effects im the landscape (on the lawn).
4 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
2. The Personal Factors Upon Which Its
Success Depends
2a. Upon business or executive ability
10. Since the farmer makes a living by
means of trade, it follows that ability to man-
age business and affairs is requisite to his sue-
cess. Hxecutive ability is as needful to him as
to the merehant or the manufacturer; and the
lack of such ability is probably the commonest
and most serious fault with our agriculture. As
the conditions of trade are ever changing, so the
methods of the farmer must be amenable to
modification. He must quickly and completely
adapt himself to the commerce of the time.
Manifestly, however, this business capability
eannot be taught by books. It is a matter of
temperament, home training, and opportunity.
Like all permanent success, business prosperity
depends upon correct thinking, and then upon
the correct application of the thinking. Sue-
cessful agriculture, therefore, is a matter of
personality more than of circumstances.
11. The compound result of executive ability
and experience may be expressed in the term
farm -practice. It is the judgment of the
farmer upon the question in hand. However
much he may learn from science, his owu
INTRODUCTION 5
experience on his own farm must tell him what
erops to grow, how to fertilize his land, what
breeds and varieties to raise, when and how to
sow and to reap. The experience of one farmer
is invaluable to another, but each farm is
nevertheless a separate and local problem, which
the farmer must think out and work out for
himself.
12. The farmer must be able not only to
raise his products, but also to sell them. He
must produce either what the trade demands,
or be able to sell products which are not known
in the general market. In other words, there
are two types of commercial effort in farming:
growing the staple products for the world’s
markets (as wheat, beans, maize, meat), in
which case the market dictates the price; grow-
ing special products for particular or personal sale
(as the products of superior excellence, and
luxuries), in which ease the producer looks for
his customers and dictates the price.
2b. Upon a knowledge of natural science
13. The farmer, however, has more problems
to deal with than those connected with trade.
He must raise products: and such production
depends upon the exercise of much special
knowledge and skill. The most suecessful pro-
6 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
duction of agricultural products rests upon
the application of many principles and facts of
natural science; and the importance of such
application is rapidly increasing, with the com-
petitions and complexities of civilization. The
study of these natural sciences also establishes
habits of correct thinking, and opens the mind
to a larger enjoyment of life,— for happiness,
like success, depends upon habits of thought.
The farmer should live for himself, as well as
for his crops. The sciences upon the knowledge
of which the best agricultural practice chiefly
depends may now be mentioned, being stated
approximately in the order of their importance
to the actual practice of the modern farmer.
14. Physies. The physical properties and
actions of bodies are fundamentally coneerned
in every agricultural result, whether the farmer
knows it or not. The influences of light and
heat, the movements of fluids in soil, plant and
animal, the forees concerned in every machine
and apphanece, are some of the most obvious of
these physical problems. So important to the
farmer is a knowledge of physics that “agricul-
tural physics” is now a subject of instruction
in colleges. The most important direct applica-
tion of a knowledge of physics to agricultural
practice has come as a result of recent studies
of the soil. The questions of soil moisture, soil
INTRODUCTION if
texture, the tilling of land, and the acceleration
of chemical activities in the soil, are essentially
questions of physics; and these are the kinds
of scientific problems which the farmer needs
first to apprehend.
15. Mechanics. In practice, mechanics is an
application of the laws of physics. The ele-
mentary principles of mechanics are apprehended
by the farmer unconsciously, as a_ result of
experience ; but since modern agriculture is
impossible without numerous and often elaborate
mechanical devices, it follows that it is not
enough that the farmer be self-taught. At every
turn the farmer uses or applies physical forces,
in tools, vehicles, and machines. His work
often takes him into the field of civil en-
gineering. To show how much the farmer
is dependent on practical mechanics, we need
mention only implements of tillage, problems
associated with the draughts of horse tools,
the elaborate harvesting machinery, threshers
and feed-mills and milk-working machinery and
the power to run them, fruit evaporating ma-
chinery, pumps, windmills, hydraulic rams, con-
struction of water supplies, problems of animal
locomotion.
16. Plant-knowledge, or botany. Since the
plant is the primary product of the farm, a
knowledge of its characteristics and kinds is of
8 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
fundamental importance to the farmer. From
the farmer’s standpoint, there are four great
departments of piant-knowledge: physiology, or
a knowledge of the way in which the plant lives,
grows, and multiples; pathology, or a knowl-
edge of mal-nutrition and diseases ; systematic
botany, or a knowledge of the kinds of plants ;
ecology, or a knowledge of the inter-relations
between plants and their environments (or sur-
roundings), and how they are modified by
changes in environments, by crossing, and by
breeding.
17. Animal-knowledge, or zodlogy. There are
also four general directions in which animal-
knowledge appeals to the farmer: physiology,
with its practical applications of feeding, hous-
ing, and general care of animals; pathology, or
knowledge of mal-nutrition and diseases (with
special applications in the practice of surgery
and medicine); kinds of animals, and the life-
histories of those which are particularly bene-
ficial or injurious to agriculture (with special
applications m economic entomology and eco-
nomie ornithology); ecology and _ breeding.
18. Chemistry. There are two general diree-
tions in which chemistry appeals to the agri-
culturist: in enlarging his knowledge of the
life-processes of plants and animals; and in
affording direct information of the composition
INTRODUCTION 9
of many materials used or produced on the
farm. In practice, chemistry aids the farmer
chiefly in suggesting how he may feed plants
(fertilize the land) and animals. So many and
important are the aids which chemistry extends
to agriculture, that the various subjects involved
have been associated under the name of “agri-
eultural chemistry.” This differs from other
chemistry not in kind, but only in the subjects
which it considers.
19. Climatology. Climate determines to a
large extent the particular treatment or care
which the farmer gives his crops and stock. It
also profoundly influences plants and animals.
They change when climate changes, or when
they are taken to other climates. Climate is
therefore a powerful ageney in producing new
breeds and new _ varieties. The science of
weather, or meteorology, is also intimately
associated with the work of the farmer.
20. Geology. The agricultural possibilities of
any region are intimately associated with its
surface geology, or the way in which the soil
was formed. <A knowledge of the geology of
his region may not greatly aid the farmer in
the prosecution of his business, but it should
add much interest and zest to his life.
21. We now apprehend that agriculture is a
complicated and difficult business, Founded
10 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
upon trade, and profoundly influenced by every
commercial and economic condition, its suc-
cessful prosecution nevertheless depends upon
an intimate and even expert knowledge of
many natural sciences. Aside from all this,
the farmer has to deal with great numbers of
objects or facts: thousands of species of plants
are cultivated, and many of these species have
hundreds and thousands of varieties; many
species of animals are domesticated, and each
species has distinct breeds. Each of these sep-
arate facts demands specific treatment. More-
over, the conditions under which the farmer
works are ever changing: his innumerable prob-
lems are endlessly varied and complicated by
climate, seasons, vagaries of weather, attacks of
pests and diseases, fluctuations in labor supply,
and many other unpredictable factors.
3. Its Field of Production
22. In the production of its wealth, agricul-
ture operates in three great fields,—with the
soil, the plant, and the animal. Although aided
at every point by knowledge of other subjects,
its final suecess rests upon these bases; and
these are the fields, therefore, to which a text-
book may give most profitable attention.
INTRODUCTION 11
SUGGESTIONS ON THE FOREGOING PARAGRAPHS
la. The word agriculture is a compound of the Latin agri,
“field,” and cultura, “tilling.” Farming and husbandry are
synonymous with it, when used in their broadest sense; but there
is a tendency to restrict these two words to the immediate prac-
tice, or practical side, of agriculture.
2a. It is often difficult to draw a line of demarkation between
agriculture and manufacture. The husbandmen is often both
farmer and manufacturer. Manufacturing which is done on the
farm, and is of secondary importance to the raising of crops or
stock, is commonly spoken of as agriculture. The manipulation
or manufacturing of some agricultural products requires such
special skill and appliances that it becomes a business by itself,
and is then manufacture proper. Thus, the making of flour is
no longer thought of as agriculture; and the making of wine,
jellies, cheese, butter, canned fruits, and the like, is coming more
and more into the category of special manufacturing industries.
Strictly speaking, agriculture stops at the factory door.
3a. Agriculture is often said to be the most fundamental and
useful of occupations, since it feeds the world. Theoretically,
this may be true; but a high state of civilization is possible only
with diversification of interests. As civilization advances, there-
fore, other occupations rise in relative importance, the one de-
pending upon the other. In our modern life, agriculture is
impossible without the highly developed manufacturing and trans-
portational trades. Broadly speaking, civilization may be said to
rest upon agriculture, transportation, and manufacture.
4a. Mixed husbandry is a term used to denote the growing of
a general variety of farm crops and stock, especially the growing
of grass, grain, with grazing (pasturing) and general stock-rais-
ing. It is used in distinction to specialty-farming or the raising
of particular or special things, as fruit, bees, vegetables, beef,
eggs.
4b. Self-perpetuating industries conduce to stability of
political and social institutions. “The epochs which precede
the agricultural occupation of a country are commonly about as
12 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
follows: Discovery, exploration, hunting, speculation, lumber-
ing or mining. The real and permanent prosperity of a
country begins when the agriculture has evolved so far as
to be self-sustaining and to leave the soil in constantly better
condition for the growing of plants. Lumbering and mining
are simply means of utilizing a reserve which nature has laid
by, and these industries are, therefore, self limited, and are
constantly moving on into unrobbed territory. Agriculture,
when at its best, remains forever in the same place, and gains
in riches with the years; but in this country it has so far been
mostly a species of mining for plant-food, and then a rushing
on for virgin lands.”—Principles of Fruit-Growing, 26.
8a. Forestry is popularly misunderstood in this country.
The forest is to be considered as acrop. The salable product
begins to be obtainable in a few years, in the shape of trim-
mings and thinnings, which are useful in manufacture and for
fuel; whereas, the common notion is that the forest gives no
return until the trees are old enough to cut for timber. One
reason for this erroneous impression is the fact that wood has
been so abundant and cheap in North America that the smaller
products have not been considered to be worth the saving; but
even now, in the manufacture of various articles of commerce,
the trimmings and thinnings of forests should pay an income
on the investment in some parts of the country. If a manipu-
lated forest is a crop, then forestry is a kind of agriculture, and
it should not be confounded with the mere botany of forest
trees, as is commonly done.
9a. The word horticulture is made up of the Latin hortus,
“carden,” and cultura, “tilling.” In its broadest sense, the
word garden is its equivalent, but it is commonly used to desig-
nate horticulture as applied to small areas, more particularly
when the subjects are flowers and kitchen-garden vegetables.
Etymologieally, garden refers to the engirded or confined
(walled-in or feneed-in) area immediately surrounding the
residence, in distinetion to the ager (la) or field which lay
beyond. Hortus has a similar significance. Paradise is, in
etymology, a name for an enclosed area; and the term was
INTRODUCTION 13
given to some of the early books on gardening, e. g., Parkinson’s
“Paradisus Terrestris” (1629), which is an account of the orna-
mental plants of that period.
l4a. King’s book on “The Soil” explains the intimate
relation of physical forces to the productivity of the land; and
the author is Professor of Agricultural Physies in the University
of Wisconsin. There is a Bureau of Soils in the National
Department of Agriculture, the work of which is largely in
the field of soil physics. The physical or mechanical analysis
of soils is now considered to be as important as the chemical
analysis. Some of the physical aspects of farm soils are dis-
cussed in our chapters ii., ili., iv., Vv.
16a. Ecology (written ccology in the dictionaries) is the
science which treats of the relationship of organisms (that is,
plants and animals) to each other and to their environments.
It is animal and vegetable economy, or the general external
phenomena of the living world. It has to do with modes and
habits of life, as of struggle for existence, migrations and
nesting of birds, distribution of animals and plants, influence
of climate on organisms, the way in which any plant or animal
behaves, and the like. Darwin’s works are rich in ecological
observations.
16). Environment is the sum of conditions or surroundings
or circumstances in which any organism lives. An environment
of any plant is the compound condition produced by soil,
climate, altitude, struggle for existence, and so on.
18a. It is customary to consider agricultural chemistry as
the fundamental science of agriculture. Works on agricultural
chemistry are often called works on agriculture. But agricul-
ture has no single fundamental science. Its success, as we
have seen, depends upon a union of business methods and the
applications of science; and this science, in its turn, is a coérdi-
nation of many sciences. Chemistry is only one of the sciences
which contribute to a better agriculture. Under the inspiration
of Davy, Liebig, and their followers, agricultural chemistry made
the first great application of science to agriculture; and upon
this foundation has grown the experiment-station idea. It is
14 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
not strange, therefore, that this science should be more inti-
mately associated than others with agricultural ideas; but we
now understand that agriculture cannot be an exact or definite
science, and that the retort and the crucible ean solve only a few
of its many problems. In particular, we must outgrow the idea
that by analyzing soil and plant we ean determine what the one
will produce and what the other needs. Agricultural chemistry
is the product of laboratory methods. The results of these
methods may not apply in the field, because the conditions there
are so different and so variable. The soil is the laboratory in
which the echemieal activities take place, but conditions of
weather are ever modifying these activities; and it is not always
that the soil and the plant are in condition to work together.
20a. As an illustration of the agricultural interest which
attaches to the surface geology of a region, see Tarr’s “Geo-
logical History of the Chautauqua Grape Belt,” Bull. 109 Cor-
nell Exp. Sta.
21a, Probably no less than 50,000 species of plants (or
forms whieh have been considered to be species) have been
cultivated. The greater number of these are ornamental sub-
jeets. Of orehids alone, as many as 1,500 species have been
introduced into cultivation. Nicholson’s Illustrated Dictionary of
Gardening deseribes about 40,000 species of domesticated plants.
Of plants grown for food, fiber, ete., De Candolle admits 247 spe-
cies (in Origin of Cultivated Plants), but these are only the most
prominent ones. Vilmorin (The Vegetable Garden) describes
211 species of kitechen-garden vegetables alone. Sturtevant
estimates (Agricultural Science, iii., 178) 1,076 species as having
been “recorded as cultivated for food use.” Of some species,
the cultivated varieties are numbered by the thousands, as in
apple, chrysanthemum, earnation, potato, Of animals, more
than 50 species are domesticated, and the breeds or varieties
of many of them (as in cattle) run into the hundreds.
21b. It is commonly said that agriculture is itself a science,
but we now see that this is not true. It has no field of science
exclusively its own. Its purpose is the making of a living for
its practitioner, not the extension of knowledge. The subject of
INTRODUCTION 15
mathematics is numbers, quantity and magnitude; of botany,
plants; of ornithology, birds; of entomology, insects; of chem-
istry, the composition of matter; of astronomy, the heavens:
but agriculture is a mosaic of many sciences, arts and activities.
Or, it may be said to be a composite of sciences and arts, much
as medicine and surgery are. But if there is no science of
agriculture as distinct from other sciences, the prosecution of
agriculture must be scientific; and the fact that it is a mosaic
makes it all the more difficult to follow, and enforces the im-
portance of executive judgment and farm-practice over mere
scientific knowledge.
22a. The provinee of a text-book of agriculture, in other
words, is to deal (1) with the original production of agricultural
wealth rather than with its manufacture, transportation or sale,
for these latter enterprises are largely matters of personal cir-
cumstance and individuality, and (2) with those principles and
facts which are common to all agriculture, or which may be
considered to be fundamental.
22b. In other words, we must search for principles, not for
mere facts or information: we shall seek to ask why before we
ask how. Principles apply everywhere, but facts and rules may
apply only where they originate. Agriculture is founded upon
laws; but there are teachers who would have us believe that it
is chiefly the overcoming of mere obstacles, as insects, unpro-
pitious weather, and the like. There are great fundamentals
which the learner must comprehend ; therefore we shall say
nothing, in this book, about the incidentals, as the kinds of
weeds,the brands of fertilizers, the breeds of animals, the varie-
ties of flowers.
Part I
THE SOIL
CHAPTER |
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL
1. What the Soil Is
23. The earth, the atmosphere, and the sun-
light are the sources of all life and wealth.
Atmosphere and sunlight are practically beyond
the control of man, but the surface of the land
is amenable to treatment and amelioration.
24. The soil is that part of the solid surface
of the earth in which plants grow. It varies in
depth from less than an inch to several feet.
The uppermost part of it is usually darkest
colored and most fertile, and is the part which
is generally understood as “the soil” in common
speech, whereas the under part is called the
sub-soil. When speaking of areas, we use the
word land; but when speaking of the particular
agricultural attributes of this land, we may use
the word soil.
(16)
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL 17
2. How Soil Is Made
2a. The inorganic elements
25. The basis of soil is fragments of rock.
To this base is added the remains of plants and
animals (or organic matter). When in condition
to grow plants, it also contains water. The
character of any soil, therefore, is primarily
determined by the kind of rock from which it
has come, and the amount of organic matter
and water which it contains.
26. As the surface of the earth cooled, it
became rock-bound. Wrinkles and ridges ap-
peared, forming mountains and valleys. The
tendency is for the elevations to be lessened and
the depressions to be filled. That is, the surface
of the earth is being leveled. The chief agency
in this leveling process is weathering. The hills
and mountains are worn down by alternations of
temperature, by frost, ice, snow, rain and wind.
They are worn away by the loss of small par-
ticles: these particles, when gathered on the
hillsides or deposited on lower levels, form soil.
27. The weathering agencies which reduce
the mountains operate also on level areas;
but since the soil then remains where it is
formed, and thereby affords a _ protection to
the underlying rock, the reduction of the rock
B
18 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
usually proceeds more slowly than on inclined
surfaces.
28. There are, then, two sets of forees con-
eerned in the original formation of soils,—the
disintegration or wearing away of the rock, and
the transfer or moving of the particles to other
places.
2b. The organic elements and agents
29. Plants are important agents in the forma-
tion of soil. Their action is of two kinds: the
roots corrode and break up the surfaces of rock
and particles of soil, and the plant finally
decays and adds some of its tissue to the soil.
30. In the disintegration of roek and the
fining of soil, the root acts in two ways: it ex-
erts a mechanical force or pressure as it grows,
eracking and cleaving the rock; and it has a
chemical action in dissolving out certain ma-
terials, and thereby consuming and weakening
the rock.
dl. Animals contribute to the formation of
soil by their excrement and the deeay of their
eareasses. Burrowing and digging animals also
expose rocks and soils to weathering, and con-
tribute to the transportation of the particles.
Some animals are even more directly concerned
in soil-making. Of these, the chief are the
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL 19
various kinds of earthworms, one of which
is the common angleworm. ‘These animals eat
earth, which, when exereted, is more or less
mixed with organic matter, and the mineral
particles are ground and modified. It is now
considered that in the tenacious soils in which
these animals work, the earthworms have been
very important agents in fitting the earth for
the growing of plants, and consequently for
agriculture.
32. While the basis of most soils is dis-
integrated rock, there are some soils which
are essentially organic in origin. These are
formed by the accumulation of vegetable mat-
ter, often aided by the incorporation of animal
remains. In the tropies, such soils are often
formed on shores and in lagoons by the exten-
sion of the trunk-like roots of mangroves
and other trees. In the network of roots, leaves
and sea-wrack are canght, and mold is formed.
Water plants (as marsh grasses and eel-grass)
are sometimes so abundant on sea margins as
to eventually form solid land. On the edges of
lakes and ponds, the accumulation of water-lily
rhizomes and other growths often affords a foot-
hold for sedges and other semi-aquatie plants ;
and the combined growth invades the lake and
often fills it. Portions of this decaying and
tangled mass are sometimes torn away by wind
20 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
or wave, and become floating islands. Such
islands are often several acres in extent. In
high latitudes, where the summer’s growth does
not decay quickly, one season’s growth is some-
times added above another until a deep organie
soil is formed. This is especially noticeable in
the gradual increase in height of sphagnum
swamps. Peat bogs are organic lands, and they
fill the beds of former lakes or swamps. Of
course, all these organic soils contain mineral
matter, but it is mostly such as comes from the
deeay of the plants themselves. It was origi-
nally obtained from the earth, but is used over
and over again; and each year a little new
material may be added by such plants as reach
into the hard land below, and by that which
blows into the area in dust.
33. Decaying organic matter forms mold or
humus. The mineral elements may be said to
give “body” to the soil, but the humus is what
gives it “life” or “heart.” Humus makes soils
dark-colored and mellow. Humus not only adds
plant-food to the soil, but improves the physical
condition of the soil and makes it congenial for
plants. It augments the water-holding capacity
of the soil, modifies the extremes of temperature,
facilitates the entrance of air, and accelerates
many chemical activities. It is the chief agent
in the formation of loam:—a sandy loam is a
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL Pali
friable soil rich in vegetable matter, the original
basis of which is sand; a clay loam is one simi-
larly ameliorated, the basis of which is clay.
*Worn-out” lands usually suffer more from
lack of humus than from lack of actual plant-
food, and this explains why the application of
stable-manure is so efficacious.
34. There are three general ways in which
humus is obtained in farm-practice: (1) By
means of the vegetable matter which is left on
or in the ground after the crop is removed (as
roots, stubble, sod, garden refuse); (2) by
means of crops grown and plowed under for
that particular purpose (green-manuring); (3) by
means of direct applications to the land (as com-
post and stable-manure). The deeper and more
extensive the root-system of any plant, the
greater, in general, is its value as an ameliorator
of soil, both because it itself exerts a more wide-
spread influence (50), and because when it de-
eays it extends the ameliorating effects of humus
to greater depths.
309. Aside from these varied component ele-
ments, fertile soil is inhabited by countless num-
bers of microscopic organisms, which are peculiar
to it, and without which its various chemical
activities can not proceed. These germs con-
tribute to the breaking down of the soil particles
and to the decay of the organic materials, and
a2 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
in doing so, aid in the formation of plant-foods.
The soil, therefore, is not merely an inert mass,
operated upon only by physical and chemical
forces, but it is a realm of intense life; and the
discovery of this fact has radically modified our
conception of the soil and the means of treating
it. Enriching the land is no longer the adding
of mere plant-food: it is also making the soil
eongenial to the multiplication and well-being
of micro-organisms.
2c. Transportation of soils
36. The soil is never at rest. The particles
move upon each other, through the action of
water, heat and cold, and other agencies. The
particles, whether of inorganic or organic origin,
are also ever changing in shape and composition.
They wear away and crumble under the action
of weather, water, organic acids of the humus,
and the roots of plants. No particle of soil is
now in its original place. These changes are
most rapid in tilled lands, because the soil is
more exposed to weather through the tillage
and the aerating effect of deep-rooted plants
(as clover); and the stirring or tilling itself
wears the soil particles. Even stones and pebbles
wear away (26a); and the materials which they
lose usually become productive elements of the
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL 23
soil. Some lands have very porous or “rotten”
stones, and these pass quickly into soil. Stones
are no doubt a useful reserve foree in farm
lands, giving up their fertility very gradually,
and thereby saving some of the wastefulness of
eareless husbandry. The general tendency, in
nature, is for soils to become finer, more homo-
geneous, and better for the growth of plants.
ov. But there are greater movements than
these. Soil is often transported long distances,
chiefly by means of three agents: moving water,
ice and snow, wind. ‘Transported soils are apt
to be very unlike the underlying rock (or origi-
nal surface), and they are often very hetero-
geneous or conglomerate in character. Soils
which remain where they are formed (27)
naturally partake of the nature of the bed-
rock, and are generally more homogeneous than
transported soils, as, for example, the limestone
soils which overlie great deposits of lime-rock.
38. Moving water always moves land. The
beating of waves wears away rocks and stones
and breaks up debris, and deposits the mass on
or near the shore. Streams earry soils long
distances. The particles may be in a state of
Suspension in the water, and be precipitated in
the quieter parts of the stream or in bayous or
lagoons, or they may be driven along the bed
of the stream by the force of the current, and
24 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
be deposited wherever obstructions oceur, or be
discharged on the delta at the mouth. The
deposition of sediment in times of overflow
adds new vigor to the submerged lands. The
historic example of this is the Nile valley,
but all bottom lands which are subjected to
periodical overflows exhibit the same result.
Alluvial lands are formed from the deposition
of the sediment of water.
39. In mountainous regions, snow and_ ice
carry away great quantities of rock and soil.
The most powerful transporters of soil are gla-
clers, or moving masses of ice. Glaciers loosen
the rock and then grind and transport it. In
the glacial epoch, in which much of the north-
ern part of the northern hemisphere was cov-
ered with gigantic ice-sheets slowly moving to
the southward, enormous quantities of rock and
earth were transported, and deposited wherever
the ice melted. In eastern North America, the
ice-front advanced to the latitude of the Ohio
river, and the boulder-strewn fields and varied
soils to the northward of this latitude are the
legacy which the epoch left to the farmer.
40. In all areas which are subjected to
periods of drought, the wind transports soils in
the form of dust, often in great amounts and
for long distances. In some parts of the world,
so much earth is carried by violent winds that
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL hg,
these winds are known as “sand-storms.” Most
shores, particularly if sandy, are much modified
by the action of wind. But the wind has an
influence upon soils even in the most protected
and equable regions. The atmosphere contains
dust, much of which is valuable plant-food.
This dust is transported by winds, and it finally
settles or is earried down by snow and rain.
Although the amount of dust which is deposited
in any given time may be slight, it is neverthe-
less continuous, and has an important effect
upon the soil.
3. The Resources of the Sorl
41. The soil affords a root-hold for plants,—
a place in which they can grow. It also supphes
the environmental conditions which roots need,—
protection, moisture, air, agreeable temperature,
and other congenial surroundings.
42. The soil is also a store-house of plant-
food. Roberts calculates, from many analyses,
that in average agricultural lands the surface
eight inches of soil on each acre contains over
3,000 pounds of nitrogen, nearly 4,000 pounds
of phosphoric acid, and over 17,000 pounds of
potash. These three elements are the ones which
the farmer must chiefly consider in maintaining
or augmenting the productive power of the land ;
26 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
yet the figures “reveal the fact that even the
poorer soils have an abundance of plant-food
for several crops, while the richer soils in
some cases have sufficient for two hundred to
three hundred crops of wheat or maize.” Yet
these caleulations are made from only the
upper eight inches of soil.
43. Happily, this food is not all directly
available or useful to plants (being locked up
in insoluble combinations), else it would have
been exhausted by the first generations of
farmers. It is gradually unlocked by weather,
micro-organisms, and the roots of plants; and
the better the tillage, the more rapid is its
utilization. Plants differ in the power to unlock
or make use of the fertility of the soil.
44, Nature maintains this store of fertility
by returning her crops to the soil. Every
tree of the forest finally crumbles into earth.
She uses the materials, then gives them back
in a refined and improved condition for other
plants to use. She repays, and with interest.
45. Man removes the crops. He sends them
to market in one form or another, and the
materials are finally lost in sewage and the
sea. He sells the productive power of his
land; yet it does not follow that he impoverishes
his soil in proportion to the plant-food which he
sells. Given the composition of any soil and
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL PAK
of the crops which it is to produce, it is easy to
ealeulate the time when the soil will have lost
its power; but it must be remembered that the
materials which the plant removes are consumed,
and that the volume of the soil is reduced by
that amount. The result is, therefore, that the
deeper parts of the soil are brought into requi-
sition as fast as the upper parts are consumed ;
and these depths will last as long as the earth
lasts.
46. Of some materials, however, the plant
uses more freely than of others, in proportion to
their abundance in the soil. Therefore the soil
may finally lose its productivity, although it is
doubtful if it can ever be completely exhausted
of plant-food.
47. Again, the profit in agriculture often hes
in making the soil produce more abundantly
than it is of itself able to do. That is, even
after tillage and every other care have forced
the soil to respond to its full ability, it may
pay the farmer to buy plant-food in bags in the
same way that it may pay him to buy ground
feed when fattening sheep. Whether it is ad-
visable to buy this plant-food is a matter of
business judgment which every farmer must
determine for himself, after having considered
the three fundamental factors in the problem:
the cost of the plant-food (or fertilizer), the
28 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
probable effect of this extra food upon the crop,
and the commercial value of the extra crop. In
general, it should be considered that in mixed
husbandry the fertility of the land must be
maintained by means of farm-practice (that is,
by good farming), and that plant-food ‘should
be bought only for the purpose of producing the
extra product.
48. We are now able to comprehend that
the soil is a compound of numberless inorganic
and organic materials, a realm of complex
physical and chemical forees, and the scene of
an intricate round of lfe. We must no longer
think of it as mere dirt. Moreover, we are only
beginning to understand it; and if the very soil
is unknown to us, how complicated must be the
great structure of agriculture which is reared
upon it!
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER I
25a. The word organie refers to animals and plants or their
products and remains; that is, to things which live and have
organs. Organie compounds, in chemistry, are those which
have been built up or produced by the action of a plant or
animal. Modern usage, however, defines organic compounds as
those which contain carbon. Starch, sugar, woody fiber, are
examples.
25b. Inorganie compounds are such as are not produced by
living organisms, as all the mineral compounds. They are
found in the earth and air. Salt, potash, iron and gold,
lime, are examples,
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL 29
25c. The organic matter in soils—the plant and animal
remains—is removed by burning. Let the pupil secure a cupful
of wet soil and carefully weigh it on delicate scales. Then let
it dry in the sun, and weigh again; the difference in weight is
Fig. 1. Showing the wearing away of mountain peaks and the formation of
soil at the base.
due to the loss or evaporation of water. Now place it in a
moderately warm oven or on a stove, and after a few minutes
weigh again ; more of the water will now have passed off. Now
thoroughly burn or bake it, and weigh; the loss is now mostly
due to the burning of the organic matter, and part of this
matter has passed off as gas. If there is no perceptible loss
from the burning, it is evidence that the sample contained little
organic matter. Note the difference in results between clay and
muck. The pupil may also be interested to try to grow plants
in the baked soil.
30 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
26a. The wearing away of rock by the weather may be ob-
served wherever stones are exposed. Even granite and marble
monuments lose their polish and luster in a few years. The
sharp and angular projections disappear from the ledges and
broken stones of railway cuts and quarries. The pupil should
look for the wear on any rocks with which he may be familiar.
All stones tend to grow smaller. On a large seale, the wasting
of rocks may be seen in the debris at the base of precipices and
mountain peaks (Fig. 1), or wherever steep walls of rock are
exposed. The palisades of the Hudson, and other precipitous
river and lake bluffs, show this action well. Mountains tend to
become rounded in the long processes of time, although some
rocks are of such structure that they hold their pointed shape
until worn almost completely away. In Geikie’s “Geological
Sketches,” Essay No. 8, the reader will find an interesting
account of weathering as illustrated by the decay of tombstones.
26b. The extent of this weathering and denuding proeess in
the formation of soils may be graphically illustrated by the pres-
ent conformation of the Alps and adjacent parts of Europe.
Lubboek writes that “much of the deposits which occupy the
valleys of the Rhine, Po, Rhone, Reuss, Inn, and Danube—the
alluvium which forms the plains of Lombardy, of Germany, of
Belgium, Holland, and of southeast France—consists of materials
washed down from the Swiss mountains.” The amount of mate-
rial which has been removed from the Alps is probably “almost
as great as that which still remains.” So great has been the
denudation that in certain cases “what is now the top of the
mountain was once the bottom of a.valley.” The Matterhorn, the
boldest and one of the highest of the Alps, “is obviously a rem-
’
nant of an ancient ridge,” and the “present configuration of the
surface [of Switzerland] is indeed mainly the result of denuda-
tion. * * Tt is certain that not a fragment of the original sur-
face is still in existence, though it must not be inferred that the
mountains were at any time so much higher, as elevation and
denudation went on together.” There is even evidence to show
that an earlier range of mountains occupied the site of the
present Alps, and that these old mountains were removed or
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL on
worn away by denudation.—See Sir John Lubbock, “Scenery of
Switzerland,” Chaps. tii. and w.
29a. Even hard surfaces of rock often support lichens,
mosses, and other humble plants. “The plant is co-partner
with the weather in the building of the primal soils. The lichen
spreads its thin substance over the rock, sending its fibers into
the crevices and filling the chinks,
as they enlarge, with the decay
of its own structure; and finally
the rock is fit for the moss or
fern or creeping vine, each new-
comer leaving its impress by which
some later newcomer may profit.
Finally the rock is disintegrated
and comminuted, and is ready to
be still further elaborated by corn
and ragweed. Nature intends to
leave no vacant or bare places.
She providently covers the rail-
way embankment with quack-grass
or willows, and she scatters daisies
in the old meadows where the land Fig. 2 eee San ap eens
has grown sick and tired of grass.” saat by the stow of a me,
—Principles of Frwit-Growing, 176.
30a. It is interesting to consider the general reasons for the
evolution of the root. Plants were at first aquatic, and probably
absorbed food from the water on all their surfaces. They may
not have been attached to the earth. As they were driven into
a more or less terrestrial life by the receding of the waters and
as a result of the struggle for existence, they developed parts
which penetrated the earth. These parts were probably only
hold-fasts at first, as the roots of many seaweeds are at the pres-
ent time. But as it became less and less possible for the general
surface of the plant to absorb food, the hold-fast gradually be-
came a food-gathering or feeding member.—See Survival of the
Unlike, pp. 41-43.
30b. If the pupil has access to ledges of rock on which trees
32 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
are growing, he will readily be able to satisfy himself that roots
force open cracks and thereby split and sever the stone. Fig. 2
is an example, showing how a black cherry tree, gaining a
foothold in a crevice, has gradually forced the parts of the rock
Fig. 3. Lichens have obtained a foothold.
asunder. This particular example is the “half-way stone” be-
tween the Michigan Agricultural College and the city of Lansing.
Fig. 3 shows a stone upon which lichens have obtained a foot-
hold. Any person who has worked much in a garden will have
seen how roots often surround a bone, taking their food from its
surface and insinuating themselves into the cracks. Roots will
corrode or eat out the surface of marble. The grinding up of stones
is well illustrated on any lake shore, where the pebbles represent
what is left at the present time of the stones and fragments. The
rolling stones in brooks represent a similar action.
30c. By chemical action is meant the change from which results
a new chemical combination. It produces a rearrangement of
molecules. For example, the change which takes place when, by
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL 33
uniting lime and sulfurie acid, sulfate of lime or gypsum is pro-
duced, is chemical action.
3la. Knowledge of the work of the earthworm in building
soils dates practically from the issue of Darwin’s remarkable
book, “The Formation of Vegetable Mould, through the Action of
Worms,” which the reader should consult for particulars. The
subject is also considered briefly in King’s “Soil,” Chap. i., which
also discusses the general means of soil-building.
32a. As an example of the formation of organie soils in the
tropics, read accounts of the mangrove. Its mode of propagation
Fig. 4. A delta in an orchard.
is explained, with illustrations, in Bailey’s “Lessons with Plants,”
pp. 371-374; the tree is also described in Chap. v. of Gaye’s
“Great World’s Farm.” As an example of a formation of a peat
bog by the growth of sphagnum, read Ganong “On Raised Peat-
bogs in New Brunswick,” Botanical Gazette, pp. 123-126, May,
1891. Sphagnum is moss which grows in cold bogs. Nurserymen
and florists use it in the packing of plants.
Cc
34 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
33a. When spelled humus, the word is a noun; when spelled
humous, it is an adjective, as “humous soils.”
34a. Compost is decayed or decaying organic matter which it
is intended shall be applied to the land. It is usually obtained
by placing leaves, sod, manure or litter in a low flat-topped (so
that it wil! catch the rain) pile, and “turning it,” or forking it
Fig 5. A compost pile.
over, every few weeks, to prevent heating and to hasten uniform
decomposition (Fig. 5). When the mass has passed into the
condition of humus or mold (or become fine and soil-like), it is
applied to the land. Composting is a most useful means of
utilizing leaves, garden refuse, and other materials which are
too coarse or “raw” to be applied directly to the land.
35a. “The term micro-organism is a general one, which
includes any very minute, microscopic form of life. More strictly
speaking, the word has come to apply especially to certain forms
of plant life which are too minute to be seen individually by the
naked eye, and which hence require for their study the higher
powers of the microscope.”—Fred’k D. Chester, Bull. xl., Del.
THE CONTENTS OF THE SOIL 35
Exp. Sta. The terms germ, microbe, bacterium (plural bacteria),
are popularly used in the same sense as micro-organism. These
beings are usually unicellular (each one consisting of only a
single cell). They are generally classified with plants. The rdle
of micro-organisms in rendering soil elements available to plants
is very complex and not yet well understood. A general dis-
cussion of these organisms will be found in Lipman’s ‘‘ Bacteria
in Relation to Country Life.’’ The relation to germs in nitrification
is briefly discussed in King’s “Soil,” pp. 125-134, and Roberts’
“Fertility,” 244-248. Fig. 6 illustrates one of the @ eo
common bacteria, very much magnified. This GS Son &
species (Bacillus ubiquitus) is abundant in water, @@P es
air, and decaying substances. os
38a. Observe the deposits of sand in the quiet >
side (usually the concave side) of streams, and Fig.6. Micro-or-
also the delta where a rapid rill flows into a slow 8@nisms, greatly
one. When the rill flows into a rapid stream, Sep de
the larger current carries away the deposit so that it may not be
seen. Recall how sand-bars form again and again in lakes, and
how streams must be frequently dredged to keep the channel
open. The slower the stream the more quickly does it drop its
sediment ; and the more winding, also, is its course, lying in the
bed of its own deposits. (See Fig. 4.)
38b. Dip a glass of water from a roily stream, and observe
the earth which settles to the bottom.
39a. Glaciers are still abundant in alpine and arctic regions.
It was from the study of glaciers in the Alps that Agassiz con-
ceived the hypothesis that large parts of the earth had once
been subjected to glacial action. A good popular discussion of
glaciers and their action may be found in Chap. xvii. of Tarr’s
“Elementary Physical Geography.” Delightful readings may also
be made from Agassiz’s “Geological Sketches.”
40a. Let the pupil catch a few rain drops on a perfectly clean
and clear pane of glass, and observe if any sediment is left when
the drops have evaporated. Is there any difference in the amount
of dust brought down after a “dry spell” and after a period of
rainy weather, or at the beginning and end of a shower? ‘The
36 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
pupil may now be able to explain why the windows get dirty after
a rain; and he will be interested in the streaks on the cornices
of buildings and on exposed statuary. He may have heard that
even sailing ships get dusty when at sea.
42a. See Roberts’ “Fertility of the Land,” p. 16. Read all
of Chapter i. The food which is not available, or not in condi-
tion to be used by the plant, but which may become available
through good tillage or otherwise, is called potential plant-food.
43a. The soil is not a simple reservoir of plant-food in the
condition of salt or sugar, ready to be dissolved in water and
immediately taken up by roots. The soil is plant-food; but
most of it must be changed in composition before it is available
to plants ; and the elements are not present in the proportions
which plants require, so that much of the soil is in excess of the
needs of plants and ean never be used as food.
48a. For supplementary reading on the formation of soils,
Chapter i. of King’s “Soil” should be consulted. Most text-books
of geology also treat the subject to some extent. Shaler’s article
on soil, in 12th Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey
(pp. 319-345), is excellent. A discussion of weathering may be
found in Chapter vi. of Tarr’s “Elementary Geology;” and other
references are contaimed in Chapters xiii. and xxi. of his “ Elemen-
tary Physieal Geography.” Stockbridge’s “Rocks and Soils”
(1895) has speeial reference to agriculture. A readable account
of the formation of soil may be found in Chapters iii., iv. and v.,
Gaye’s “Great Word’s Farm.” Merrtill’s “ Roeks, Rock- Weather-
ing and Soils” (1897) is’a full secientifie discussion of the subject.
Consult Hilgard’s “Soils,” and the text by Lyon and Fippin; also
the part on soils in Vol. I, Cyclopedia of American Agriculture.
CHAPTER II
THE TEXTURE AND STRUCTURE OF THE SOIL
1. What Is Meant by Texture
49. We have seen that the offices of the soil
are of two general kinds,—it affords a physical
medium in which the plant can grow (41), and
it supplies materials that the plant uses in
the building of its tissues (42). It cannot be
said that one of these offices is more important
than the other, since both are essential; but
attention has been so long fixed upon the mere
content of soils that it is important to empha-
size the physical attributes. Crops cannot grow
on a rock, no matter how much plant-food it
may contain. The passing of rock into soil
is a matter of change in texture and structure
more than in plant-food. Texture refers to the
size of the particles; structure to the arrange-
ment of the particles.
50. The physical state of the soil may be
spoken of as its structure, much as we speak of
the structure of a house of brick or stone. The
common adjectives that are applied to the eondi-
tion of agricultural soils are descriptions of its
(37)
38 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
structure: as, mellow, hard, loose, compact, open,
porous, shallow, deep, leachy, retentive, lumpy,
cloddy, fine in good tilth.
Ol. Texture and structure must not be con-
founded with the physical forces or operations in
the soil, as the fluctuations of temperature, move-
ments of water, circulation of air. They refer to
condition or state, and are passive, not to forces
or movements, which are active; but it is upon
this passive condition that the operation of both
physical and chemical forces chiefly depends.
2. Why Good Texture and Structure are Important
D2. A finely divided, mellow, friable soil is
more productive than a hard and lumpy one of
the same chemical composition, because: It
holds and retains more moisture; holds more
air; promotes nitrification; hastens the decom-
position of the mineral elements; has less varia-
ble extremes of temperature; allows a_ better
root-hold to the plant; presents greater surface
to the roots. In all these ways, and others, the
mellowness of the soil renders the plant-food
more available, and affords a congenial and
comfortable place in which the plant may grow.
53. Good structure (as understood by the far-
mer) not only facilitates and hastens the physi-
eal and chemical activities, but it also presents
THE TEXTURE OF THE SOIL 39
a greater feeding-surface to roots, because the
particles of earth are very small (52). Roots
feed on the surfaces of hard particles of earth,
and the feeding-area is therefore increased in
proportion to the increase in the surface area
of the particles. Dividing a ecube into two
equal parts increases its surface area by one-
third. (Dividing a cube adds two sides or
surfaces.) Fining the soil may therefore be
equivalent to fertilizing it, so far as_ plant-
growth is concerned.
3. How Good Structure is Secured
D4. The size of the soil particles, determin-
ing the texture of the soil, cannot be modified to
any appreciable extent by ordinary farm practices.
Tillage has little effect in changing the size of
the ultimate particles.
59. The arrangement of the particles, which
determines the structure, can be greatly changed
by farm practice. If the structure is lumpy and
open, the soil needs pulverization; if it is eom-
pact and hard, it needs loosening up. Very
loose and leachy soils are usually improved if
the particles, particularly in the under soil, are
brought together and compacted.
56. The size of the granules (or aggregations
of particles) of soils is modified by three general
40 PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
means: (a) by apply mechanical force, as in all
the operations of tilling; (0) by setting at work
various physical forces, as weathering (fall-plow-
ing is a typical example), and the results follow-
ing under-draining; (¢c) by applying some ma-
terial that acts chemically on the particles. (The
first caption, a, is illustrated in paragraphs 26,
26a, 26), 27, 28; and it is further explained in
Chapter iv.)
57. (b) Under-drainage has two general uses,
—it removes superfluous water, and improves
the physical condition of the soil. The latter
use is often the more important. The improve-
ment of the texture is the result, chiefly, of
preventing water-soaking and of admitting air.
Under-drained soils become “deeper.” The water-
table is lowered, since the depth at which water
stands tends to approach nearer and nearer to
the depth of the drains and thereby the plant
roots are enabled to penetrate more deeply.
58. (c) Some substanees have the power to
break down or to pulverize hard soils, or to bind
together loose ones, or otherwise to modify the
structure. Such materials—which are applied
for their remote or secondary chemical effects—
are called amendments. Lime is: a typical ex-
ample. Quick-lime is known to make clay lands
mellow, and it is supposed to cement or bind
together the particles of sands or gravels. Most
THE TEXTURE OF THE SOIL 41
chemical fertilizers are both amendments and
direct fertilizers, since they modify the structure
of the soil as well as add plant-food to it.
59. The extraneous or supplementary ma-
terials (54) which directly modify the structure
of soils are those that make humus (33),
as green-manures, farm-manures, and the like.
Stable-manure is usually more important in im-
proving soil structure than in directiy supplying
plant-food.
4, Structure and Manures
60. We have now seen that the farmer
should give attention to the structure of his soil
before he worries about its richness. The con-
ditions must first be made fit or comfortable
for the growing of plants: then the stimulus
of special or high feeding may be applied.
But manures and fertilizers may aid in secur-
ing this good structure at the same time that
they add plant-food. Yet’ fertilizer, however
rich, may be applied to soils wholly without
avail; and the best results from condensed
or chemical fertilizers are usually secured on
soils that are in the best tilth. That is, it is
almost useless to apply commercial fertilizers
to lands that are not in proper physical con-
dition for the best growth of crops.
2 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER II
49a. The following extracts from Bulletin 119 of the Cor-
nell Experiment Station illustrate the subject under discussion:
“The other day, I secured one sample of soil from a very hard
elay knoll upon which beans had been planted, but in which
they were almost unable to germinate; another sample from a
Fig. 7. Examples of poor and good texture.
contiguous soil, in which beans were growing luxuriantly; and,
as a third sample, I chipped a piece of rock off my house, which
is built of stone of the neighborhood. All of these samples were
taken to the chemist for analysis. The samples of soil which
were actually taken to the chemist are shown in Fig. 7. The
rock (sample III), was hard native stone.”
The figures give the percentages of some of the leading con-
stituents in the three materials.
Phosphoric Organic
Moisture Nitroyen acid Potash Lime matter
I. Unpreductive clay... 13.25 .08 .20 ala! 41 3.19
II. Good bean land...... 15.95 aula oi .75 .61 5.45
10 DiGMel ¢C0c) da coca eUricene ce daaemiae wb mmEbtoce .08 2.12 2.55 eaiswaie
“In other words, the chemist says that the poorer soil—the
one upon which I cannot grow beans—is the richer in mineral
THE TEXTURE OF THE SOIL 43
plant-food, and that the rock contains a most abundant supply
of potash and about half as much phosphorie acid as the good
bean soil.
“All this, after all, is not surprising, when we come to think
of it. Every good farmer knows that a hard and lumpy soil
will not grow good crops, no matter how much plant-food it
may contain. A clay soil which has been producing good crops
for any number of years may be so seriously injured by one
injudicious plowing in a wet time as to ruin it for the grow-
ing of crops for two or three years. The injury lies in the
modification of its physical structure, not in the lessening of its
plant-food. A sandy soil may also be seriously impaired for
the growing of any erop if the humus, or decaying organic
matter, is allowed to burn out of it. It then becomes leachy,
it quickly loses its moisture, and it becomes excessively hot
in bright sunny weather. Similar remarks may he applied to
all soils. That is, the texture and structure or physical condition of
the sol is nearly always more important than its mere richness in
plant-food,
“The first step in the enrichment of unproductive land is
to improve its physical condition by means of careful and
thorough tillage, by the addition of humus, and, perhaps, by
under-drainage. It must first be put in such condition that plants
ean grow in it. After that, the addition of chemical fertilizers
may pay by giving additional or redundant growth.”
53a. Read Chapter ii. in King’s “Soil.” The following is
quoted from that work, p. 72: “Suppose we take a marble
exactly one inch in diameter. It will just slip inside a cube
one inch on a side, and will hold a film of water 3.1416 square
inches in area. But reduce the diameters of the marbles to one-
tenth of an inch, and at least 1,000 of them will be required to
fill the ecubie inch, and their aggregate surface area will be
31.416 square inches. If, however, the diameters of these spheres
be reduced to one-hundredth of an inch, 1,000,000 of them
will be required to make a cubie inch, and their total surface
area will then be 314.16 square inches. Suppose, again, the soil
particles to have a diameter of one-thousandth of an inch. It
44 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
will then require 1,000,000,000 of them to completely fill the
eubie inch, while their aggregate surface area must measure
3141.59 square inches.”
58b. Another illustration may be taken (“Texture of Soil
and Conservation of Moisture,” being a first lesson in the Cornell
farmer’s reading course): “Let us suppose the soil in one of
your plowed fields is in little lumps of the uniform size of ineh
cubes—that is, one square inch on each side of the eube. ITlow
many square inches of surface has that cube exposed to root
contact and moisture film? Now imagine that one of these ineh
cubes is broken up into smaller eubes measuring one-eighth of
an inch,—how many square inches of surface will you now have
exposed to root contact and film moisture? Now reflect what
you have done in breaking up the inch cube of earth. The
amount of earth has not been increased one atom ; yet, by fining
it, you have inereased just eight times the root pasturage and
surface for water film. The practical point of this lesson is that
by superior tillage you can expand one acre into eight, or by
neglectful management eight acres can be reduced to one. It
also demonstrates why a skillful farmer can produce as much
from fifty acres as a careless one ean from four hundred, and
also confirms the assertion that success in modern agriculture
depends more on the size of the farmer than upon the size of
the farm.”
58¢c. This tining or dividing of the soil, therefore, increases
the feeding area for roots; or, as Jethro Tull said, it extends
“The value of simple tillage or fining of
y
the “root pasturage.’
the land as a means of increasing its productivity was first clearly
set forth in 1783 by Jethro Tull, in his ‘New Horse Hoeing Hus-
bandry.’ The premises upon which Tull founded his system are
erroneous. Ile supposed that plant roots actually take in or ab-
sorb the fine particles of the earth, and, therefore, the finer and
more numerous these particles the more luxuriantly the plant
will grow. ITlis system of tillage, however, was correct, and his
experiments and writings have had a most profound influence.
If only one book of all the thousands which have been written on
agriculture and rural affairs were to be preserved to future gen-
THE TEXTURE OF THE SOIL 45
erations, I should want that honor conferred upon Tull’s ‘Horse
Hoeing Husbandry.’ It marked the beginning of the modern
application of scientific methods to agriculture, and promulgated
a system of treatment of the land which, in its essential princi-
ples, is now accepted by every good farmer, and the appreciation
of which must increase to the end of time.”—Bailey, Bull. 119,
Cornell Exp, Sta. Tull died in 1740.
57a. “The actual contour of the water-table in an under-
drained field, where the lines of tile are placed at distances of
33 feet and 4 feet below the surface of the ground, is shown in
Fig. 8, which gives the contours as they existed forty-eight hours
Fig. 8. Showing the actual contour of the water-table in a tile-drained field.
after a rainfall of .87 inches. Im this case the height of the
water midway between the lines of tile varied from 4 inches to
12 inches above the tops of the tile.”—King, The Soil, p. 259.
58a. Read Roberts’ “Fertility of the Land,” pp. 303-312, on
the physical effects cf liming land; also “The Soil,” p. 30, and
Wheeler’s “Liming of Soils,” Farmers’ Bulletin No. 77, U.S.
Dept. Agric. The effects of lime in floceulating or mellowing
clay may be observed by working up a ball of stiff clay with
common water and a similar ball with lime water; the former
will become hard on drying, but the latter will readily fall to
pieces. Lime water may be made by shaking up a lump of lime
in a bottle of water.
60a. One of the most forcible illustrations of the value of
fine texture of soil is afforded by the result which the florist
46 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
obtains in pots. He mixes and sifts his soils so that it is all
amenable to root action, and he is able to raise a larger plant from
a handful of soil than the general farmer grows from a half
bushel. See Fig. 9.
Es
Ay Sy,
Wy ih fs
<i oN
\X <n
)
Ty \\\\
Dp \\\
—_— ——
Fig. 9. Showing the possibilities of a potful of soil.
CuHaPTer III
THE MOISTURE IN THE SOIL
L. A. CLINTON
1. Why Moisture Is Important
61. However much plant-food there may be
in the soil, plants cannot grow without the
presence of water. Water is needed for three
purposes: to dissolve the plant-food and thereby
enable it to enter the plant; to contribute to the
building of plant tissue and to the maintenance of
the life of the plant; and to regulate temperature.
62. A consideration of the amount of water
required by plants in their growth shows why
supplying plant-food alone does not insure the
success of the crop. The amount of water used
by some of the common crops in their develop-
ment to maturity is approximately as follows:
Gorn cies = aa 50 bus. per acre requires 1,500,000 lbs. of water.
Potatoes . . . 200 bus. vy ae 1,268,000 lbs. uf
Oats Gyo. ra 29 bus. a a 1,192,000 lbs. He
63. The failure of crops is more frequently
due to improper control of moisture than to any
(47)
48 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
other one cause. In certain seetions of the eoun-
try irrigation is suecessfully employed; but
most farmers must depend on the rainfall as the
chief souree for the supply of moisture.
2. How Water Is Held in the Soil
64. The water in the soil may be in one of
three forms,—free, capillary, or hygroscopic
water.
65. The free water of the soil is that which
flows under the influence of gravity. It is this
water which is removed in part by drains, and
which is the souree of supply for wells and
springs. It is not utilized directly by eultivated
plants, but it is valuable when removed a
proper distance from the surface, because it
serves as a reservoir from which moisture may
be drawn by eapillary action.
66. Capillary water is that which is held by
adhesion to the soil particles, or in the inter-
stices or openings between the particles. It is
not controlled or influeneed by gravity, but
passes from one part of the soil to another,
tending to keep the soil in equilibrium (or in
uniform condition) so far as its moisture is
eoncerned. The capillary water is the direct
supply for plants, and it is this which should
be most earefully provided for and saved.
THE MOISTURE IN THE SOIL 49
67. Hygrosecopic water is that which is held
firmly as a film surrounding each particle of
soil. It does not move under the influence of
gravity or ecapillarity, and it is held so firmly
that it is driven off only when the soil is
exposed to a temperature of 212° Fahr. The
dryest road-dust firmly holds its hygroscopic
water, and it may constitute from 2 to 3 per
cent or more of the weight of the soil. If of
service to plants in any way, it is only dur-
ing the most excessive droughts, in which case
it may sustain the plants for a time, until
capillary water is supplied.
68. Both capillary and hygroscopic water are
frequently referred to as “film moisture,” from
the fact that they are held as a film of greater
or less thickness around the soil particles.
That part which has the most intimate and
permanent contact with the particle is the hygro-
scopic water, and the outer part of the film,
which may move away from the soil particle, is
the capillary water. Very wet land is that
which contains too much free water; whereas,
soils which are dryish and crumbly usually
contain sufficient water for the growing of
plants. That is, lands in good condition for
the growing of crops are moist, not wet; and
we may, therefore, speak of the moisture of the
soil rather than the water of the soil.
D
50 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
69. The free water of the soil is found at
varying depths. Frequently it comes to the sur-
face and oozes out as springs. Again it is many
feet below the surface. The supply is main-
tained by rainfall, that part which is not held
by capillary attraction or removed by surface
drainage passing down to the level of the free
water. In soils which are very porous and
open, as gravelly soils, a large part of the rain-
fall passes down quickly, and such soils are
said to be “leachy.” With soils that are fine
and compact and impervious, as in many clays,
the water runs off by surface drainage, and
not only is the supply of capillary water not
increased to any perceptible degree, but the
surface flowing removes valuable plant-food,
causes erosion, and increases dangers from
floods. Under these circumstances rainfall may
be a detriment.
3. How the Moisture-holding Capacity of the
Soil May be Increased
3a. The capacity of the soil
70. The first step toward utilizing the water
of the soil is to so fit the land that the rainfall
may be stored. In the winter months a large
percentage of the rainfall is removed by surface
THE MOISTURE IN THE SOIL Syl
drainage, and in the summer months by evapo-
ration. The soil should be put into such con-
dition in the fall that it can readily absorb the
winter rainfall. If the surface is hard, smooth
and compacted, as is often the case with clay
soils, it should be loosened with the plow and
be left rough and uneven. lf there is danger of
surface erosion or washing, some quick-germi-
nating seed (as rye or pea) may be sown in
early fall. The plants prevent the rain from
flowing away rapidly, and the roots bind the
particles of soil in place.
71. The capacity of the soil to hold water
depends upon its original constitution (whether
elay, loam, sand, etc.) and upon the treatment
which it has received. If tne humus or decay-
ing organic matter has been depleted, its mois-
ture-holding capacity is diminished.
72. The capacity of the different soils to hold
capillary and hygroscopic water (when dried at
a temperature of 144°) is shown by the follow-
ing-table ;
Per cent (by weight) Percent (by vol- Pounds of water
of moisture held ume) held in in 1 cu. ft.
Kind of soil in soil soil of soil
SiGiOUsESsaNdl 2). 20 37.9 27.3
Sandy clay 2... = ; 40 51.4 38.8
Moamyrclays cos)... - o0 57.3 41.4
Stiff brick-elay .... 61 62.9 45.4
lem, 5, 6 ce me a ee ene tel 69.8 50.1
Garden’mold) 2. 2. . 89 6723 48.4
a2 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
3b. Capacity is increased by the addition of humus
73. A study of the above table reveals the
fact that the humous soil (335) far exeeeds any
of the others in its ability to hold moisture.
By long-continued cropping and tilling, without
making proper returns in the way of green-
manures or barn-manures, the humus may be
so reduced that the soil consists very largely of
mineral matter. One reason why newly cleared
lands frequently give more satisfactory returns
than lands which have been long cropped,
is that the fresh land is rich in humus. The
soil is consequently open and porous, and the
rain which falls is quickly absorbed, and is
largely retained as capillary or hygroscopic
water.
74. The humus of the soil may be gradually
increased by plowing under green-crops, by the
use of barn-manures, by using cover-crops
during the late summer and fall and plowing
them under in the spring before they have
used up the moisture which should be saved
for the sueceeding crop. These practices can
be overdone, however, and the soil made so
loose and open that the winds cause it to
dry out quickly, and the power of drawing
moisture from the stores of free water will be
greatly lessened.
THE MOISTURE IN THE SOIL 53
3c. Capacity may be increased by under-drainage
75. Drainage has an intimate relation to soil
moisture. By drainage is meant the means
employed for the removal of the surplus free
water. Surface or open ditches may serve as
conduits to earry off surface water, but as soil
drains they are failures. The correct method
for removing the surplus water of rainfall is to
cause it to sink into the soil and be removed
by under-drains. That which is removed by
surface flow fails to impart any beneficial effect
to the soil (69).
76. Lands which are well under-drained are
porous. The rain which falls upon them passes
down quickly, and is not removed by surface
flow. It is removed only when the level of the
free water rises to the level of the drain. By
observing the action of drains which are of dif-
ferent depths, it has been found that after a
protracted drought the drains which begin to
flow first are those which are at the greatest
depth, showing that as the level of the free
water rises to the drain the flow begins, and
that it is not removed to any considerable ex-
tent in its downward passage.
77. The sinking of the water through the soil
does more good than merely to supply moisture.
In the spring the rain is warmer than the soil,
04 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
and in passing down it gives up some of its
heat, and the soil temperature is thereby raised.
In the summer the rain is the cooler, and the
soil parts with some of its heat. On lands
which have been thoroughly under-drained, crops
are far better able to withstand drought than
those on land which needs drainage.
78. Few cultivated plants can thrive with
their roots in free water. When the free water
is near the surface, it is injurious in several
ways: it limits the feeding space; it makes the
soil cold in spring; it occupies the space which
should be filled with air; it causes plant-food to
be locked up; it dilutes the plant-food in solu-
tion; it prevents the action of micro-organisms;
it causes the rainfall to be carried off largely by
surface drainage. Thorough under-drainage tends
to remove all these unfavorable conditions. If
there is no effective under-drainage, either by
natural or artificial channels, the water must
escape by surface evaporation.
3d. The capacity 1s increased by proper tillage
79. Tillage enables soils to hold moisture by
two means: by increasing the depth of the soil
in which the plants can grow (that is, by in-
creasing the depth of the reservoir), and by
increasing the capillary power of the soil. We
THE MOISTURE IN THE SOIL 59
have already seen (957, 75-78) that draining in-
creases the depth of the soil; so does deep plow-
ing. Capillarity is increased by finely dividing
or pulverizing the soil.
80. Increasing the capillarity increases the
moisture-holding capacity of soils in two ways:
it enables the soil to actually hold more mois-
ture per square inch; it enables it to draw
up moisture from the free water of the lower
subsoil (65).
81. By the action of capillary attraction,
moisture moves from one layer of soil to another
(66), usually from the lower to the upper, to
supply the place of that which has been used
by plants, or which has been lost by evapora-
tion. The rapidity of movement and the force
with which it is held depend upon various
conditions. A soil in which the particles are
somewhat large, as in sandy or gravelly soils,
may, if well compacted, show considerable ra-
pidity of movement, but weak power to retain
moisture. The finer the division of the soil
particles the greater is the surface presented.
In finely divided clay soils, the movement of
capillary water is slow but the retaining power
is great. Occasionally it happens that the par-
ticles are so fine that the spaces disappear, and
there is produced a condition through which
moisture and air cannot pass. This state of
56 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
affairs is produced when clay soils are “puddled.”
It is evident, therefore, that soils which are
either very loose or exceedingly finely pulverized
are not in the best condition for the holding of
moisture ; but the danger of over-pulverizing is
very small.
4. The Conservation of Moisture
82. By conservation of moisture is meant
the prevention of all unnecessary waste of the
eapillary water of the soil, either through weeds
or by evaporation. It is the saving and _ utiliz-
ing of moisture. The object is to make the
water which seeks to escape from the surface
pass through the cultivated plants. Plants re-
quire that their food be in solution. The
moisture of the soil contains plant-food in
solution. If this moisture is permitted to
escape from the surface by evaporation, it
leaves the plant-food at the surface. This food
eannot nourish plants, because it is out of the
range of their feeding roots. If the escape of
the moisture is. through the plants, there is
created a moisture current towards the roots,
and the plant-food is carried where it can be
used to advantage.
83. Moisture rapidly rises to the surface
by eapillarity, to replace that which has evapo-
THK MOISTURE IN THE SOIL 57
rated or has been used by plants, if the soil is
in proper physical condition. Measures should
be adopted to prevent this moisture from be-
ing lost by evaporation. The most practical
and effective method is by establishing and
maintaining a surface muleh of soil. By fre-
quent use of implements of tillage, which loosen
the soil to a depth of two or three inches, this
mulch may be preserved and the moisture
saved. The drier and looser this mulch, the
more effective it is. This dry and loose surface
breaks the capillary connection between the air
and the moist under-soil, and has the effect of
interposing a’ foreign body between the atmos-
phere and the earth. <A board or a blanket
laid on the earth has the same effect, and the
soil is moist beneath it. This soil-muleh should
be renewed, or repaired, in the growing season,
as often as it becomes hard or baked, by means
of shallow tillage.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER III
62¢. To show that growing plants are constantly giving off
large quantities of water through their foliage, grow corn, beans
or squashes in rich soil in a flower-pot. Over the soil in the pot
should be placed a rubber or oiled cloth covering, so that no
moisture can come from this source. Then over the plant place
a glass bell-jar or a common fruit-jar, and notice how rapidly
tne moisture collects on the interior of the jar (Fig. 10). This
experiment may be conducted even better in the field.
58 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
63a. Irrigation is of primary value, of course, in all arid coun-
tries; but as complete systems of land culture develop, it must be
employed also in countries of free rainfall in order to tide over
periods of drought and to enable the husbandman to control his eon-
ditions. Irrigation will come more and more to be a truly national
problem,
66a, Capillary action, or eapillarity, is due to the attraction
of matter for matter. Capillary attraction is that foree which
Fig. 10. How to show that plants give Fig. 11. To determine how much:
off moisture. water a soil can hold.
causes a liquid to ascend or descend or move laterally through
very small openings or tubes, or the interstices between fine par-
ticles of solid matter, or by which it is held to the surface of the
particles themselves. The teacher should illustrate eapillarity by
the familiar experiment of standing tubes of glass in water. The
smaller the bore of the tube, the higher the water rises. The oil
rises in the wick by means of eapillarity. The principle may be
THE MOISTURE IN THE SOIL 59
illustrated by filling straight (or argand) lamp chimneys with
compacted dry soil and standing them in a dish of water.
68a. Film moisture ean be illustrated by dipping a marble
into water and observing the skin or film of moisture adhering to
all sides. The most satisfactory conditions of soil moisture exist
when each soil grain is covered by a film of water. The char-
acter of film moisture is changed by the thickness of the film.
The thicker the film, the less the tension to the body, until
it becomes so thick as to separate from that body and become a
drop of water; and it is then subject to the law of gravitation,
and can travel but in one direction—downward. While in a state
of film moisture, it is amenable to the law of capillary attraction,
and can move in any direction, which means that it goes towards
the thinnest films. The readiness with which water films travel
can be seen by dipping a piece of cube sugar into coffee and
observing how quickly the liquid pervades the lump of sugar.
That soil moisture may move with the same facility as the
coffee does in the sugar, if is necessary to have the soil grains
in proper touch one with another ;—not so far apart but that
the water films can reach one to the other, not so close as to
impede the progress of the films. The two extremes in soil can
be seen in loose gravel and hard clay.
70a. By rainfall is meant precipitation,—the fall of water in
any form, as in rain, snow and hail.
72a. That different soils vary in their capacity to hold
moisture may be illustrated by the following experiment: Pro-
vide several flower-pots of the same size and shape. The va-
rious soils should be thoroughly dried in an oven. At least
four kinds of soil should be tested: gravel, sand, clay, and gar-
den loam. Place an equal weight of each soil in the pots.
Suspend one of the pots from a common spring-seales (Fig. 11).
Notice the number of pounds and ounces registered. Now
slowly pour water upon the soil until it is thoroughly saturated.
Cover with a piece of oiled cloth or oiled paper, and allow it
to drain until no more water will flow from it. The water
which drains from the pot is the free water. The difference in
weight of the pot of soil before soaking, and after the drainage,
shows the amount of water held by capillarity.
60 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
74a. The plowing under of green-crops sometimes gives
unsatisfactory results. If a heavy growth is plowed under when
the soil does not contain sufficient moisture to cause ready
decomposition, this layer of foreign
matter prevents the passage of
the water from the subsoil to the
surface soil (Fig. 12). The crop
which is then planted must nee-
essarily feed for some time in the
surface soil, and in ease of pro-
longed drought a partial or ecom-
plete failure of the crop may re-
sult. Heavy growths of cover-
erops, as well as coarse, strawy
manures, should be plowed under
when there is sufficient moisture
in the soil to cause decomposition.
In ease it is necessary to plow
Fig. 12. The layer (a 6) of unde- bes
composed herbage. them under when the soil is dry,
a heavy roller will so compact the
soil that capillarity will be in part restored and decomposition
hastened.
75a. While surface drains are to be avoided, yet it frequently
becomes necessary to provide a conduit or open ditch into which
tile drains may open, or to remove flood water. It is a common
error to have the banks too vertical. Through the action of frost or
the tramping of stock, the banks are constantly requiring atten-
tion. The ditch should be wide, and the banks should have a
gradual slope, as illustrated in Fig. 13. Grass-seed should be
sown over the sides and bottom, so that the sod will prevent
washing. One ean drive across such a diteh. When possible,
this diteh would be made the boundary of a field, or be placed
near a fence.
76a. The depth at which tile drains should be placed must be
determined by the nature of the soil. In very compact and
impervious soils, as Clay, the drains must be closer together and
nearer the surface than in porous soils. Land may become so
THE MOISTURE IN THE SOIL 61
hard upon the surface that the water of rainfall never can pass
down. By placing the drains shallow, the soil is rendered mellow
and porous, water passes down readily, the level of free water is
raised, and the surplus is removed.
76b. The distance apart at which drains should be placed is
variable, but 30 feet is usually considered most advisable. The
cee
rt
Fig. 13, Properly made open ditch.
level of the free water tends to rise higher at a point midway
between drains, as shown in Fig. 8. If the drains are too far
apart, this tendency may be greater than the tendency to move
toward the drain. In soils through which the water moves some-
what readily, the drains may be farther removed than in close,
impervious soils.
78a. In the spring, on undrained soils, free water remains
for a considerable time near the surface; consequently the plant
roots cannot penetrate deeply into the soil. When the drought
comes the surface is first affected, and the plants suffer at once.
It is a well-known fact that tap-rooted plants are admirably
fitted to withstand dry weather. Their feeders are deep in the
soil. It is this condition which is obtained to a certain extent by
under-drainage. The soil above the drain is made porous, the
water which cannot be held by eapillarity is quickly removed, the
air penetrates, the soil becomes warm and congemial. Thus
SS
Fig. 15. Showing the condition which Fig. 16. When the drought comes,
prevails in spring on cold, undrained the plant is still shallow-rooted,
soils,—when the water-table is too and it suffers.
high.
ees ie
a
Fig. 17. On well-drained soils, the Fig 18. When the drought comes,
roots strike downwards. the plant does not suffer.
THE MOISTURE IN THE SOIL 63
plants are enabled early in their growth to send their roots down,
and when drought comes they are not seriously injured. Figs.
15-18 illustrate this.
79a. The soil reservoir may be understood by likening it to
a pan. A two-inch rainfall fills an inch-deep pan and runs it
over; but if the depth is increased to two inches, none of the
rain escapes. The hard-pan or water-table is the bottom of the
soil reservoir. If this bottom is within a few inches of the sur-
face, the ordinary rainfalls fill the soil so full that it is muddy,
and some of the water may be lost by surface washing. Deep
plowing lowers the bottom of the reservoir, and the soil holds
more water and yet remains drier.
8la. Tillage operations should vary according to the nature
of the soil. Those soils which are loose and porous should be
compacted after plowing, so that the capillary connection may
be restored between the surface and the subsoil. The roller
may be used. With finely divided soils, which have a tendency
to become too compact, only so much tillage should be given as
is necessary to produce the proper degree of pulverization. It is
possible to so compact and fine some soils, as clays, that the
spaces between the soil particles is filled, and a condition is
produced which prevents the rise of moisture by capillarity, and
also prevents the absorption of rainfall and the passage of air.
81b. Of general farm crops, about three hundred pounds of
water is used in the production of one pound of dry matter. An
inch of rainfall weighs, approximately, one hundred and thirteen
and one-half tons to the aere The student will discover that
the rainfall of the growing months may not be sufficient to supply
the crop; hence the necessity of saving the rainfall of winter
and spring.
83a. On the general subject of soil moisture and its conser-
vation, read Chaps. v. and vi. in King’s “Soil,” and Chap. iv. in
Roberts’ “Fertility of the Land.” Also consult publications of
the Experiment Stations and U. 8. Department of Agriculture;
and part 3 in Vol. I of Cyclopedia of American Agriculture ; also
the recent soil books of Hilgard, and of Lyon and Fippin.
CHAPTER IV
THE TILLAGE OF THE SOIL
1. What Tillage Is
84. We have found (52, 79) that tillage is
one of the means of improving the physical con-
dition of the soil. By tillage is meant the stir-
ring of the soil for the purpose of facilitating
the growth of plants.
85. We may divide tillage into two general
kinds,—tillage which covers the entire ground,
and tillage which covers only that part of the
ground which lies between the plants. The
former we may call open or general tillage, and
the latter inter-tillage. We practice open tillage
before the seed is sown: it therefore prepares
the land for the crop. We practice inter-tillage
in fruit plantations and between the rows of
crops: it therefore maintains the condition of
the soil.
86. Wemay also speak of tillage as deep or
shallow. In a general way, tillage is deep when
it extends more than six inches into the ground.
We also speak of surface tillage, when the
(64)
THE TILLAGE OF THE SOIL 65
stirring 1s confined to the one, two or three
uppermost inches of the soil.
2. What Tillage Does
87. Tillage improves the physical condition of
the soil: by fining the soil and extending the
feeding area for roots (53); by inereasing the
depth of the soil, or loosening it, so that plants
obtain a deeper root-hold; by eausing the soil
to dry out and warm up im spring; by mak-
ing the conditions of moisture and temperature
more uniform throughout the growing season.
88. It aids in the saving of moisture: by
increasing the water-holding capacity of the soil,
or deepening the reservoir (79); by checking the
evaporation (or conserving, or saving, moisture)
by means of the surface-mulech (83). The for-
mer is the result of deep tillage, as deep plow-
ing, and the latter of surface tillage.
89. It hastens and augments chemical action
in the soil: by aiding to set free plant-food ; by
promoting nitrification (Chap. vi.); by admitting
ar to the soil; by lessening extremes of tempera-
ture; by hastening the decomposition of organie
matter, as of green-crops or stable manures
which are plowed under; by extending all these
benefits to greater depths in the soil. In a very
important sense, tillage is manure.
E
66 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
3. How Tillage Is Performed
3a. By deep-working tools
90. Plowing. We plow (a) to get the land
in fit condition for planting, (0) to pulverize the
soil, (¢) to turn under manures, green-crops,
and trash, (d) to deepen the soil, and thereby
increase its storage capacity for water and ex-
tend the root pasturage, (e) to break up or to
form a hard-pan, (f) to warm and dry the land,
(g) to allow the weather to act on the soil.
Passing over the first subject (@), we may ex-
plain the remaining objects of plowing.
91. (b) Plowing is the most efficient means
of pulverizing the soil. That is, it is not enough
that the soil be inverted: it must be ground
and broken. For purposes of ‘-pulverization,
the shape of the plow should be such as to
twist the furrow-slice, causing it to break and
erumble as it falls. The moldboard, therefore,
should have a sharp, bold outward curve at its
upper extremity ; and the furrow-slice should be
left in an inclined, or even nearly perpendicular
position, rather than turned over flat.
92. (c) Since it is important that organic
matter, as manures, shall quickly decay when
turned under, the plowing should be done when
the season is moist, as in early spring or in fall.
THE TILLAGE OF THE SOIL 67
Clover and rye are also apt to become too hard
and dry if allowed to grow to maturity. Herb-
age which does not decay quickly when plowed
down may seriously injure the crop for that
season (74a). For the covering of herbage, the
furrow should be broad and deep; and if the
land is to be surface-tilled shortly after the
plowing, care should be taken that the furrow-
slice turns down rather flat, so as to ay
eover the plants.
93. (d) The deeper the plowing, the greater
the water-storage reservoir will be, other things
being equal; but the plowimg may be so very
deep as to bring the unproductive subsoil to the
surface, in which case the increase of storage
capacity may be overbalanced by the loss of
available fertility. On most soils and for most
crops, eight or nine inches is a sufficient depth
for the plow. Shallow soils are both too dry and
too wet. They are too dry, because much of the
rainfall is lost in surface drainage or by very
rapid evaporation. They are too wet after every
hard rain, because the water is held near the
surface (79a).
94. (¢) If a hard-pan is near the surface,
deep plowing will break it up, although the
most permanent remedy may be under-drainage.
In very porous soils, however, it may be neces-
sary to form a hard-pan in order to prevent
68 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
leaching. This is done by plowing at the same
depth each year, so that the land becomes com-
pacted under the furrow. Loose and sandy lands
may need shallow plowing rather than deep
plowing.
95. (f) Land which is turned up loose soon
dries out, because so much surface is exposed to
the air. In spring, it is often necessary to make
lands warm and dry, especially if such crops as
corn and potatoes and cotton are to be planted;
and this is done by very early plowing. The
slices should not be turned down flat, but
allowed to le up loose and broken, and the
harrow should not be used until the soil begins
to be dry and crumbly. Care should be taken
not to plow clay lands when wet, however, else
they become lumpy and unmanageable.
96. (g) Freezing and thawing often pulverize
and improve heavy lands, particularly clays.
Fall plowing, therefore, may be advisable on
lands which tend to remain lumpy. The results
are best when the furrow-slices are left in a per-
pendicular position (as in Fig. 21), and when
the harrow is not used until the following spring.
Heavy clays tend to puddle (81) or to cement
together if fall plowed, but the danger is least
when there is herbage (as heavy sod or stubble)
or manure on the land before it is plowed.
97. Subsoiling. When it is desired to loosen
THE TILLAGE OF THE SOIL 69
or pulverize the land to a great depth, the sub-
soil plow is run in the furrow behind the ordi-
nary plow. Subsoiling provides a deeper bed
for roots, breaks up the hard-pan, and dries the
soil. More permanent results are usually ob-
tained by thorough under-drainage.
€
3b. By surface-working tools
98. Tillage by means of — surface-working
tools—as hoes, rakes, cultivators, harrows, clod-
erushers—has the following objects: (a) to
make a bed in which seeds can be sown or plants
set, (b) to cover the seeds, (c) to pulverize the
ground, (d) to establish and maintain an earth-
mulch, (e) to destroy weeds. Aside from these
specific benefits, surface tillage contributes to
the general betterment of soil conditions, as
outlined in 87, 88, 89.
99. In making the earth-muleh (the im-
portance of which as a saver of moisture is
fully explained in 82, 83), the other objects of
surface tillage are also secured; therefore we
may confine our attention to the earth-mulech for
the present. The mulch is made by shallow
tillage—about three inches deep, in field condi-
tions—before the seeds are sown. The first. til-
lage after plowing is usually with a heavy and
coarse tool,—as a clod-crusher, cutaway harrow,
70 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
or spring-tooth harrow,—and its object is pulver-
ization of the ground. The finishing is done
with a small-toothed and lighter harrow; and
this finishing provides the seed-bed and the soil-
mulch.
100. The earth-muleh is destroyed by rains:
the ground becomes baked. But even in dry
times it becomes compact, and capillarity is
restored between the under-soil and the air.
Therefore, the mulch must be maintained or re-
paired. That is, the harrow or cultivator must
be used as often as the ground: becomes hard,
particularly after every rain. In dry times, this
surface tillage should usually be repeated every
ten days,—oftener or less often as the judgment
of the farmer may dictate. The drier the time
and the country, the greater the necessity for
maintaining the soil-muleh; but the mulch is of
comparatively little effect in a dry time if the
soil moisture was allowed to evaporate earlier
in the season.
101. Surface tillage is usually looked upon
only as a means of killing weeds, but we now see
that we should till for tillage’s sake,—to make
the land more productive. If tillage is frequent
and thorough—if the soil-mulch is maintained—
weeds cannot obtain a start; and this is the
ideal and profitable condition, to which, however,
there may be exceptions,
THE TILLAGE OF ‘THE SOIL ial
3c. By compacting tools
102. The compacting tools are rollers, and
the implements known as plankers or floats.
The objects of rolling are: (qa) to crush clods,
(b) to smoothen the ground for the seed-bed,
(c) to hasten germination of seeds, (d) to com-
pact and solidify soils which are otherwise too
loose and open, (e) to put the land in such
condition that other tools can act efficiently,
(f) to facilitate the marking-out of land.
103. By compacting the surface soil, the
roller re-establishes the capillary connection be-
tween the under-soil and the air: that is, it
destroys the earth-mulch. In its passage up-
wards, the soil moisture supplies the seeds with
water; and the particles of the soil are in
intimate contact with the seeds, and, therefore,
with the soil moisture. If the surface of rolled
lands is moister than loose-tilled lands, there-
fore, it is because the moisture is passing off into
the air and is being lost.
104. The rolling of lands, then, sacrifices
soil moisture. The rolled or compacted surface
should not be allowed to remain, but the earth-
mulch should be quickly restored, to prevent
evaporation, particularly in dry weather. When
the object of rolling is to hasten germination,
however, the surface cannot be tilled at once ;
72 THE PRiNCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
but if the seed is in rows or hills, as maize or
garden vegetables, tillage should begin as soon
as the plants have appeared.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER IV
84a. Tillage is a specifie or special word, and is much better
than the more general word cultwre, when one is speaking of the
stirring of the soil. The culture of a crop properly comprises
tillage, pruning, fertilizing, and other good care.
85a. For the origin of the word inter-tillage, see foot-note in
Roberts’ “Fertility of the Land,” p. 69.
88a. It should be observed that surface tillage saves moisture
by preventing evaporation, not, as commonly supposed, by caus-
ing the soil to absorb moisture from the atmosphere. When
moisture is most needed, is the season in which the air is dryer
than the soil.
89a. To illustrate the importance of air, select a_ thrifty
plant, other than aquatie plant, growing in a florist’s pot, and
exclude all the air by keeping the soil saturated with water, or
even by keeping the bottom of the plant standing deep in water,
and note the checking of growth, and, in time, the decline of the
plant. The remarks on draining (65, 78) show how undrained
soils are often saturated with water; and no matter how much
raw material for plant-food may exist in such a soil, it is un-
available to the plant. The reader can now guess why crops are
poor and yellow on flat lands in wet seasons. On the importance
of air in soils, read Chapter ix. of King’s “Soil.”
89b. On the effects and necessity of tillage, read Chapter iii.
in Roberts’ “Fertility of the Land,” and Chapter xii. in King’s
“Soil.” A most interesting diversion in this connection is a
perusal of Jethro Tull’s famous book on “Horse-Hoeing Hus-
bandry ” (53c). Copies of Cobbett’s edition may frequently be
found in antiquarian book stores.
91a. The trench left by the plow is a furrow. The earth
‘peziieatud 10 ueyo1q
aplouy “co SLT Suleq Gol[S-MOLINy og ‘SUTMOTA [vVap]T “TZ “SLT
GG
*MOjd osodaind-[R198ss [Vv
‘SuTMOTd wood 4ud
‘9Spa TO SUIPTN\S OO[S-MOLINT “0G ‘SIT SMIOSPURY SUIYRUL ‘poytoaut AToJo]dmIoo YIAre oY “GL Pad A |
74 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
which is turned out of the furrow is a furrow-slice. In common
speech, however, the word furrow is often used for the furrow-
slice.
91). The accompanying pictures, adapted from Roberts’
“Fertility of the Land,” illustrate different types of plow-work.
Fig. 19 shows the furrow-slice completely inverted. This kind of
plowing looks well, but it is not desirable unless the object is to
bury weeds or a green-crop. The furrow-slices are not broken
Fig. 23. A subsoil plow. Fig. 24. A smoothing harrow.
and pulverized, and they are in such position that the harrow
eannot tear them to pieces. Fig. 20 represents work which is
better, for most conditions, although the slices are not pulverized.
Fig. 21 shows ideal plowing.
91c. The ideal plow for general farm work, in Roberts’
opinion, is shown in Fig. 22. Observe the “quick” or sharp
eurve of the moldboard. For an excellent sketch of the develop-
ment of the plow, consult Chapter ii. of Roberts’ “Fertility of
the Land.”
93a. About 12 to 20 per cent of moisture in the soil is the
ideal condition for most plants. Let the pupil figure out what the
percentage will be after a rainfall of one ineh on soils that are
four inches deep and eight inches deep. Consult Roberts, “ Fer-
tility of the Land,” pp. 77 to 79.
94a. By hard-pan is meant very hard and more or less
impervious subsoil. Some subsoils are loose; others are so hard
as to prevent the downward movement of water and roots (19a).
Fig. 25. The loose mulch Fig. 26. Thea soil-mulech
on forest soils. on tilled lands.
WG
LG /Mp. WY
Fig. 28. Showing the effect Fig. 29. Showing how the
of the roller in compacting soil-muleh should be re-
the surface layer. stored by tillage after the
roller has been used,
76 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
97a. The subsoil plow does not turn a furrow (Fig. 23). It
is drawn by an extra team, which follows the ordinary plowing.
99a. A useful tool for making and maintaining the soil-muleh
is the smoothing harrow shown in Fig. 24. On hard lands,
however, heavier and more vigorous tools must be used.
99b. Observe how moist the soil is in forests, even in dry
times. This condition is due partly to the forest shade, but
perhaps chiefly to the mulch of leaves on the ground (Fig. 25).
10la. Some farmers are always asking how to kill weeds, as
if this were the chief end of farming. But good farmers seldom
worry about weeds, because that management of the farm which
makes land the most productive is also the one which prevents
weeds from gaining a foothold. But there are some cases, as
we shall find in the next chapter, in which weeds may be
allowed to grow with profit.
102a. A planker or float is shown in Fig. 27. This is a
home-made device. In some parts of the country it is called a
slicker ; and in the West it is known as a drag. In the East, the
word drag is synonymous with harrow.
104a. To determine when and how much to roll land, is one
of the most difficult of agricultural operations. This is because
the good effects are so often followed by the ill effects of loss
of moisture and of puddling of hard lands when heavy rains
follow. Whenever the object of rolling is to compact loose
lands or merely to crush the eclods, the work should be quickly
followed by the harrow or cultivator. Compare Figs. 28 and 29.
CHAPTER V
ENRICHING THE SOIL—FARM RESOURCES
1. What Farm Resources Are
105. The real fertility of the land is its
power to produce crops. It is sometimes said
to be the richness of the soil in elements of
plant-food; but soils with much _ plant-food
may still be unproductive. Fertility is pro-
ductive power. It is the result of good physi-
eal condition and an abundance of available
plant-food.
106. We have found (in Chapters ii., iii.
and iv.) that the first step towards increasing
the productiveness of soil is to improve its
physical texture. This improvement is accom-
plished both by mechanical means,—as tillage
and drainage,—and by the addition of humus.
The humus results from the application or ineor-
poration of organic matter.
107. We have seen (34) that humus is
supplied, in practiee, by cropping,—that is, by
vegetable matter left on the ground after the
erop is removed, or by erops plowed under;
(77)
78 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
and by stable manures and other direct appli-
cations.
2. Cropping Resources
2a. The kinds of green-manures
108. The stubbles of grain, clover, grass and
sowed corn add considerable humus to the
soil, and there is also much vegetable fiber
left in the ground in the roots; and the refuse
left from potatoes and garden crops is often
important. Sometimes the stubble and _ roots
are nearly as valuable for ameliorating the
soil as the part which is removed from the
land. This is especially true in clover, par-
ticularly if it is not eut close to the ground.
Roberts reports that a second-growth of clover,
two years from seeding, gave 5,417 pounds per
acre of top and 2,368 pounds of roots in the
upper eight inches of soil; and the roots usu-
ally extend to three or four times that depth.
109. Humus is often secured by growing
crops for that particular purpose; that is, by
the practice of green-manuring. Green-manure
erops are of three categories: (@) regular or
full-season crops, which occupy the land _ for
one or more seasons before they are plowed
under, or until they have reached nearly or
quite their full growth; (b) eateh-erops, which
are grown in the seasons between other crops;
ENRICHING THE SOIL—FARM RESOURCES 79
(c) cover-erops, which are sown late in the
season for the purpose of protecting the soil
during winter as well as for green-manuring.
110. Green-manuring crops may be again
divided into those which gather nitrogen and
those which do not,—or those which have the
power of using the nitrogen (see Chapter vi.)
of the air, and those which obtain all their
nitrogen directly from the soil. The nitrogen-
gatherers leave their nitrogen in the soil, when
they decay, for the use of other plants. The
nitrogen-gatherers are the leguminous plants,
or these which belong to the pea family, as
all kinds of peas and beans, clovers, alfalfa,
vetech. The other class, or nitrogen-consumers,
comprises all other plants used for green-ma-
nuring, aS rye, oats, rape, mustard, buckwheat,
maize.
111. In general, the best green-manure crops
are the legumes,—red clover for the North,
alfalfa for dry regions, cow-peas and Japan
elover for the South. With the exception of
the cow-peas, these crops require one or more
seasons for full development, and, therefore,
cannot be used in intensive farming.
2b. The management of green-manures
112. The ideal green-manuring is that which
is a part of a regular rotation,—the green-
80 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
manure crop, or the stubble or sod, occurring
regularly once every few years, in alternation
with wheat, potatoes and other staple crops.
This, however, is possible only with general or
mixed husbandry (4a). In market-gardening,
and other intensive farming, ecatch-crops are
often used. In fruit-growing, ecover-crops are
frequently used.
115. But even in intensive farming, the land
sometimes becomes unproductive from too con-
tinuous cropping with one thing, and the too
persistent use of one kind of fertilizer. It is
then often “rested” by seeding it to clover; but
the good effects are not the result of a rest, but
of rotation or change of erop.
114. It is necessary to distinguish between
the effects of green-crops in improving soil
texture and their effects in enriching the soil;
for soils which may need improving in texture
may not need enriching. In fruit-growing this
is often true; and the heavy addition of nitro-
gen (which econduces to growth of wood) may
eause the plants to grow too heavily and to
bear little, and to be too susceptible to dis-
ease and to cold. In such eases, the nitrogen-
consumers are the better crops. One must be
careful not to induce an over-growth in grapes,
peaches, apricots, and pears.
115. On hard and poor lands, it is often
ENRICHING THE SOIL-~FARM RESOURCES 81
difficult to secure a “catch” of clover. In such
eases, it is well to begin with fall-sown rye or
field peas. When the soil has become mellow,
clover may be successful.
116. Cover-crops are used mostly in fruit
plantations. They are sown in midsummer, or
later, after tillage is completed,—for tillage should
cease early, in order that the fruit plants will
not grow too heavily and too late. The cover
is plowed under early the following spring
(74a). The cover checks the growth of the
fruit plants, prevents the land from washing
and puddling, holds the rainfall until it can
soak into the soil, causes the soil to dry out
early in spring, lessens injury from frost.
117. Weeds often make good cover-ecrops.
The chief difficulty is that they cannot be
relied upon to appear when and where and in
the quantity wanted, and some kinds may be
difficult to eradicate (101a).
3. Direct Applications
3a. Stable manures
118. The best direct application which the
farmer can make to his land, from his home
resources, is stable manure. It supplies both
humus and plant-food.
F
82 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
119. The value of manure depends upon
(a) the kind of animal from which it is made,
(b) the feed which the animal receives, (c)
the amount of bedding or litter which it con-
tains, (d) the way in which it is kept or
housed.
120. Some of the most valuable constituents
of manure are soluble, and are, therefore,
removed by water. Consequently, manures
should be housed to protect them from rain.
A covered barn-yard is the ideal place in
which to keep manures, for they are not only
protected from weather, but, if the manure
contains enough straw or litter, it makes an
agreeable bed upon which stock may tramp,
and it absorbs the liquids; and if it is spread
in the yard as it is made and well tramped by
stock, its tendency to heat is reduced. In six
months’ exposure to weather, manures usually
lose more than half of their available plant-food.
121. The more completely rotted the ma-
nure, the sooner does it become thoroughly
incorporated with the soil; and the decay of
the coarse parts renders their plant-food more
available. If the rotting proceeds under cover
or in a compost pile (34a, Fig. 5), there should
be little loss of plant-food by leaching.
122. If manure cannot be sheltered, it
should be spread on the fields as fast as
ENRICHING THE SOIL —FARM RESOURCES 83
niade. There is practically no loss of plant-
food from evaporation, and the part which
Jeaches is caught by the soil. Loose or strawy
manure which lies too long on the ground,
however, may become so dry that it does not
quickly decay when plowed under; if applied
very thick, it prevents heavy soils from drying
out, and thereby delays spring work.
3b. Other dressings
1253. Muck is often useful as a source of
humus, but it generally contains little directly
available plant-food. It is generally improved
if dug and allowed to weather some time _ be-
fore it is put on the land. Dry muck is very
useful in stables and covered barn-yards to
absorb the liquids; and its value as a dress-
ing for the land is thereby increased.
124. Peat, when decomposed and _ soil-like,
becomes muck. Peat, therefore, is less valuable
than muck as a dressing until it has been
thoroughly broken up and decomposed by
weathering or composting.
125. Marl is usually not rich in available
plant-food, but, like muck, it may be valuable
to improve the physical condition of the soil.
But only in exceptional cases is it worth haul-
ing great distances.
126. Such materials as sawdust, straw,
84 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
leaves, pomace, are generally more valuable
for the improving of the texture of the soil
than for the direct addition of plant-food. If
the soil is loose, dry and leachy, or if it is
very hard, compact and retentive, these ma-
terials may benefit it. Tio determine the value
of such materials in plant-food, one must con-
sult tables of their composition in books; and
the more thoroughly they are rotted, the more
available are their constituents.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER V
108a. “The proportion of roots to tops [in clovers] varies
widely. The medium red clover, one year from seeding, gives
a much larger proportion of roots to tops than clover two years
from seeding. Red clover which produces two tons per acre
may be expected to furnish potentially to the soil, after the
first cutting, in roots and stubble, 40 to GO pounds of nitrogen,
20 to 25 pounds of phosphoric acid, and 30 to 50 pounds of
potash. Thirty bushels of wheat * * * and 2,700 pounds
of straw, would remove approximately 46 pounds of nitrogen,
20 pounds of phosphoric acid, and 26 pounds of potash.”—
Roberts, “ Fertility of the Land,” 545.
109a. Accessible discussions of green-manuring are to be
found in Chap. xiv., “Fertility of the Land;” pp. 117-128, Voor-
hees’ “Fertilizers.” Cover-crops in relation to fruit-culture are
discussed in pp. 184-202 of Bailey’s “Principles of Fruit-Grow-
ing,” and in other books and recent bulletins.
llla. Intensive farming is “high-culture” farming. It is
farming on a comparatively small scale, when the land is kept
constantly in productive crop, with the best of tillage, and the
free use of manures and fertilizers. The land is foreed to its
Fig. 30. A covered barn-yard, in which manure is saved and the stock
protected.
Fig. 31. A common type of barn-yard. The stains on the barn show where the
manure was baptized from the eayes: and the mud-puddle shows where
much of the fertility has gone,
86 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
utmost eapacity. Market-gardening and forecing-house eulture
are examples.
111d. Extensive farming is general husbandry, especially
when done on a large scale and without foreeful methods of
tillage and cropping. Grain-farming and stock-raising are ex-
amples.
120a. A covered barn-yard is shown in Fig. 30. This is a
basement under the farm barn at Cornell University. This
affords a protected place in which the stock may exercise in
cold weather; and if the cattle are dehorned, they remain to-
Fig. 32. A handy and economical stable, with cattle-racks, a manure trough
(behind which is a walk), and a small shed at the rear, with a hollowed
cement bottom, for the storage of the manure.
gether peaceably. Such an area not only saves the manure, but
it adds to the welfare and value of the stock. Compare this
with the commoner type of yard, as shown in Fig. 31. A
handy and efficient arrangement for the saving of manure is
shown in Fig. 32. For general discussions on farm manures
and methods of saving and handling them, consult Roberts,
Fertility of the Land,” Chapters vi., vii., viil., 1x.
126a. Muck, marl, and other materials of this class are
considered in Voorhees’ “Fertilizers,” Chapter vi., and in Roberts’
“Fertility, Chapter xiii.;” and the appendix to the latter work has
full tables of the fertilizer constituents of very many substances.
CHAPTER VI
ENRICHING THE SOIL—COMMERCIAL
RESOURCES
G. W. CAVANAUGH
1. The Elements in the Soil
127. Chemically, a fertile soil is one con-
taining an abundance of available plant-food.
The substances which are necessary for the
growth and welfare of plants are called plant-
foods.’ There are about ten essential elements
of plant-food. Six of these are derived from
the mineral part of the soil,—phosphorus
sulfur, iron, calcium, magnesium and_ potas-
sium. Nitrogen is contained in the humus.
Water supplies the hydrogen and oxygen
to the roots. Carbon comes from the air. For-
tunately, the greater part of the plant-food ele-
ments of the soil always exist in quantities more
than sufficient to supply any possible need of
the plants.
128. Three of these elements are often de-
ficient in the soil; or, if present, they may not
(87)
88 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
be in condition to be used by the plant. These
are nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium. <A
fourth plant-food is also sometimes deficient,—
ealeium. These four substances, therefore, are
the ones which the farmer needs to consider
when fertilizing the land.
129. Before the plant can use any of these
elements of plant-food in the soil, they must
become dissolved in the soil water, which is
absorbed by roots.
130. While all plants need certain elements
for their growth, they cannot use the elements
in their elemental or uncombined forms. In
fact, the elements as such do not exist in the
soil. They are united with each other in com-
pounds, and it is by absorbing the compounds
that the plants obtain the necessary elements.
Phosphorus is essential to the life of plants,
but it is never used by them in the form of
elemental phosphorus. It is always in some
compound, as phosphorie acid or a phosphate. .
151. When the compounds exist in such
condition as to be readily absorbed by the
roots, the soil is said to contain available
plant-food. Often there is sufficient plant-food
present, but not in condition to be taken up
by the plants. It is then said to be unavail-
able, or to be locked up. Availability is deter-
mined by two factors: by the substanee being
ENRICHING SO.:.L—COMMERCIAL RESOURCES 89
soluble in soil water; by its being of such com-
position that the plant will use it.
132. One problem for the agriculturist is to
secure available plant-food, and to determine
vhether it is better to unlock the plant-food
in the soil by means of tillage, or to supply
the elements in some manure or fertilizer.
133. Barn manures are not always to be had,
and they are variable in composition. It is often
advisable, therefore, to substitute commercial or
concentrated fertilizers, in which the constituents
are of known amounts and often readily avail-
able. Barn manures are bulky. Even manure
of cattle from a covered yard contains as
high as 70 or 75 per cent of water, and usu-
ally less than 1 per cent of nitrogen, phos-
phoric acid or potash. If it were not for its
influence in improving the physical effects of the
soil, stable manure would have comparatively
little value.
2. Nitrogen
134. Nitrogen is the most important element
which the farmer adds to his soil. It comprises
part of all green and woody parts of plants.
It seems to be the element most intimately
associated with rapid growth in plants. Plants
that feed excessively on nitrogen tend to pro-
90 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
duce large leaves and stalks, while the hardi-
ness may suffer. On the other hand, insut-
ficient nitrogen is almost certain to result in
dwarfing and loss of vitality. It must receive
attention, also,.beeause one form, the nitrate,
tends to leach from the soil.
135. In a pure or elemental state, nitrogen
is an invisible gas. It comprises four-fifths
of the atmosphere. And yet, with this vast
amount about us, it is the most expensive ele-
ment of plant-food. The nitrogen of the air
can not be used by the great majority of plants,
beeause it is In what is known as a free or un-
combined state. The sourees of nitrogen for
plants are ammonia, nitrates, or in some
eompound formed by antaals or plants (that
is, In some organic form).
136. If the gas nitrogen be combined with
the gas hydrogen, there will be formed am-
monia (N H;). From this the plants can
derive, indirectly, their supply of nitrogen.
Another compound of nitrogen is ealled nitric
acid, which is composed of nitrogen, hydrogen,
and oxygen (HNOQO;). When some mineral
element takes the place of the hydrogen in
this combination, the compound is ealled a
nitrate: as NaN Os, nitrate of soda; KN Qs,
nitrate of potash, or saltpetre. Both ammonia
and nitrates are found in the soil in’ small
ENRICHING SOIL—COMMERCIAL RESOURCES 91
quantities, but only in a fertile soil in sufficient
amounts to supply the plant with nitrogen.
137. Humus is the great storehouse of
nitrogen. Humus does not dissolve in water,
and so serves aS a means of retaining the
nitrogen against leaching. But if the nitrogen
remained always in the humus, it would not
be available to plants, since to be absorbed it
must dissolve in the soil-water. Fortunately
there is a process whereby the nitrogen in the
insoluble humus is made to be available. This
process is the work of germs or micro-organ-
isms (35, 35a). These germs are of several
kinds. One kind works upon the humus and
changes its nitrogen into ammonia, and other
kinds change the ammonia into. nitric acid.
This process of changing nitrogen into the
form of nitric acid or nitrate is called nitri-
fication. It is probable that nitrogen enters
the plant chiefly in form of nitrate, so that
all other forms of nitrogen must undergo nitri-
fication, or be nitrified, before they are of use.
Since tillage promotes the activities of the micro-
organisms (8), 52, 89), it thereby increases the
supply of available nitrogen.
138. It has been stated (135) that the great
quantity of nitrogen in the atmosphere is not
available to most plants, because it is not in
a combined state. There are certain plants,
92 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
however, which have the power of drawing
upon this supply for their nitrogen. They are
the leguminous plants, and inelude the clovers,
peas and beans (110). These plants have knobs
or nodules growing upon their roots. These
nodules are the homes of germs; and_ these
germs seize upon the nitrogen of the air and
turn it over to the plant. This process is
known as the fixation of nitrogen. Then if
these crops are plowed under they not only
add humus from their vegeiable substance,
but nitrogen which has been gathered from
the air.
139. The nitrogen added in green-crops or
humus must go through the process of nitri-
fication before it is available to the plant.
Sometimes this process does not furnish nitric
acid fast enough to supply rapidly growing
plants, and then a form of available nitrogen
may be added direct. This can be done by
using nitrate of soda or sulfate of ammonia.
The former is mined in Chile; the latter is a
substance obtained from gas works. The am-
monia formed from the nitrogen that was in the
eoal or wood is caught in sulfurie acid (generally
known as oil of vitriol). These two substances,
together with dried blood from the slaughter
houses, constitute the best commereial sources
of nitrogen.
ENRICHING SOIL
COMMERCIAL RESOURCES 94
3. Phosphoric Acid
140. Phosphorie acid is, next to nitrogen, the
most important plant-food to be applied to
land, and of the mineral constituents it is the
most important. It is a constituent of all soils,
though the amount may be variable. It is par-
ticularly needed to insure hardiness and fruit-
fulness. Consequently the different grain crops
are large users of phosphoric acid. A liberal
supply of available phosphoric acid is necessary
to young plants to give them strength and
vigor.
141. As humus decays or decomposes in the
soil it not only supplies nitrogen, but it also
makes some of the phosphoric acid available.
Henee when the humus diminishes in the soil,
there is often a corresponding lack of available
phosphorie acid. Barn manures make available
a considerable quantity of phosphorie acid. Soils
which contain a fair supply of humus do not
necessarily have enough of phosphorie acid.
To such soils phosphorie acid may be supplied
in an available form in acid phosphates.
142. Pure phosphoric acid (P20;), however, is
not used directly as a plant-food, but only when
it is combined with some other substance, as
lime. One of the chief sources of phosphoric
acid is bone, in which it is found combined
Q4 HE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
with lime. The animals obtained the phosphorie
acid from the plants they ‘ate, which in their
turn secured it from the soil. Another great
source are the deposits of phosphatic rocks im
the Carolinas, Florida and Tennessee. In these
rocks the phosphoric acid and hme are com-
bined in the same way as in bones.
148. Bones and phosphoric rocks do not dis-
solve in water, and consequently the phosphoric
acid they contain is not easily absorbed by
roots. These materials, therefore, are com-
monly treated with acid, to make the phos-
phorie acid soluble; and the material is then
known as an acid phosphate.
144. In bones, one part of phosphorie acid
(P30;) is combined with three parts of lime
(CaO), and ean be expressed as follows:
Lime ) CaO )
Lime + Phosphorie acid; or, CaO + P2O;
Lime CaO \
This substance is tri- (or three) caleie phos-
phate, and is insoluble. When sulfuric acid (or
oil of vitriol) and water are brought in con-
tact with the bones, part of the lime leaves
the phosphorie acid, and its place is taken by
water. If one part of the hme is united with
the sulfuric acid, then there results a sub-
stance which can be written thus:
ENRICHING SOIL—COMMERCIAL RESOURCES 95
Water H2O
Lime Phosphorie acid; or, CaO + P.O;
Lime CaO ,
This is di- (or two) ecaleic phosphate. This is
insoluble in rain-water, but becomes soluble in
the soil-water.
145. If two parts of the lime be united with
sulfuric acid and their places be taken by water,
there remains :
Water ) H2O i
Water + Phosphoric acid; or, H2:O + po.
Lime \ CaO
This 1s mono- (or one) caleic phosphate. This
is readily soluble in soil water, but in the soil it
tends to become insoluble, or to revert to the
dicalcie form (and is then said to be “reverted”),
and some of it may eventually become tricalcic
and unavailable. The lime that is removed by
the sulfuric acid unites with the sulfurie acid to
form ealcium sulfate ; that is, plaster or gypsum
(CaSO). The diealeic and monoealeie are the
forms that are known as acid phosphate, and
sold in commercial fertilizers.
4. Potash (potassium oxide, K.O)
146. Next to phosphoric acid, potash is the
most important mineral plant-food. It is placed
after phosphoric acid in importance not be-
96 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
cause plants can better do without it, but
because it is usually more abundant in soils.
Potash has an important office in the produe-
tion of firm, woody tissue and of starch, and
it is thought to be particularly needed by fruit-
plants, potatoes, and root crops. It is gen-
erally deficient in sandy and peaty soils.
147. Like phosphorie acid, potash becomes
available with a liberal supply of humus and
by good tillage; and the potash in barn ma-
nures is soluble and valuable. Whenever wood
ashes can be cheaply obtained they form a valu-
able source of potash, for the potash taken
from the soil by the trees remains in the ashes
when the wood is burned.
148. Potash is found in great deposits in
Germany, very much as common salt is found
in the United States. There it is mined and
sold. It can be bought in the form known as
the muriate of potash, or more properly potas-
sium chlorid, KCl. Another form of potash is
the sulfate, K:SO,. The sulfate costs a_ little
more than the other, because it is made from
the muriate. For general purposes, the muri-
ate is recommended over the sulfate because
it is cheaper; but the muriate has a_ dele-
terious effeet on tobaeeo, and it is thought
to give less satisfactory results on sugar-cane
and potatoes.
ENRICHING SOIL—COMMERCIAL RESOURCES 97
5. Amendments
149. Substances which contain only traces
of the important or available plant-foods often
have a beneficial effect on soil. Lime and salt
are examples. Though they may not add to the
soil any needed plant-food, the plants are en-
abled by their presence to utilize more of the
plant-food already in the soil. Such materials
are known as amendments (58).
150. It is often difficult to decide, in any
particular case, just how an amendment pro-
duces its effect. It may be that the mechanical
condition of the soil is improved, its water-
holding eapacity increased, its acidity or sour-
ness neutralized, or its plant-food unlocked.
151. Lime. Soils sometimes become sour, and
may then be unsuitable for some plants. One
of the reasons why plants do not thrive well in
sour soils is that it is difficult to obtain sufficient
nitrogen in the form of nitrates. The germs
which carry on the process of nitrification are
unable to do their work in sour soils. The soil
acid can be neutralized — the soil sweetened — by
applying lime (which is ealecium oxide, CaO).
152. Lime may be applied in the form of
water-slaked lime, such as is obtained by adding
water to quick-lime till it crumbles, or by air-
slaked lime. Quick-lime usually gives the better
G
98 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
results, particularly when it is desired to improve
the texture of clay soils (58, 58a).
153. A soil may be tested to determine if it is
acid by placing a piece of blue litmus paper
(kept at drug stores) against the moist soil. If
the paper reddens and remains so after drying, it
shows the presence of an acid in the soil. It is
best to apply the paper not to the top of the soil,
but to the side of a hole such as would be made
by inserting a spade and moving it to and fro.
6. Commercial Fertilizers
6a. What they are
154. Under the name of commercial fertilizers,
one can buy the various forms of nitrogen, phos-
phorie acid and potash. These elements may be
purchased singly or mixed in any combination.
A fertilizer containing all three is called a ecom-
plete manure or fertilizer. Im buying, one should
be guided by the guaranteed analysis and not by
any particular name or brand.
155. The commercial value of nitrogen is
about three times that of either phosphoric acid
or potash, which are approximately 5 cents per
pound. The prices of these elements may vary,
but the following will serve as an illustration of
the computing of relative values of different fer-
ENRICHING SOIL—COMMERCIAL RESOURCES
99
tilizers (remembering that 1 per cent means one
pound in a hundred, or twenty pounds in a ton):
No. 1. GUARANTEED ANALYSIS
Nitrogen). . =. - - 1.60) to 2:00) per cent
Phosphorie acid available .7.00 to 8.00 ‘' “*
Potashv... en 200 UOND, OU mes ve
Cost per ton, $29.
Multiplying the lowest figure representing the
per cent of the given element by 20, and calcu-
lating the value from the price per pound, we
have in No. 1:
Nitrogen . . . 1.60 20= 32]bs.@15c. = $4 80
Phosphorie acid 7 KK 20—140lbs.@ 5¢.= 7 00
Potash .... 2 X20= 40lbs.@ 5e.= 2 00
Commercial value perton ... . . $13 80
156. Another example of computation
be taken :
No. 2. GUARANTEED ANALYSIS
INITIOPEN- es .- e o.00 to 4.00 per cent
Phosphoric acid available . 8.00 to 10.00 ‘* ‘°
Barnet s Stine Tt us gst ON ta ein 8 yt
Cost per ton, $38.
Its value is calculated the same as No. 1:
Nitrogen .. . 3.30 20= 66 lbs.@1l5c. = $9 90
Phosphorie acid 8.00 K 20 = 160 lbs.@ 5¢.= 8 00
Potash . 2. .7.00>< 20— 140 lbs.@ 5c.= 7 00
Commercial value. ...... . . $24 90
may
100 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
157. The cheapest fertilizer is the one in
which one dollar purchases the greatest amount
of plant-food. In No. 1, $29 obtained $13.80
worth, which is at the rate of 48 cents worth
for $1. In No. 2, $38 buys $24.90 worth of
plant-food, or at the rate of 65 cents worth for
the dollar. The difference between the commer-
cial value, as calculated, and the selling price,
is to cover expenses of manufacture, bagging,
shipping, commission fees, and profits.
6b. Advice as to their use
158. We have seen that plants must have
all three of the general fertility elements—nitro-
gen, phosphorie acid, potash—in order to thrive.
It frequently oceurs, however, that the soil is
rich enough in one or two of them; and in that
ease, it is not necessary to apply all of them.
159. If a liberal application is made of one
element, the plant must use more of the other
elements which are already in the soil, in order
to balance up its growth. It may result, there-
fore, that the addition of one element exhausts
the soil of some other element. For example,
if heavy growth is obtained by the addition of
nitrogen, the plant may need to draw so
heavily upon the stores of available phosphoric
acid as to deplete the soil of that material.
ENRICHING SOIL—COMMERCIAL RESOURCES 101
160. Again, no results can be obtained from
the addition of one element unless the other
two are present in sufficient quantity. In gen-
eral, therefore, it is safer to apply complete
fertilizers.
161. Yet, in some cases, it is unwise to
apply complete fertilizers. This is particularly
true of the application of nitrogen. The growth
may already be so heavy that the addition of
nitrogen would cause an overgrowth, and yet
the plants may need fertilizing. This danger
of too much growth is greatest with fruit
plants (114).
162. If nitrogen conduces especially to leat
growth (134), then it must be the element
which is most important in the fertilizing of
the vegetables which are grown for their leaves
or succulent stalks, as rhubarb, cabbage, let-
tuce, spinach, asparagus; and it is also very
important in the growing of hay and succulent
fodder.
163. Nitrogen leaches rapidly, especially if
applied in the form of nitrate of soda or sulfate
of ammonia. It is, therefore, advisable to ap-
ply it in the spring; and when used in liberal
amounts, it should be apphed at intervals, and
not all at one time.
164. Phosphoric acid and potash, even if
soluble, do not leach badly, as a rule, because
102 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
they tend to form insoluble compounds with
soil constituents. The more vegetable matter
a soil contains, the less pronouneed is_ the
action of leaching. As a rule, commercial ferti-
lizers are applied after the ground is fitted, and
then harrowed in or drilled in.
165. The amounts and kinds to apply are
determined by (a) the analysis of the” material
(that is, its richness in plant-food), (6) its
eost, (¢) the richness of the soil in plant-food,
(d) the tilth or texture of the soil (60, 49a),
(e) the kind of crop, (f) the kind of farming,
whether intensive or extensive (llla, 111b). It
follows, therefore, that the mere analysis of
the soil and the plant cannot determine what
fertilizer it is most profitable to use.
166. What fertilizers to use, and how to
apply them, are subjects which are discussed
in bulletins and books by many authors; but
even after reading all the literature, the farmer
must experiment with his own land and his own
crops, to determine just what materials are most
profitable for his use. In other words, the ad-
vice as to fertilizers is more valuable in teach-
ing a man principles, in suggesting means of
experimenting, and in designating the proba-
bilities of any line of action, than in specifying
just what fertilizers one shall use. An area on
one side of a field may be devoted to such
ENRICHING SOIL—COMMERCIAL RESOURCES 103
experiment, on different parts of which the
various elements and combinations of them
may be applied.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER VI
127a. An element is a simple substance. It is not made by a
combination of any other substances, and by no known means can
it be separated into any other substances. Sulfur, nitrogen, and
phosphorus are elements. The known elements number about 70.
127b. The elements are represented by one or more letters,
called symbols. Usually the first letter of the name is employed.
Thus, nitrogen is designated by N, phosphorus by P, sulfur by
S. When the names of different elements begin with the same
letter, as sulfur and sodium, this rule eannot be followed. In
such eases, letters from the name of one of the elements in some
other language are used. Thus, Na is used for sodium, natrium
being the Latin of sodium. Similarly, P might represent phos-
phorus or potassium ; henee K is used for potassium, which in
Latin is kalium.
130a. Compounds result from the chemical union (30c) of two
or more elements. The compound may not resemble in any way
any of the elements contained in it. The proportions in which
elements unite vary, and the same elements may be made to
unite in different proportions. The same compound always con-
tains the elements in exactly the same proportion.
1306. Compounds are represented by writing together the
symbols of the elements composing them, together with figures
to represent the proportions. Thus, potash, K.O, is a compound
of two parts of potassium and one of oxygen, O. Lime, CaO, is
composed of the elements calcium, Ca, and oxygen, and its
chemical name is calcium oxid. Other compounds are nitrate of
soda, NaNO; ; ammonia, NH; (H representing the element hy-
drogen); water, H:O; sulfurie acid, HoSO,; ; ammonium nitrate,
NH,sNO; ; ammonium sulfate (NH,4).SO,4 (the NH, being taken
twice); starch, C>5H;00; (C; representing carbon); salt, NaCl
(Cl standing for chlorin).
104 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
130c. Phosphorie acid and potash are not elements, but com-
pounds. The elemental forms are phosphorus and potassium. It
is customary, however, to speak of nitrogen, phosphoric acid
and potash as the elements of plant-food. Here the word ele-
ment is not used in the chemical sense, but rather as the sim-
plest form in which plants can use these substances.
13la. Roots have the power of dissolving plant-food (30,
30a), but this is only a process of making it soluble. Substances
which are not soluble in rain water may be soluble in soil water,
for the water in the soil contains various acids. Even when a
substance is in solution, the plant has the power of rejecting it ;
it is thereby not available as plant-food. For example, nitrogen
in the form of nitrites (as nitrite of soda, NaNO.) is not availa-
ble, although it is soluble ; but nitrogen in the form of nitrates
(as nitrate of soda, NaNO;) is available. Charcoal is not availa-
ble plant-food, although it is carbon, and carbon enters more
largely than any other element into plant tissue. But when the
charcoal is burned, it forms a gas called carbon dioxid or carbonie
acid (CO,), from which the plant can get carbon.
140a. The black or blue head of an old-fashioned sulfur
match is a paste containing the element phosphorus, P. On
igniting the match, this phosphorus unites with the element
oxygen, O, in the air to form a small white cloud, which is the
compound -phosphorus pentoxid. Its symbol is P205, which
means that it is made by the union of two parts of phosphorus
and five parts of oxygen. Phosphorus pentoxid is known in
agriculture as phosphoric acid.
143a. The term superphosphate is sometimes used in the
same sense as acid phosphate; that is, to designate available
phosphates, or those which are made up of monoealeie and
dicalcie phosphates. A fertilizer containing available phosphoric
acid, but no nitrogen or potash, is often called a plain superphos-
phate. Complete fertilizers contain all three of the important
plant-foods.
153a. Moisten a strip of blue litmus paper with vinegar or
sour milk, and note the change in color. Then add te the milk
or vinegar some lime water till it no longer tastes sour, and
a
ENRICHING SOIL—COMMERCIAL RESOURCES 105
again try the litmus paper. It will no longer turn red. Try
some air-slaked lime in the same way. Make the same test
with plaster of paris or gypsum, which is sulfate of lime. This
will not neutralize the acid or sweeten the milk or vinegar.
Make the same test with salt and sugar. A substance which
turns blue litmus red is acid ; one which turns red litmus blue
is alkaline.
166a. The experiment stations of most of the older states
issue bulletins of advice on the use of fertilizers, and these
should be studied. In many states there are laws designed to
protect the purchaser of fertilizers; and fertilizer control sta-
tions are established to analyze the different brands and to
publish the results. The general subject of fertilizers is pre-
sented in Voorhees’ book on “Fertilizers.” Good advice will
also be found in Chapter xii. of Roberts’ “ Fertility.”
166). Every school should have bottles of the leading ferti-
lizer chemicals for exhibition ; as muriate and sulfate of potash,
kainit, gypsum or plaster, bone and rock phosphates, bone-
black, dried blood, nitrate of soda, sulfate of ammonia, air-
slaked lime, and quick-lime. These can be obtained from
dealers in fertilizers.
Part Il
THE: PUANT] AND? CROPS
CHapTer VII
THE OFFICES OF THE PLANT
1. The Plant and the Crop
167. In an agricultural sense, the plant, as
a representative of the vegetable kingdom, has
four general types of uses, or fulfils four offices:
it aids in the formation, maintenance and im-
provement of soils; it influences the climate
and habitableness of the earth; it is the ulti-
mate souree of food of domestic animals; it, or
its products, may be of intrinsic value to man.
168. When plants are grown in quantity,
they, or their products, constitute a crop. This
erop may be the produce of a bench of carna-
tions, a field of barley, an orchard of peaches,
a plantation of tomatoes, or a forest. The
erop may be grown for its own or intrinsie
value, or for its use in preparing the land for
other crops.
(106)
THE OFFICES OF THE PLANT 107
2. The Plant in its Relation to Soil
169. The plant is a soil maker. It breaks
down the rock by mechanical force and by dis-
solving some of its constituents (30, 306). It
fills bogs and lagoons and extends the margins
of lakes and seas (32, 32a).
170. The plant is a soil improver. It opens
and loosens hard soils, especially if, like the
elover, it has a tap-root, which it sends deep
into the earth. It fills and binds loose and
leachy soils. When it deeays it adds humus
(33, 04, 13, 14)!
171. The plant is a soil protector. It pre-
vents the washing of soils, and protects the
sands of dunes and shores from the winds.
It holds the rainfall until it soaks into the
soil 1¢70; 116).
3. The Plant in its Relation to Climate
172. The plant influences the moisture sup-
ply: by modifying the distribution of precipi-
tation; by causing the retention of the pre-
cipitation; by lessening evaporation; by adding
moisture to the atmosphere.
173. The plant influences the habitableness
of the earth by other means: as by modifying
extremes of temperature; by affording wind-
108 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
breaks; by supplying shade; by contributing
to the beauty and variety of the landscape.
4. The Plant in its Relation to Animal Life
174. Nearly all domestic animals live directly
on plants. These are herbivorous animals, such
as cattle, horses, sheep. But even the flesh
which carnivorous animals eat—as dogs, cats—
is directly or indirectly derived from herbivo-
rous animals; for “all flesh is grass.”
175. The round of life begins and ends with
the soil. The soil contributes to feeding the
plant, the plant feeds the animal, and the ani-
mal passes at last into the soil. In this round,
there is no creation of elements, and no loss;
but there are endless combinations, and these
combinations break up and pass away. To
raise the plant, therefore, is the primary effort
in agriculture.
5. The Plant has Intrinsic Value to Man
da. As articles of food or beverage
176. Plants or plant-products may be staples
or necessaries, aS wheat, rice, potatoes, beans ;
semi-staples, or articles of very general and
common use, as apples, oranges, buckwheat ;
THE OFFICES OF THE PLANT 109
luxuries or accessories, as quinces, cauliflowers,
glass-house vegetables; condiments, as_ spices ;
beverage products, as cider, wine.
177. Plants or plant-products may be food
for animals, as grains, ground feed, fodders,
forage or field pasturage.
5b. As articles used in the arts
178. Plants may afford textiles or fibers, as
eotton, hemp, flax, jute; wood, lumber and
timber ; medicines, as quinine, opium, ginger.
5c. As articles or objects to gratify cwsthetic tastes
179. Plants are the source of most per-
fumery, and of many dyes and paints.
180. Plants are themselves useful as orna-
mental subjects. They may be grown for their
effects as individuals or single specimens, as a
tree, a shrub, or a plant in a pot; or for their
effects in masses in the landscape.
181. Plants are useful for their flowers or
ornamental fruits. The flowers may be desired
in mass effects, as single specimen plants, or as
eut-flowers. The growing of plants for their
effects as individuals or for cut-flowers is
floriculture; the growing of them for their com-
bined or mass effects in the open (or on the
lawn) is landscape horticulture (9).
110 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER VII
170a. Tap-roots (Fig. 33) extend the benefits of root ae.ton
to great depths. They drain, aerate and comminute the soil;
Kig. 33. The deep root-system of Vig. 34. The shallow root-system
red clover, of orchard grass,
and the plant-food which they bring from the subsoil is left,
when the plant decays, in such place and condition that sur-
face-rooted plants can get it. With the clover, compare a
grass (Fig. 34).
l7la. In many countries definite efforts are made to hold
THE OFFICES OF THE PLANT 11]
loose sands from drifting by winds, as along the coasts of the
sea. Sand-loving plants with strong running roots or root-
stocks—as various grasses and sedges—are used for this pur-
pose. One of the uses of windbreaks is to lessen the drifting
of sands. Bluffs and railway embankments are often held from
eaving and washing by means of strong-rooted plants.
172a. Large forests probably have some influence in dis-
tributing the rainfall, the precipitation tending to be greatest
near the forest areas. By some persons it is thought that the
total precipitation is increased by forests, but this point is in
dispute. The off-flow or outflow from forest-covered, or from
any plant-covered, lands is more gradual than from bare lands;
thus floods are more frequent and more serious the more com-
pletely the forests are removed. This is illustrated in the floods
on the Ohio and other rivers.
172b. Plants lessen evaporation chiefly in the capacity of
shelter-belts. Windbreaks check evaporation from adjacent lands
(see King, “The Soil,” pp. 204-206); and this is one valuable
effect of windbreaks for fruit-plantations in dry climates (see
Bailey, “Principles of Fruit-Growing,” pp. 48-51.) Forest areas
contribute some of their moisture to the atmosphere of con-
tiguous areas; and plants give off moisture from their grow-
ing parts.
173a. For a full discussion of windbreaks, see “ Principles
of Fruit-Growing,” pp. 47-57, 62-92.
CHAPTER VIII
HOW THE PLANT LIVES
B. M. DUGGAR
1. The Plant Activities
182. The plant is a very dependent struc-
ture: it must be supplied with water and certain
soluble salts from the soil, oxygen and carbon
dioxid from the air, in addition to sunlight and
a certain amount of heat. When these con-
ditions are fulfilled,—somewhat as a_ plant’s
ancestors have been accustomed to them,—
the plant must grow, provided no extraneous
diseases or accidents overtake it.
183. A growing plant is influenced by all
of the external conditions about it,—it is sen-
sitive, or manifests irritability. In studying
growth processes, we must remember that these
processes are occurring in a highly responsive
living object, an objeet with both inexplainable
internal forees and with processes most favor-
able for chemical and physical study. To study
how a plant lives, one must consider the- im-
portant factors of growth, actual growtb phe-
(112)
HOW THE PLANT LIVES De
nomena, and certain other conditions to which
growth is sensitive.
2. The Factors of Growth
2a. Water in the plant
184. The rigidity or stiffness of any herb
or sueculent part is largely dependent on its
water content. If a succulent branch is severed,
it soon loses its water by evaporation, and it
becomes flaccid, or wilted. The proper exten-
sion, or turgidity, of the cells of plants with
water is necessary for active growth. The pas-
sage of the soil water into the plant, and there-
after its transfer from living cell to living cell,
is accomplished by the process of osmosis, which
is the diffusion of liquids through membranes.
Mueh of this water eventually reaches certain
condueting parts, or bundles.
185. Surrounding each rootlet for some dis-
tance back of the tip is an enveloping growth of
delicate root-hairs. These hairs are single,
tubular cells, the outgrowth of single cells in
the outer layer of the root. Each one contains
within its walls, as do all active cells, living
matter called protoplasm, along with cell-sap.
In the soil these delicate hairs push readily in
amongst the soil particles, covering an immense
H
114 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
amount of space. Owing to the denser cell-sap
of the root-hairs these hairs absorb a by
osmosis. There are in solution in the soil
water minute quantities of food substances, and
these are absorbed independently of the relative
amounts present. The absorptive activity, or
pull, of the root-hairs is so great that water may
be extracted from a soil apparently dry.
186. Plants. contain much water; but it re-
quires oven temperatures, about 222° F., to
drive out all the water from plant substatteas
The total water in some plants, as determined
by the chemist, is as follows:
Dry clover seed ....... 6.4 per cent.
Dry: DOGS. cece weer ee eleeD” a earene
Green apple twigs. . «©.» «00:0 “se
Potatostubers: sc sone) SOWOR Te
Green clover tops... 1 4).7980.0) 22%
187. Water is absorbed in greater quantity
than can actually enter into the composition of
the living plant; and the surplus water is thrown
off by a proeess of evaporation kuown as tran-
spire ation. The water is rapidly transpired from
certain plant surfaces, especially from the leaves
and green stems. The water current is import-
ant; for example, it promptly distributes foods.
188. Leaves are provided with thousands. of
minute pores in the epidermis, connecting with
the delieate tissues within. These pores, or
HOW THE PLANT LIVES als;
stomata, are especially abundant on the under
surfaces of most leaves. With changes in the
water content of the plant, these stomata open
or close, to a degree facilitating or inhibiting
transpiration. Like evaporation, transpiration is
hastened by higher temperatures, dry air, wind,
and the movements of the plant. On a _ very
hot day, or with insufficient soil moisture, a
plant may wilt, due to the fact that all of the
facilities for checking transpiration fail to keep
the balance between root absorption and_ tran-
spiration. The plant gives off more water than
it takes up; therefore, it wilts.
189. The absorptive activity of the roots gives
rise to a sap- or root-pressure which tends to
foree the current upward. In fact, the lifting
power of transpiration, osmosis, root-pressure,
and other forees cause the crude sap to ascend
through the woody bundles of the plant; and by
means of these bundles absorbed solutions are
earried upward through all parts of root and
stem, and through the leaf-stalk, veins and vein-
lets to all parts of the leaf.
%
2b. Soluble salts from the soil
190. Along with the soil water absorbed by
the roots, minute quantities of the various min-
eral salts necessary for plant growth are taken
in. ‘These salts are in solution. In the plant,
116 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
these solutions become a part of the ascending
sap, and they are diffused to all parts where
assimilation goes on. Plants possess a certain
selective abso.ption, yet soil elements not utilized
by the plant are also absorbed in greater or
less quantity depending on whether or not de-
posited in inert form. Carbonie acid, and per-
haps other substances exereted by the root, aid
in dissolving some of the mineral salts (30).
191. Various substances are taken in with
the soil water. Sodium and potassium nitrate
(nitre), calcium phosphate (phosphate of lime),
and potassium sulfate are well-known ingredients
of fertilizers. Chemical analysis and experiments
show that from these and allied salts the plant
obtains from the soil sueh necessary elements as
nitrogen, potassium, phosphorus, caleium, and
sulfur. In addition, plants also secure from the
soil traces of iron, and whatever magnesium, sili-
eon, and other mineral elements may be necessary.
192. When a plant is burned in air, the ash
eontains all of the above-named elements except
the nitrogen and a part of the sulfur and phos-
phorus. Nitrogen, one of the most important of
plant-foods, ean be used ehiefly in the form of
nitrates, except in the ease of leguminous plants
(110, 138), in which it is also taken from the air in
some obscure way by bacteria of the root tubercles.
HOW THE PLANT LIVES 117
2c. Oxygen
193. Oxygen is essential to all of the life pro-
cesses in the plant, as well as to the animal. For
perfect germination oxygen is required, and this
gas diffuses into and is used by all living or grow-
ing plant organs. The stomata of leaves and
shoots are mechanisms insuring an adequate
supply for these parts. Enterimg these stomata,
it is readily diffused throughout the neighboring
cells and tissues.
194. Oxygen is then constantly ‘‘absorbed,”’
and associated with this absorption is the giving
off of carbon dioxid. This appropriation of
oxygen and escape of carbon dioxid are results
of respiration, a process equivalent in its .pur-
pose and results to respiration in animals. Young
growing plants absorb an amount of oxygen about
equal to their volume, in from twenty-four to
thirty-six hours. Germinating seeds absorb oxy-
gen, and give off ordinarily about an equal quan-
tity of carbon dioxid.
195. Germinating seeds, opening flower buds,
parts of plants that have been injured, and cer-
tain organs in which decay is imminent, respire
more rapidly than other parts. Respiration prac-
tically represents molecular change and the re-
lease of energy in the living substance.
196. Oxvgen is also taken in through the
roots. Land plants, whose roots are deprived of
118 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
their air by too much water, are soon suffocated.
This is especially noticeable in a field of Indian
corn or maize which has been overflowed; and it
is also a condition frequently met with in those
greenhouses where an abundant use of water is
the first rule. Many plants which have become
accustomed to boggy regions, and many green-
house plants, send up to the surface numerous
root formations in response to a need of fresh
air, or oxygen.
2d. Carbon dioxrid and sunlight
197. The element that is present in greatest
amount in plants is earbon. This material is
derived in green plants from the carbon dioxid
(or ecarbonie acid gas) of the air.
198. In order to become plant-food, the car-
bon dioxid of the air first diffuses into the leaves;
then its utilization depends on the green color-
ing matter of leaves,—or the chlorophyll,—and
on sunlight. The chlorophyll absorbs some of
the energy of sunlight, and by means of the
energy thus provided, there is effected. a rear-
rangement of the atoms of carbon dioxid and
water, such that sugar, and ultimately starch,
may be produced and some oxygen is set free.
This process of the formation of plant-food from
carbon dioxid and water, with the consequent
giving off of oxygen, is photosynthesis (some-
HOW THE PLANT LIVES 119
times known as carbon assimilation). It is in
its results the reverse of respiration, in which
oxygen is taken in and carbon dioxid given off.
199. During the day a much greater amount
of oxygen is set free as a result of photosynthesis
than that used in respiration, so that a surplus
of oxygen actually diffuses into the air, and plants
are said to purify the air. At night, no photo-
synthesis goes on, and the chief end-product. of
respiration, carbon dioxid, is given off, and may
be demonstrated by experiment.
2¢. Heat, or a definite temperature
200. Heat increases the absorptive activity of
the roots, the rate of transpiration, the amount of
respiration, and the products of photosynthesis.
201. A more or less definite degree of heat
is necessary for all living processes. As a rule,
seeds will not germinate at the freezing point,
and all growth is suspended at that temperature.
Plants grow best within a very small range of
temperature, known as the optimum tempera-
ture. As a rule, other conditions being equal,
plants of moist tropical regions are suceulent, and
green tissues preponderate. In the frigid regions
the softer green parts are greatly reduced, and,
while the woody part is of less extent than in
the temperate regions, relatively it preponderates.
202. Different plants are injured by different
120 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
temperatures. Such plants as cotton and the
melon are killed by a temperature several degrees
above freezing. The living protoplasm is stimu-
lated to give up its water, the roots are chilled
and cannot supply to the leaves that water neec-
essary to offset transpiration, and, as a result,
the leaves soon wilt and blacken. On the other
hand, even the green parts of some plants will
withstand freezing temperatures. The ability to
resist cold depends primarily on the response
of the protoplasm, its capacity to give up water in
freezing without injury, together with the power
of reabsorption on thawing.
3. The Processes of Growth
203. The starch that may result from photo-
synthesis or the use of carbon dioxid is stored in
the leaves during the day, and at night it may be
entirely removed and used after being converted
into a soluble substance, sugar. Some of this
sugar is directly used in building up more complex
compounds used in growth, and some of it is again
converted into starch and stored in tubers, stems,
or thickened leaves, for future growth purposes.
204. The external evidences of growth are
changes in form and size of the different parts.
The internal evidences of growth are to be seen in
the differentiation of the individual cells of whieh
HOW THE PLANT LIVES IAAL
the plant is composed,—new cells are made, and
others are modified in size or form. It is prob-
ably impossible for a plant to live without grow-
ing; but under poor conditions the growth may be
so slight that the plant is no longer of any use
to the farmer.
205. The young stems of many plants elongate
throughout the entire length of the growing
part. But the lower part soon reaches the limit
of its growth, the rear internode—or space _ be-
tween the joints—ceases to elongate, and further
growth in length proceeds only in the newer parts
above. That is, while there is an elongation or
stretching of the shoot itself, this elongation
gradually lessens below, so that the region of
most rapid growth is constantly in the freshest
and softest part of the shoot. Notice that the
distance between the joints in growing shoots
tends for a time to increase.
206. The root grows differently. The tip of
the growing root is hard, being protected by what
is known as a root-cap. Growth in length takes
place just behind this hard tip, not throughout
the length of the growing part. The root, there-
fore, is able to push its way around obstacles.
207. In most of our woody plants, inerease in
diameter is effected by a layer of growing tissue,
the eambium, loeated just beneath the bark; and
every year it gives rise to a new layer of wood on
ee) THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
the outside of the old wood, and to a new layer
of bark on the inside of the old bark. Thus the
heart-wood is the oldest wood, and the outside
bark constantly breaking off is the oldest bark.
The interior wood takes less and less part in the
activities of the plant, and the heart-wood of
trees is nearly useless except as a support to
the plant.
4. Irritability
208. Growing parts are sensitive or responsive.
This responsiveness or irritability may be called
forth by diverse external forces, and is manifest
in definite movements, in growth reactions, and
in complex internal changes.
209. Some plants make visible movements,
and may even be sensitive to shocks. The
sensitive-plant suddenly closes its leaves and
droops when touched; the leaves of sun-dew
and other inseetivorous plants close upon their
prey; and the tendril of the gourd gradually
bends around the object it touches.
210. Green parts turn towards the light, and
assimilation is thereby increased. Plants in
windows turn the broad surfaces of their leaves
perpendicular to the incoming rays of light;
and a seedling grown under a box into which
light is admitted through a single slit will grow
HOW THE PLANT LIVES 123
directly towards that slit, and even through it
to the brighter light.
211. Plants are sensitive to gravitation. The
first root of the germinating seed is so sensitive
to gravity that it ordinarily grows downward,
wherever it may be and whatever may be its
position. On the other hand, the first shoot is
oppositely affected by gravity, and if a potted
seedling is placed horizontally the stem soon
directs itself upward. While its general tend-
eney is downward, the root is nevertheless
attracted in any direction by the presence of
water.
212. The reactions of plants to their environ-
ments or surroundings may cause the plants to
vary, or to assume new forms or characteristics;
and these new features may be of use to the
farmer. Thus, with more light, the better are
the roses or carnations grown under glass; the
richer the soil, the stronger is the growth; the
higher the altitude or latitude, the greater is the
proportion of dwarf plants.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER VIII
182a. Asaltis the substance formed from the union of an acid
with some inorganic substance or base. The salt may be neutral,
—neither acid nor alkaline. Thus sulfurie acid and lime form
the salt, sulfate of lime or gypsum: nitrie acid and ecaustie soda
form the sait nitrate of soda; muriatic (hydrochloric) acid and
124 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
eaustie potash form muriate of potash; muriate acid and caustie soda
form muriate of soda, which is commonly known as salt,—that is,
it is common salt.
184a. From a potato tuber which has lain in the air until
somewhat wilted, cut circular segments about one-fourth of an
inch or less in thickness. Place some of these pieces in water,
and others in strong salt solution. In a short time those in
water become more rigid, while
those in strong salt water become
flaccid. The cell-sap of the po-
tato, containing some salts and
sugars in solution, is a denser
solution than the water, and the
flow of water is inward to the
denser solution; hence the pieces
absorb water. Of those pieces in
strong salt solution the flow: of
water is outward, and the potato
segments lose some of their water
and become flaccid. See Atkin-
son’s “Elementary Botany,” pp.
13-18.
185a. A cross-section of a root-
let in Fig. 35 shows the root hairs. These hairs are seen to be
prolongations of the outer or epidermal cells.
185). By germinating a bean, pumpkin seed, or wheat in
moss, or between folds of moist thick cloth, the root-hairs may
be observed. Fig. 36 shows the fringe of hairs on such a seed-
ling; and Fig. 37 shows how the root-hairs attach the soil
particles to the root. For a longer account of root-structures
and root-action, compare Sorauer, “Physiology of Plants for the
Use of Gardeners,” pp. 4-7.
186a. Any one who has handled both green and dry fodder
has a general idea of how much water there may be in plants.
Why do apples and grapes and cabbages shrivel after they are
picked ?
188a. A single epidermal pore is a stoma or stomate. ‘The
Fig. 35. Root-hairs, enlarged.
HOW THE PLANT LIVES b25
plural is stomata or stomates. Fig. 38 shows a fragment of leaf
in cross-section, a@ being a stoma opening out on the lower sur-
face. Looking down upon _ the
peeled-off epidermis of the lower
surface, stomata are seen at Fig. 39.
188). Cut off a leafy branch of
any herb, insert the stem through
a perforated cork into a bottle of
water, and then place the whole
under a bell-glass. Note how soon
the water vapor thrown off condenses
upon the glass. Compare Fig. 10,
page 58. \Gaa
188c. The rate of tran- &&° ~”
spiration from a single leaf
may be accurately observed
as follows: <A large U-
shaped glass tube is filled
with water, and into one end
of this tube is inserted a
perforated cork bearing a
small glass tube or capillary
arm, bent at right angles.
Fig. 36. The root-hairs In the other end of the U-
as seen on a dark, tube is fitted a cork, through
Heireloxn. the perforation in which is
inserted the leaf-stalk, with the stem reaching
the water, as shown in Fig. 40. When this last
cork is forced in, water will fill the capillary arm;
and the recession.of the water in this arm to
supply that transpired shows the rate of tran-
spiration. Wax or paraffin should be used to seal
around the perforations.
189a. Root-pressure or sap-pressure, may be
Vic 1 ougn ya ver ) 2 .
Be tiene durin, eal of agtan of actie Beet one te
J soil adheres to
actively-growing herbaceous plant, as the sun- the young root,
126 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
flower. Fit tightly over this stub a few inches of rubber tubing,
partially filling the tubing with water, and into the free end fit
closely a small glass tube several feet long, supporting the tube
by astake. In a few hours water will begin to rise in the glass
tube. ‘This pressure in the common nettle may sustain a column
of water over ten feet in height, and in the grape-vine a column
more than thirty feet in height. It is inapplicable for plants that
force up only a small volume of water under high pressure.
189b. The sap ascends through the young woody parts,—
the sap-wood in our common trees, and not between the bark and
wood, as commonly supposed, ‘To note the special channels
Fig. 38. Cross-section of a leaf. Stoma at a.
through which sap ascends, secure a few joints of green corn,
a blade of celery, a leaf of canna, and some woody branch, and
put the stem ends into a tumbler with a solution of some red
dye or stain, preferably eosin or fuchsin. Often in the course
of a few hours there is external evidence that the colored liquid
ascends through definite channels, at least with the succulent
herbs. Now cut off the stems and note the colored regions, —
in the corn those thread-like groups of fibers so noticeable when
an old ecornstalk is broken ; in the celery, likewise, through those
stringy fibers known to all who have eaten tough celery ; and
in woody plants, through the layers of wood nearest the bark.
190a. For fuller discussions of the subjects outlined in 190
and 19], consult Sorauer, “Physiology of Plants for the Use of
Gardeners,” pp. 30-44, 48-51.
HOW THE PLANT LIVES 1 PATE
194a. Air in which seeds have been germinating has suffered
a change; this can be shown in the following manner:— Fill a
large-mouthed bottle half full with soaked beans or peas, add a
small quantity of water, and cork it. After twenty-four hours,
pass a lighted wax taper or waxed cord into the jar, and it will be
extinguished. Make the same
tests in a jar of air, and see that
the taperburns. This is astriking
change. Asa matter of fact, the
germination has increased the
amount of carbon dioxid and di-
minished the amount of oxygen,
but other more elaborate experi-
ments would be needed to show
how we know that these are the
» gases affected.
196a. For a discussion of
the relation of wet soils to oxy-
gen-absorption, read Sorauer,
pp. 77-80.
1960. The “eypress
knees” which project
from the water in cypress
swamps in the South are
supposed to be aérating
Fig. 40. Means of showing transpiration. organs.
197a. If a plant is
burned in the air, the resulting ash is very small; but if burned
without free access of air, as in a charcoal pit, there remains
a charred mass almost as great in volume as the substance
burned. This mass is largely carbon, a most important element
in all living matter, or protoplasm. In combination with the
elements of water, carbon also forms most of the cellular tissue
of plants, likewise the starches and the sugars, all of which are
valled carbohydrates. The manufacture of these starch-like com-
pounds by the appropriation of the carbon dioxid of the air is
128 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
one of the peculiarities of green plants; and animals depend on
plants for the preliminary preparation of these necessary com-
pounds.
198. The word assimilation is sometimes used in this restricted
sense in plants, as defined in
198. In general speech it
means the appropriation of
prepared or digested food, as
the assimilation of the food
by the blood, or protoplasm.
195. Chlorophyll is the
green coloring matter of
plants. It looks to be in the
form of minute grains. Most
of the cells in Fig. 38 contain
chlorophyll grains.
198c. Plant-food, in the
sense in which the term is
here used, isa product of pho-
tosynthesis,—sugar, starch or
some similar material. In
common speech the term food
is used to designate any ma-
terial taken in and ultimately
used by the plant, as nitrates,
potash, water; and a general
use of the term is so well
- established that it eannot be
overthrown.
Fig. 41. Experiment to show the giving 108d. Pore
off of oxygen. assimilation, compare Arthur
and MacDougal, “Living
Plants and Their Properties,” pp. 145-152.
199a. Place under a funnel in a deep beaker, containing
fresh spring or stream water, growing bits of water-weed
(Elodea Canadensis), and invert over the end of the funnel a test-
tube filled with water, as in Fig. 41. In the sunlight bubbles of
HOW THE PLANT LIVES 129
gas will be seen to rise and collect in the tube. If a sufficient
quantity of this gas could be quickly collected, on testing it
with a lighted taper the flame would be seen to quicken per-
Fig. 42. Opening of Fig. 43. The marking of the stem and
a bud of pear. the spreading apart of the marks.
septibly, indicating more oxygen than is contained in the air.
In this case the carbon dioxid used is in solution in the water.
The Elodea is common in still ponds.
20la. On the subject of temperature and plant life, compare
Bailey, “The Survival of the Unlike,” pp. 44-48, Chapters xvii.
and xix.; and Chapter xiii. of Gaye’s “Great World’s Farm.”
202a. Compare Arthur and MaeDougal, “ Living Flants and
their Properties,” pp. 85-98, for a discussion of the influence of
cold in injuring plants.
203a. To test for starch in a potato tuber or other storage
I
130 THI PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
organ, spread a drop of tineture of iodine on the eut surface.
and the blue*or violet color indicates the presence of starch.
Test the laundry starch.
203b. To determine that starch is formed
only in the green parts of leaves, secure a
leaf variegated with white, like a coleus or geranium,
which has been some hours in sunlight. Place it in hot
alcohol until the green color disappears, and then add some
iodine. The parts which were green are colored violet-
brown, indicating starch, but the white parts are un-
colored. Another leaf covered with dark cloth for
twenty-four hours will show little or no starch any-
where, indicating the removal in darkness of the
starch formed in sunlight.
i} - s
iets 204a. The opening bud of a
Marking the = ;
Root: beech is a good example for ob-
servation of growth, as it ex-
pands from day to day. The long seales of
the winter bud become looser, and gradually,
by the elongation of parts between them,
the scales are forced apart, showing at the
base of each a minute leaf of perfect form.
Daily the leaf increases in size, the internodes
or stem portions between the leaves elongate,
the seales fall away, and from a bud of an
inch in length, by elongation throughout its
whole extent we have a leafy twig of many
inches, with a terminal bud, and a bud in the
axil of each leaf. The beginning of the spring
growth is likewise well shown in the pear
bud, Fig. 42. Consult Bailey’s “Lessons with
Plants,” pp. 44-72, for fuller diseussions, with
Fig. 45. The root
many illustrations, of the opening of buds. : s
grows in end portion.
205a. Mark a young stem, as at A in Fig.
43; but the next day we shall find that these marks are farther
apart than when we made them (B, Fig. 43). The marks have
all raised themselves above the ground as the plant has grown.
HOW THE FLANT LIVES 131
The stem, therefore, has grown throughout its length rather than
from the end.— Bailey, “ Lessons with Plants,” p. 822.
206a. Germinate a squash seed between layers of blotting-paper
or cloth. When the root has grown an inch or two lay the plantlet
on a piece of paper. Then lay a rule alongside of it, and make
a mark (with indelible ink) one-quarter of an inch, or less, from
the tip, and two or three other marks at equal distances above
(Fig. 44). Now carefully replace the seed. Two days later,
examine it; we shall most likely find a condition something like
that in Fig. 45. It will be seen that the marks E, C, B, are prac-
tically the same distance apart as before, and they are also the
same distance from the peg, AA. The point of the root is no
longer at D D, however, but has moved on to F.—Bailey, “ Lessons
with Plants,” p. 821.”
207a. We now see that the “sap” of trees is a very complex
substance. It is the juice or liquid in the plant. The liquid
which first comes in at the root is water, with very dilute pro-
portions of various substances. But the sap also carries the
products of assimilation to all parts of the plant, to build up the
tissues. In common speech, the upward-moving water, recently
taken in from the soil, and known as the “transpiration stream,”
is often called erude sap; and the liquid carrying sugars and
other organie compounds is called elaborated sap.
209a. See the discussions and pietures of moving parts in
Bailey’s “Lessons with Plants,” pp. 396-406; also Barnes’ “ Plant
Life,” pp. 188-208; Atkinson’s “Elementary Botany,” pp. 82-92;
Arthur and MueDougal’s “Living Plants,” Chapters i.-iv., and
other botanical treatises.
CHAPTER IX
THE PROPAGATION OF PLANTS
1. The Kinds of Propagation
213. Plants naturally propagate by two gen-
eral ineans,—by seeds and by buds. All the
modes of the propagating of plants employed by
the farmer and gardener are but modifications
of these two general types.
214. The farmer has three objects in view in
the propagation of plants: to renew the genera-
tion, or to prevent the stock from dying out; to
increase the number of plants; to perpetuate a
particular variety. Thus, the farmer must resow
his wheat, or he will lose the stock; but he ex-
pects to secure more plants than were coneerned
in the production of the seed which he sows ;
and he also expects to reap a particular variety,
as Diehl or Mediterranean.
215. Seeds are always able to preserve the
race or stock and to increase the number of
plants, but they are not always able to produce
the variety which bore them. Most farm crops
and most garden vegetables reproduce the va-
(132)
THE PROPAGATION OF PLANTS 1338
riety from seeds ; but most fruits and trees and
shrubs do not, and in such cases recourse
is had to bud propagation, as layers, cuttings,
grafts.
2. Seedage, or Propagation by Seeds
2a. Requisites of germination
216. In order that seeds shall germinate, the
seeds themselves must be viable (or “good”).
Viability depends upon (a) the maturity of the
seeds, (b) freshness,—they shall not have lost
their vitality through age,—(c) the vigor and
general healthfulness of the plant which bore
the seeds, (¢) proper conditions of storage.
217. (b) The length of time during which
seeds retain their vitality varies with the kind of
plant and with the conditions under which the
seeds were grown. That is, there is a normal
vitality and an incidental vitality. Most seeds
germinate best when not more than one or two
years old, but retain strong vitality three or
four years; but some seeds, notably those of
onions and parsnips, are usually not safe after
a year old.
218. In order that seeds shall germinate,
they must also have proper surrounding con-
ditions: moisture, free oxygen (air), warmth.
134. THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
219. The ideal condition of the seed-bed, so
far as water is concerned, is that it shall be
moist, not wet. Wet soil injures seeds, largely
by excluding oxygen. The older and weaker the
seeds, the yvreater is the necessity for care in
applying water: they should be kept only
slightly moist until germination is well started.
The soaking of seeds starts the germinating pro-
cesses, but it should not be continued above
twenty-four hours, as a rule, and should not
be employed with very weak seeds.
220. Oxygen is supplied to germinating seeds
if sufficient air is allowed to reach them; and
the air reaches them if they are not planted too
deep, nor kept too wet, nor the soil allowed to
“bake.” But all these conditions are greatly
modified by the kind of soil.
221. For each kind of seed there is a certain
degree of warmth under which it will germinate
to the best advantage; and this is called the
optimum temperature for that seed. The opti-
mum temperature is not uniform or exact, but
ranges through a limit of five to ten degrees.
Seeds of most hardy plants—as wheat, oats, rye,
lettuce, cabbage, and wild plants—germinate best
in temperatures between 45° and 65°; those of
tender vegetables and conservatory plants, be-
tween 60° and 80°; those of tropical plants,
between 75° and 95°.
THE PROPAGATION OF PLANTS 135
2b. The raising of seedlings
222. The ideal soil in which to plant seeds is
loose and friable, does not “bake,” and is reten-
tive of moisture. It is ‘neither hard clay nor
loose sand.
223. The looser the soil, the deeper the seeds
may be planted, since the plantlets can easily
push through the earth; and the deeper the
planting the more uniform is the moisture. For
seeds of medium size and of strong germinating
power,—as wheat, cabbage, apple,—a quarter or
half inch is sufficient depth. In order to secure
moisture about the seeds, the earth should be
firmed or packed over them, particularly in a dry
time; but this surface earth is moist because
water is passing through it into the air (103,
104).
224. The smaller the seed, the shallower
should it be sown, as a rule, and the greater
should be the care in sowing. Very small seeds,
as those of begonia, should be merely pressed
into the earth, and the surface is then kept
moist by shading, laying on a paper, cloth or
glass, or by very careful watering. Delicate
seeds are often sown on the surface of well-firmed
soil, and are then lightly covered by sifting soil
or dry moss over them. Keep them shaded until
germination is well progressed.
136 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
225. Seeds may regerminate. That is, if
germination is arrested by drought, the process
may be renewed when congenial conditions recur,
even though the young root may be dried and
dead. This is true of wheat, oats, maize, pea,
onion, buckwheat, and other seeds. Some seeds
have been known to resume germination five
and six times, even when the rootlet had grown
half an inch or more and the seeds had been
thoroughly dried after each regermination.
226. Bony and nut-like seeds must generally
be softened by lying long in the earth; and
the softening and splitting of the coverings is
hastened by freezing. Such seeds are peach
pits, walnuts, haws, and most tree seeds. Gar-
deners bury such seeds in earth in the fall, and
plant them the following spring. The seeds are,
also, often mixed with sand, or placed between
layers of sand in a box, and if the seeds are
from hardy plants the box of sand is placed
where it will freeze throughout the winter. This
operation is known as stratification.
9
3. Propagation by Buds
3a. Why and how bud propagation is used
227. When varieties do not “come true” or do
not reproduce themselves from seeds, it is neces-
THE PROPAGATION OF PLANTS aif
sary to propagate them by means of buds. In
some eases, also, seeds are not produced freely,
and then recourse is had to buds. In many
instances, too, as in grafting, quicker results are
obtained by bud propagation than by seed prop-
agation. One means of dwarfing plants is to
graft them on kinds of smaller stature.
228. Of bud propagation, there are two gen-
eral types,— that in which the bud remains
attached to the parent plant until it has taken
root, and that in which the bud is at once sepa-
rated from the parent plant. Examples of the
former are layers; of the latter, cuttings.
3b. Undetached buds
229. A layer is a shoot or a root which,
while still attached to the plant, is made to
take root with the intention that it shall be
severed, and form an independent plant.
230. The layers are bent to the ground, and
at one place or joint are covered with earth; at
this joint roots are emitted. Layering may be
performed in either fall or spring, but the for-
mer is usually preferred. The layers are usually
allowed to le one season before they are sev-
ered. Almost any plant which has shoots that
ean be bent to the ground can be propagated
by layers; but the best results are obtained in
plants which have rather soft wood,
138 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
3c. Detached buds
231. Of propagation by detached buds, there
are two types,—buds which are inserted in the
soil or in water, and those which are inserted in
another plant. The former are cuttings; the
latter are grafts.
232. Cuttings may be made of soft or un-
ripe wood, or of hard and fully matured wood.
Of the soft kinds are cuttings (or “slips”) of
geraniums, fuchsias, and the like. Of the hard
kinds are cuttings of grapes and currants.
233. Soft euttings are made of shoots which
are sufficiently mature to break or snap when
bent double. They comprise at least one joint,
and sometimes two or three. The leaves are
removed from the lower end, and if the upper
leaves are large they may be cut in two, or
sheared, to prevent too rapid evaporation. A
soil free from vegetable matter, as sand, is pref-
erable. It is generally necessary to shade the
euttings until they are established.
234. Hardwood or dormant cuttings are
taken in fall or winter. They usually comprise
two or more buds. ‘They root better if they are
sallused (partially healed over on the bottom
end) before they are planted: therefore, it is
customary to bury them in sand, or to stand
them in sand, in a cool cellar until spring. In
THE PROPAGATION OF PLANTS 139
spring they are set into the ground up to the
top bud.
235. Single-eye cuttings—that is, one-bud
cuttings—are sometimes employed when buds
are scarce, aS in new or rare plants. These are
usually started under glass. They are planted
half an inch or an inch deep, in an oblique or
horizontal position.
236. Grafting is the operation of making
one plant, or a part of it, grow upon another
plant. The part which is transferred or trans-
planted is the cion; the plant into which this
part is transplanted is the stock.
237. A cion may contain one bud or many.
It may be inserted in a cleft or split in the
wood of the stock, or it may be inserted
between the bark and wood of the stock. A
single bud which is inserted between the bark
and wood is technically known as a“ bud,” and
the process of inserting it is known as budding;
but budding is only a special kind of grafting.
238. The cion and stock unite because the
cambium of the two grow together. This cam-
bium is between the bark and the wood (207):
therefore it is important that the inner face of
the bark of the cion (or bud) be apphed to the
surface Of the wood of the stock; or, if the
cion is inserted in a cleft, that the line between
the bark, in the two, come together.
140 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
239. When the cion is inserted, the wounded
surfaces must be tightly closed, to prevent the
parts from drying out. Whenever the stock is
cut off to receive the cion, thereby wounding the
wood, wax is used to cover the wound; when
only the bark is raised to admit the cion or bud,
a bandage is used.
240. Grafting with hardwood cions of two
or more buds—which is usually spoken of as
grafting proper—is performed in spring, and
the cions are cut in the winter and are kept
fresh and dormant (as in a cellar) until wanted.
The cion is made from the wood of the pre-
vious season’s growth, of the variety which it is
desired to propagate.
241. Budding—or inserting a single bud un-
derneath the bark—may be performed whenever
the bark of the stock will peel or “slip,” and
when mature buds can be secured. If performed
in spring, the buds are cut in winter, as for
grafting proper. If performed in late summer
or early fall—and this is the ecustom—the buds
are cut at the time, from the season’s growth.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPUER IX
215a. It is impracticable, in this connection, to explain fully
why it is that some plants “come true” from seed, and others
(as apples, strawberries, roses) do not; but the enquirer wil!
find the matter expounded in Buailey’s “Plant-Breeding,” pp.
THE PROPAGATION OF PLANTS 141
88-91. The reason is that in plants which are habitually propa-
gated by seeds, as the garden vegetables, we are constantly
discarding the forms which do not come true, and are thereby
fixing the tendency to come true,— since only the individuals
which do come true are allowed to per-
petuate themselves. In plants which are
not habitually propagated by seeds, this
selection does not take place, and the
tendency to come true is not fixed.
217a. The longest-lived seeds are those
borne on plants which reach their normal,
healthy development. Those produced in
very dry years are apt to have low vitality. Pi- 46. Seed-pot, covered
c < with glass.
Seeds should be stored in a dry and fairly
cool room. Tables of the longevity of garden seeds may be
found on pp. 104-107 of the 4th edition of “ Horticulturist’s
Rule-Book.”
Oe,
ay i ey
coon e®
“= 6, ’
py gl th
(eH ao um yz
Fig.47. Four layered shoots.
219a. “Nursery-Book,” pp. 1-7, discusses the means of
regulating moisture, with illustrations.
220a, As an experiment, plant corn a foot deep in warm,
142 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
firm soil. Run a little stick or splinter down to some of the
seeds, allowing it to remain. The air enters alongside the stick.
Observe if there is any difference in germination, If not, try
it when the soil is very wet.
224a. Very small seeds are often sown very shallow in a
pot, and a pane of glass is laid over the pot to check evapora-
as the plantlets ap-
moved. For de-
sowing of seeds,
pp. 15-25.
tion (Fig. 46). As soon
pear, the glass is re-
tailed directions for the
see the “ Nursery-Book,”
230a. An illustra-
given in Fig. 47. Four
shoots are layered. One
shoot, A, is layered in
tion of layering is
Ff at ieee 7 f
ee? ¢
7
“Uh
Vig. 48. Coleus eutting Pig. 49. Outting held by Nig. 50, One style of
(x). tooth-pick (x4). chrysanthemum
cutting (x%).
two places, and two plants will result. When the layers have
taken root, the part is severed and treated as an independent
plant. Honeysuckles, lilacs, snowballs, and many common
bushes can be layered with ease. See Chapter iii., in “ Nursery-
Book,” for full diseussion.
233a. These green cuttings may be planted in shallow boxes
of sand, in coldframes or hotbeds, or in the beneh of a glass-
house. Figs. 48-50 illustrate the process.
234a. A grape cutting is shown in Fig. 51. This is the
common fashion for propagating the grape; but new varieties
are often grown from single eyes, as shown in Fig. 52. Consult
Wig. 62. Single-eye grape cutting (x4).
Wig. 54. Shield bud,
Grape cut
ting (x).
Big. 55, Bud entering matrix (x4). Fig. 56. A waxed
atub (x).
Fig. 538, Cleft-
grafting.
Mig. 57. The bud in
Wig. 55 was shoved
down until eoy
ered by the bark
and now tied with
bast,
144 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
Chapter iv. of “ Nursery-Book,” for full directions for making
and growing cuttings.
238a. Two cions inserted in a cleft in the stock are shown in
Fig. 53. The cambium layers come together in the cion and
the stock. A “bud” cion is shown in Fig. 54, and the operation
of shoving this down between the bark and wood of the stock
is seen in Fig. 55.
239a. The waxing of a stock is illustrated in Fig. 56. The
tying of a bud (by soft cord or bast) is shown in Fig. 57.
240a. The common style of grafting is suggested in Figs. 53
and 56. This is known as eleft-grafting, from the splitting of
the stock. It is the style nearly always employed in orchard
trees of apples and pears.
241a. Shield-budding is the common style. It is illustrated
in Figs. 54, 55, 57. The buds are cut at the time of the bud-
ding, the leaves being at onee taken off to prevent evaporation ;
but a bit of the leaf-stalk is usually left to serve as a handle,
as seen in the picture. Peaches, cherries, plums, oranges, are
usually budded.
241b. In all kinds of grafting and budding, the operator
must be careful to select cions, or buds, from only those varie-
ties which he desires to perpetuate. The stocks used by nur-
serymen are seedlings ; but even if the plant is grafted, it can
be grafted again, the same as if it were a seedling. In most
cases, a variety is grafted on another plant of the same general
kind, as a peach on a peach, an apple on an apple, a plum on
a plum; but there are cases in which one kind or species is
grafted on a different species: (@) to secure a dwarf plant, by
grafting on a slow-growing root (as pear on quince), or (b) be-
cause seeds of the given species are rare, and a closely related
stock is therefore substituted. For extended accounts of bud-
ding and grafting, refer to “ Nursery-Book,” Chapter v.
CHAPTER X
PREPARATION OF LAND FOR THE SEED
I. P. ROBERTS
1. Kactors Which Determine the Preparation
of the Seed-bed
242. Faulty preparation of the land is the
eause of more failures than the subsequent
treatment of the crop. In field conditions, this
preparation can not be so thorough, or so ideal,
as in garden areas or in gilass-houses. The
general condition of the farm work dictates to
a great extent the particular time when the
seed shall be sown and the amount of prepara-
tory work which shall be put on the land:
therefore, it is very important that the farmer
fully understand what is required, in order that
he may make no mistakes.
243. The preparation of the land for seeding
should be governed by two factors: by the
needs of the particular plant which is to be
grown, and by the character of the land. To
prepare a seed-bed for any crop, the habits,
likes and dislikes of the plants should be
J (145)
146 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
studied. That is, it is not enough that the
land be well prepared: it sheuld have the kind
of preparation which is demanded by the crop.
2. The Demands of the Plant
244. The preparation of the seed-bed differs
with the way in which the plant is propagated.
Some plants are propagated by a piece or
part of an underground stem or tuber, as the
potato; others by a branch of the aerial
part, as the willow or sugar-cane. In all of
these eases, the buds or eyes are surrounded
with food for immediate use. This stored food
gives them power to send out strong shoots and
to grow for some time without having to’ secure
nourishment from the soil. But many plants are
propagated by tiny seeds. These start in
life with little stored food, and, therefore, must
quickly seeure nourishment from the soil; and
the land must, therefore, be very well prepared.
These seeds should be planted near the surface,
for there will not be strength enough in the
infant plant to push its way through, if planted
as deep as the potato.
245. Plants may change or modify their
characteristics to adapt themselves to changed
conditions. The common red elover is a_tap-
rooted plant, but if it grows on soil which is
PREPARATION OF LAND FOR ‘THE SEED 147
underlaid with wet clay, it tends to become
fibrous-rooted. Kven long-lived perennials, as
trees, do best when the surface soil is well pre-
pared to a depth of ten to twelve inches, since
many feeding roots of trees, especially of young
ones, find nourishment in this prepared soil.
246. Plants differ greatly, however, in ability
to adapt themselves to unfavorable conditions.
Many common plants send their tap-roots into
the subsoil for two to three feet, even if it be
hard, while sugar beets become fibrous-rooted,
and may be pushed up and partly out of the
ground if their tap-roots attempt to enter the
undisturbed hard subsoil. Land devoted to
clover need not necessarily be subsoiled if it
be fairly free from stagnant water, while that
planted to sugar beets should be subsoiled,
for the reason that a long, fusiform root is
desired, all or nearly all of which should be
below the surface; for that part of the beet
which grows above the ground is not nearly so
valuable for making sugar as that part which
grows under ground.
247. Nearly all of the common and quick-
growing plants secure the larger part of their
nourishment and moisture from the first, or sur-
face foot of soil. This being so, it is seen how
necessary it is to prepare the soil in the best
possible manner. If the upper soil is not well
148 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
prepared, the roots must search wide and deep
for food.
248. Most of the smaller plants require but
about six months in which to grow and to fruit.
If, in order to secure nourishment and moisture,
the roots are obliged to descend into the cold,
hard subsoil, where the plant-food is likely to be
least available, neither growth nor fruitage can
be satisfactory. Those plants which do not ma-
ture until they are five to twenty years of age, as
fruit trees, can secure much nourishment from
the subsoil, although they secure little in any
one growing season. Then, too, trees must se-
eure a firm hold on the land, or they will be
prostrated by winds. By being obliged to send
many of their roots into the cold, firm subsoil
through many generations, trees have probably
acquired the power of securing more of the tough
or unavailable food of the subsoil than plants
which live but one season.
249. Different plants require not only to be
planted at different seasons of the year, but at
different depths. They demand different meth-
ods of preparation of the surface soil. Some
do best when placed in loose, warm soil, as,
for instance, maize and sweet potatoes; while
others do best when grown on fairly cold and
somewhat compacted surface soil, as winter
Wheat.
PREPARATION OF LAND FOR THE SEED 149
3. The Preparing of the Seed-bed
250. Nearly all plants thrive best when fur-
nished with a full and continuous supply of
moisture. Fine, loose earth, which contains a
moderate admixture of humus, is capable of
holding much moisture (73, 74); but the soil
may be so loose and light as to admit too
rapid movement of air, in which case the mois-
ture will be carried away. If the particles of
earth are separated too widely, capillarity is
weakened. In such cases the subsurface soil
should be slightly compacted, while one to three
inches of the surface is left loose to form an
earth-mulch, which tends to prevent loss of
moisture by evaporation. The particles of the
loose surface earth-mulch should be so widely
separated that the moisture can climb only to
the bottom of it, for if it comes to the surface
the air will carry it away (83). The earth-mulch
shades the ground in which the plants are grow-
ing, prevents the soil from cracking, and saves
moisture.
251. The seed-bed should contain no free
water; but it is impossible to secure this con-
dition at all times. No serious harm may come
when the soil is over-saturated at planting time,
if the free water is quickly removed. If the
soil coutains more water than it can hold by
150 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
eapillarity, the air is driven out, and the soil
swells and tends to become puddled (81).
252. Many seeds will not germinate if planted
out of season, or when the soil is cool, no matter
how well the seed-bed is prepared. Then, if it
is desired to plant early, make the land fine and
loose, for in so doing the temperature of the
soil is raised. The soil of a fine, porous seed-
bed, resting on a well-drained subsurface and
subsoil, is much warmer than one resting on a
compact, undrained foundation. However, it is
not wise to plant seeds out of season or when
the weather is unsuitable.
253. If small seeds are covered with but little
earth, they may fail to germinate for lack of
moisture. If covered with enough fine earth to
insure a constant supply of moisture, the young
plants have a hard struggle to reach the surface.
Only a few of the small seeds, as clover and
many of those planted in the kitchen-garden or
flower-garden, ever produce plants. Sometimes
the seeds are imperfect, but more often the fail-
ure to secure vigorous germination is due to a
poor seed-bed or to eareless planting. ‘To ob-
tain better results, not only prepare a fine seed-
bed and sow at the proper time, but compact
the soil immediately over the row of seeds.
This will enable capillary attraction to bring
moisture to the surface, or near it (103). The
PREPARATION OF LAND FOR THE SEED 151
earth-mulech should remain unpacked between
the rows, to conserve moisture.
254. In some cases it is impossible to secure
a proper seed-bed for small seeds. For ex-
ample, no suitable seed-bed can be procured,
as a rule, for clover seeds when sowed in a
growing tilled crop. In order to secure germina-
tion, these seeds are sown on the surface in early
spring, while the surface soil is. still porous
from winter freezing. The spring .rains wash
the seeds into the little cracks in the soil and
partly cover them. The weather being cool and
cloudy and the soil moist in early spring, the
oily seeds of the clover are kept damp enough to
insure germination. If such small seeds are sown
in summer or early fall, the land is rolled for
the purpose of supplying them with moisture.
255. A good field seed-bed, then, can be
secured profitably only on land which is either
naturally or artificially well drained, which has
been well broken and crumbled by the plow, and
the surface of which has been thoroughly fined
by the harrow. Particular care should be taken
not to work heavy or clay lands when they are
wet. Neither should elay lands be tilled so much
that they become very dusty, else they will puddle
when the rains come. The remarks respecting
the proper tillage of the land (Chapter iv.) will
apply here.
152 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
4. Application of the Foregoing Principles
4a. Wheat
256. Winter wheat does best when one or two
inches of the surface soil is fine and loose, and
the subsurface soil fine and fairly compact.
257. To secure the ideal conditions, the
ground should be plowed some time before sow-
ing, and the manure spread on the rough
surface. The ground is immediately harrowed,
rolled, and harrowed again. In one or two
weeks afterward it is surface-tilled again, with
the implements best suited to the particular
soil. All this tends to divide and cover the
manure, compact the subsurface soil, form a
fine seed-bed, conserve moisture, and set free
plant-food.
258. This treatment of the land causes the
roots to be many and fibrous, and to remain
near the surface, where the plant-food is
most abundant and available. If the manure
is plowed under and the soil remains loose, the
roots are less fibrous and deseend to the
bottom of the furrow. In the spring, it often
freezes at night and thaws during the day.
This tends to lift the plants and to break
their roots. But if the roots are nearly hori-
zontal and near the surface, they tend to rise
PREPARATION OF LAND FOR THE SEED ae
and fall with the freezing and thawing, and are
not seriously injured.
259. As the soil becomes hot at the surface
in June and July, the shallow roots descend
to the subsurface soil, where it is cool and
where the plant-food was not drawn upon dur-
ing the fall; while the deep fall-rooted plants
will be unable to find new feeding ground when
they need it most, just before fruiting, unless
the roots start toward the surface, which they
will not do, for in midsummer the surface soil is
hard and dryish and too warm for wheat roots.
4b. Maize, or Indian corn
260. The seed-bed for maize, which is a sun-
plant and does best when planted in a warm
soil, may be prepared in a different way from
that designed for winter wheat. Since maize is
planted in the spring, when the soil is often too
cool for this semi-tropical plant, the subsurface
soil should not be as compact as for wheat. If
left rather open, the warm spring rains pass
quickly to the subsoil and warm the soil (77).
The more open seed-bed will allow a freer cireu-
lation of warm air through the soil.
261. The best machines for planting maize
are those which deposit the seed one to two
inches below the surface in the fine, moist soil,
154 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
and compact the surface soil over the seed by
means of econeave wheels about eight inches
wide, while the spaces between the rows are not
compacted. The maize may be cultivated and
harrowed before the plants appear, since the
rows may be easily followed by the marks left by
the coneave roller wheels. The frequent inter-
tillage which will be required to destroy weeds,
to preserve. the earth-muleh, and to set free
plant-food, will compact the subsurface — soil
quite as much as is desirable.
4c. Potatoes
262. The potato should be planted deep and
left with unecompacted surface soil. The seed
potato contains about .75 per cent of moisture,
and has a large quantity of stored food for
nourishing the buds and sending up strong
shoots. It thrives best in a eool, moist soil:
and this condition is secured if it is planted
about four inches deep.
265. It should also be remembered that pota-
toes are enlarged underground branches, and
that the new tubers preferably grow above the
seed-tuber. If the seed-tuber be planted shal-
low, the braneh or stem above the seed is so
short that there is litthe room for underground
stems.
264. Usually votatoes should not be billed at
PREPARATION OF LAND FOR THE SKED 155
the last cultivation, for at that time the potatoes
will have begun to form near the surface or in
the subsurface soil, according to soil conditions,
moisture, climate and variety. Then, to throw a
mass of dirt on top of these underground stems,
after they have chosen the best position for
highest development, is to foree them to adapt
themselves to new conditions.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER X
242a. In this chapter, the word seed is used in its general
agricultural sense, to designate seeds or other parts (as tubers)
which are planted for field crops.
243a. A seed-bed is the soil in which the seed is planted or
sown. It may be the size of a window box, a hotbed frame, a
garden bed, or a field of wheat.
244a. Tho sprouts which appear on potatoes in cellars are
supplied from the nutriment stored in the tuber, If a winter
branch of tree is stood in water in a warm room, leaves and
sometimes flowers will appear in the course of a fow weeks ; and
the growth is made from the nutriment stored in the twig. All
seeds have stored nutriment, but the small ones have very little,
and it may be exhausted before the plantlets can get a foothold in
the soil. The better and finer the seed-bed, the sooner the plant
let can establish itself.
250a. The subsurface soil is that lying just below the surface,
—between the surface and the subsoil, It is the lower part of the
soil which has been loosened by the plow,—that part which is
below the reach of the surface tilling,
250b. The subsurface soil may be compaeted by rolling (102),
after which the surface is loosened by harrowing. When land is
given much surface tillage, as for wheat, the tramping of the
horses compacts the under soil, Loose, sandy Jands may be
plowed shallow in order to keep the subsurface compnet (04),
Fig 58. A well drained but moist Fig. 5y. A wet and uncongenial
soil. soil.
Fig. 60. A wheat plant properly grown, Fig, 61. The result of too loose soil,
in the fall. and manure plowed under,
PREPARATION OF THE LAND FOR SEED SY)
25la. The Fig. 58 shows a drained soil supplied with mois-
ture held by eapillarity in the smaller interstices, while the
larger channels have been relieved of free water by percolation.
Fig. 59 represents a supersaturated soil from which air and heat
are largely excluded. If
seeds remain for a few days
in this undrained soil they
fail to germinate, and may
rot. Should stagnant water
remain in the soil for some
time after the plants have
appeared above ground, they
will turn yellow, and may
perish (194). All this empha-
sizes the necessity of prepar-
ing aseed-bed adapted to the
wants of the plant to be
grown, and of maintaining
such soil conditions as are
best suited to the wants of
the plant during its entire
Boe of growth. PLU
2538a. “Care should be
exercised not to sow very <
small and slow-germinating
seeds, as celery, carrot,
onion, in poorly prepared we Be R a
soil or in land which pakes. pig. 63, The result of shallow planting.
With such seeds it is well
to sow seeds of radish or turnip, for these germinate quickly
and break the crust, and also mark the row, so that tillage may
be begun before the regular-crop seeds are up.”—Bailey, Gar-
den- Making, p. 37.
255a. The expense of preparing the land can often be ma-
terially diminished if the land is plowed some little time before it
is planted, in such a way that the elements can act upon the soil
through the process of weathering. In such eases, the furrow-
Fig. 62. The
158 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
slice is not laid flat, but left at an angle of about forty-five
degrees, that the soil may become warmed for the purpose of
promoting chemical action and the liberation of plant-food. It
may also serve to hasten the drying of the land (95).
255b. Summer-fallowing is often an advisable means of pre-
paring the seed-bed. It consists of two or more summer plow-
ings and several harrowings, the land remaining idle. Fallowed
lands are usually sown to wheat in the fall. An ideal seed-bed
ean be secured by this means. Fallowing is to be advised when
lands are very stony, stumpy, hard, or when they have become
foul with bad weeds, or have been injured by plowing or ditching
when too wet. It is a means of putting the land right. The
better the condition of the land,—that is, the better the farming,
—the less the necessity of summer-fallowing. The practice is
becoming less common, largely because modern implements and
methods enable us to handle the land better.
258a. The pictures will make this reasoning plain. Fig. 60
represents a wheat plant in the fall, on properly handled land.
The roots are near the surface. Fig. 61 shows how the roots
strike deep when manure is plowed under and the soil is left
loose; and this plant stands less chances of success than the
other.
263a. The accompanying figures, which are made directly
trom nature, illustrate the point that deep planting in well-pre-
pared land tends to result in a deep and spreading hill of potatoes
(Fig. 62), whereas shallow planting in poorly prepared Jand results
in a shallow and crowded hill (Fig. 63). The better potatoes mav
be expected in the former case.
CHAPTER XI
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT
1. By Means of Tillage
la. In general
265. Tillage is the first consideration in the
eare of the plant. This is emphatically true in
the field; but in the glass-house tillage is reduced
to a minimum, in part because the preparation of
the soil is so thorough.
266. The objects of tillage, in the care of the
plant subsequent to seeding or planting, are
three: (a) to supply plant-food, by rendering
the soil constituents available; (6b) to supply
moisture ; (¢) to destroy weeds. The first two
captions have been discussed in Chapters i1.,
fate V7.
267. (c) Weeds are only incidental difficul-
ties. They are the results of faulty management
of the land. If the first attention is given to the
crops and the land, the question of weeds will
largely take care of itself. It is less important
to know the kinds of weeds than it is to know
how to till and to crop the land.
(159)
160 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
268. There are four general means of keeping
weeds in check: (a) by good tillage (101, 101a) ;
(b) by rotation of crops, by means of which any
one kind of weed is prevented from becoming
thoroughly established ; (¢) by complete oceupa-
tion of the land with crops,—for weeds find op-
portunity when the ground is not fully occupied,
as in old and thin meadows; (d) by killing the
weeds directly.
269. Surface tillage should be given as often
as the ground becomes hard, or whenever the
earth-mulch needs repairing (100). Under gen-
eral conditions, tilled crops, as maize and pota-
toes, should be cultivated every ten days or two
weeks, particularly early in the season. As soon
as low crops cover the ground, and thereby afford
a muleh, cultivation may cease.
270. Sowed crops can often be tilled once or
twice to advantage very early in the season, by
running a fine-toothed harrow over them. ‘Thus,
wheat and maize are now often harrowed in early
spring. The harrowing destroys but few plants,
while it loosens the soil, and conserves moisture
before much has been lost by hot weather. Har-
rowing meadows and pastures causes the plants
to tiller or to stool out, and thereby to cover
the ground more completely ; it also breaks the
old, hard roots and causes new feeders to appear,
thereby re-invigorating the plauts.
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT 161
1b. In fruit plantations
271. Tillage gives the same results in fruit
plantations as with annual crops, and it also has
particular advantages in such cases: it causes
the roots of the trees or bushes to strike deep
into the soil and thereby to find moisture in dry
times, and it has a decided effect in keeping down
the ravages of insects and the ineursions of dis-
eases by destroying breeding-places and burying
diseased foliage and fruit.
272. Since fruit trees and bushes send their
roots so deep into the soil, they are better able
to withstand neglect of tillage than annual crops
are. There has thus arisen a general belief that
orchards do best in sod; but in most eases of
successful sod orchards the trees thrive in spite
of the sod, not because of it.
273. It is particularly important to till fruit
plantations early in their life. Apples should
generally be tilled for at least the first ten years.
The plants thereby get a good start and come
into bearing early ; and the habit acquired in the
first years is apt to continue. The treatment
given in the early period usually determines the
success of the fruit plantation.
274. The fruit plantation may need _ tillage
throughout all the years of its existence, and, as
a matter of fact, it usually does need it. But if
K
162 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
the trees or bushes tend to grow too fast, so that
they do not bear, or become top-heavy, or do not
stand the winter, they may be checked by put-
ting the plantation in sod; but even then, the
sod is only a temporary expedient. If the man-
agement of the plantation has been right, it is
doubtful if sod can ever be an advantage,—or at
least with none of the common fruits, except
possibly apples and pears.
275. All fruit plants start into growth very
early in the season. Therefore, tillage should be
begun the moment the ground is fit; and it
should be continued unremittingly until the time
arrives for all tillage to cease.
276. The growth on fruit plants generally
ceases by midsummer. Therefore, tillage may
stop at midseason or early fall; and at the last
tillage a cover-crop may be sown (109, 114, 116).
Stopping the tillage early allows the plants to
mature their groy.th, and thereby be more likely
to escape winter injury; and it lessens the dan-
ger of overgrowth. If the trees are carrying a
heavy crop, however, it may be necessary to
continue the tillage in order to supply the fruit
with moisture, especially if the land or the
season is dry.
277. The tillage of fruit-plantations usually
consists of a spring plowing, followed by har-
rowing. If the land has been well handled in
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT 163
the first few years, deep and heavy plowing will
not be needed when an orchard comes to ma-
turity. Light gang-plows, or even cultivators,
may then be sufficient for the first breaking of
the soil in spring.
2. By Means of Pruning and Training
2a. Pruning vs. training
278. Pruning is the removing of certain parts
of plants for the purpose of augmenting the
welfare of the plant or to secure more, larger
or better products (as better fruit or flowers).
Training is the trimming or shaping of the plant
into some particular or desired form. Suecess-
ful pruning depends upon principles of plant
growth; training depends upon the personal
ideal of the pruner.
279. Nature prunes. In every plant, more
branches start than can ever mature; and many
buds are suppressed before they have made
branches. Every tree top, if left to itself, will
sooner or later contain many dead branches.
There is a struggle for existence amongst the
branches, and the weakest die.
2b. The healing of wounds
280. Pruning depends upon two sets of fae-
tors,—upon the questions concerned in the heal-
L64d THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
ing of wounds and the injury to the plant, and
upon the general results which it is desired to
attain. Jknowing how wounds affeet the plant,
the pruner should then have a definite purpose
in view when he euts a limb.
281. The proper healing of wounds depends
primarily upon (@) the kind of plant (observe
that peach trees heal less readily than apples),
(b) the vigor of the plant, (¢) the position of the
wound on the plant (wounds on strong main
limbs heal better than those on weak or side
limbs), (¢) the length of the stump—the shorter
the stump the quicker the healing,—(e) the
character of the wound as to smoothness or
roughness.
282. Other matters which determine the
proper healing of a large wound are. (f) the
healthfulness of the wood, (g) the season of the
year in which the eut is made, (h) the protee-
tion which the wound receives.
283. (g) Other things being the same, wounds
heal quicker when made in the early part of the
growing season,—that is, in late spring; but the
factors mentioned in 281 are more important
than the season.
284. (h) Dressings do not, of themselves,
hasten the healing of wounds, but they may
keep the wound sound and healthy until it heals
of itself. A good dressing is one which is anti-
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT 165
septic and durable, which affords mechanical
protection, and which does not of itself injure
the tissue of the plant.
2c. The principles of pruning
r
285. We prune (a) to modify the vigor of the
plant, (>) to produce larger and better fruits or
flowers, (c) to keep the plant within manage-
able shape and limits, (¢) to make the plant
bear more or bear less, (¢) to remove super-
fluous or injured parts, (/) to facilitate spray-
ing and harvesting, (g) to facilitate tillage,
(h) to make the plant assume some desired form
(properly, training).
286. Heavy pruning of the top tends to
increase growth, or the production of wood.
Heavy pruning of the root tends to lessen the
production of wood. Water-sprouts generally
follow heavy pruning, particularly if the pruning
is performed in winter.
287. Checking growth, so long as the plant
remains healthy, tends to cause overgrown plants
to bear. One means of checking growth is to
withhold fertilizers and tillage; another is to
resort to root-pruning; another is to head-in or
eut-back the young shoots. Some plants, how-
ever, bear most profusely when they are very
vigorous ; but they are such, for the most part,
as have been moderately and continuously vig-
166 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
orous from the beginning, rather than those
which are forced into very heavy growth after a
long period of neglect,
2ZRR. The heading-in of young growths tends
to foree out the side shoots and to develop the
doymant buds, The more a plant is headed-in,
bhorefore, the more thinning-oub it will require,
Heoading-in induces fruitfulness by cheeking
vrowth and by eneouraging the formation of
side spurs (upon whieh fruit may be borne).
280, Leavy pruning every few years—which
is the custom—tends to keep trees over-vigorous
and unproductive, Mild) proning every year
maintains the equilibrinm of the plant, and tends
to make ib frotfal,
a. By Keeping Mnemies in Check
Ba, The hinds of enemies
290, Of plant enemies or diseases, there are
three main types,-insects, parasitic fungi, con-
dtitutional or physiological troubles,
291, Insect pests are of two general types, so
far as their method of feeding is concerned,
Insects whieh ehew, or bite off pieces of the plant,
and those whieh suek their food from the juices
of the plant. In the former class are the worms
and beetles; in the latter are plant-lhee, seale
insects, and the so-called true bugs (as the
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT 167
squash-bug or stink-bug, and the leaf-hoppers).
We may classify injurious insects again, without
reference to their mode of taking food, into
those which live and feed on the outside of the
plant, and those whieh, as borers and apple-
worms, burrow and feed inside the tissue,
292. Of fungous pests, the farmer may recog-
nize two groups, those which live wholly on the
outside of the host (as the powdery mildew of
the grape, pea mildew), and those which live
wholly or in part inside the tissues (as apple-
scab, black-knot, potato mildew). Most inju-
rious fungi are of the latter Ikind. Mungous
troubles are nearly always marked by definitely
diseased spots on the leaves or twigs,
293. Physiologieal or constitutional troubles
are those which affect the whole plant or an
entire leaf or branch, and the cause of which is
not apparent on the exterior. These troubles
may be due to germs or bacteria working within
the tissues (as pear-blight), or to some difficulty
in the nutrition of the plant. These troubles
are generally not marked by definitely diseased
spots or blemishes, but by the gradual dying of
an entire leaf, braneh or plant.
3b. The preventives and remedies
294. Keeping the plants vigorous and healthy
is the first step towards the control of pests and
168 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
diseases. Clean tillage, rotation of crops, plant-
ing varieties which are least liable to attack, and
careful attention to prevent all the conditions
which seem to favor the breeding of insects and
the spread of diseases, are quite as important as
destroying the enemies; for “an ounce of pre-
vention is worth a pound of cure.”
295. Insects are destroyed by three general
means: (a) by killing them directly, as by hand-
picking, digging out borers; (b) by killing them
by means of some caustic application to their
bodies; (c) by poisoning them by poisoning
their food. In some instances, insects may be
kept away by covering the plants with some
material, as lime, to which the insects object ;
but this method of fighting insects is usually
unsatisfactory. A substance which is used to
destroy an insect is called an insecticide.
296. (b) The caustic applications or insecti-
cides must be used for those inseets which suck
their food (291). Kerosene, kerosene emulsion,
soap washes, lime-and-sulfur, miscible oils, to-
bacco, and the like, are the materials used; and
plant-lice, scale insects, plant-bugs, thrips, and
leaf-hoppers are the insects thus treated.
297. (c) The poisonous applications are used
for the chewing insects that prey upon the
outside of the plant (not for borers, which are
usually dug out). Paris green and other arsenicals
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT 169
and white hellebore are the materials commonly
used ; and worms, potato-bugs, and all leaf-
chewing pests, are the insects thus treated.
298. Fungi are killed by materials which con-
tain sulfur or copper. Fungi which live inside
the leaf or stem (292) cannot be killed directly
by applications, but the parts which project into
the air (the fruiting portions) can be destroyed
and the fungus thereby weakened and checked ;
and the spores (which answer to seeds) cannot
grow on a surface which is covered with copper
or sulfur. The best treatment of plant diseases,
therefore, is to make the application before the
disease gains a foothold. A substance which is
used to destroy fungi is called a fungicide.
299. The best general fungicide is the Bor-
deaux mixture, made of lime and _ sulfate of
copper. It not only destroys the fungi, but
adheres long to the plant. Another good fungi-
cide is carbonate of copper; and it is preferred
for ornamental plants and for late application to
fruit, because it does not discolor or soil the
leaves or fruits.
300. The application of insecticides and fun-
gicides is usually made in water, with a syringe
or pump, or by means of a spray; and thereby
has arisen the practice of spraying.
301. In order that spraying shall be success-
ful, it must (a) apply the materials which will
170 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
destroy the pest in question and yet not injure
the plant, (b) be thoroughly done, so that no
part of the plant is left unprotected, (c) be
performed the moment the enemy appears, or, in
the case of fungous diseases, as soon as there is
reason to believe that the pest is coming,
302. The best machine or pump is the one
which throws the finest spray the farthest dis-
tance. Other factors are the capacity of the
pump, its strength, its durability, its lightness,
the ease with which it works.
303. Spraying will not keep all fungous dis-
eases in check; and, in any ease, it should be
supplemented by sanitation, as by burning or
burying the fallen diseased leaves and fruits, the
eutting away of infected parts, and the like.
Some fungous diseases, as the grain smuts, are
earried over from year to year in the seed; and
the proper treatment is to soak the seed in a
fungicide. The constitutional diseases (293)
must be treated by other means than spraying,
usually by burning the affected part or plant
(294, 294a).
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER XI
267a. “The daisy-eursed meadows of the East are those
whicb have been long mown and are badly ‘run,’ or else those
which were not properly made, and the grass obtained but a
poor start. The farmer may say that the daisies have ‘run out’
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT Vf
the grass, but the fact is that the meadow began to fail, and the
daisies quickly seized upon the opportunity to gain a foot-
hold. * * * The weedy lawns are those which have a
thin turf, and the best treatment is to serateh the ground
lightly with an iron-toothed rake, apply fertilizer, and sow more
seed.” “The agricultural conditions in the Dakotas and other
parts of our Plains region are just such as to encourage a hardy
intruder like the Russian thistle. An average of eight or nine
bushels of wheat per acre is itself proof of superficial farming;
Fig. 64. A gang-plow. Fig. 65. <A light gang-plow
for very shallow work.
but the chief fault with this western agriculture is the continu-
ous cropping with one crop,— wheat.”— Bailey, “ Survival of the
Onlike,” pp. 196, 195.
270a. Maize may be harrowed until it is four inches high.
The plants will straighten up. This harrowing is cheaper than
cultivating; and if the land is put in good condition very early
in the life of the crop, much less subsequent tillage is required.
In general, narrow-toothed harrows should be used (Fig. 24),
but the style of tool must be adapted to the particular land in
question.
277a. If the plowing has been thorough for the first few
years after the orchard is planted, the ground should be so
mellow that very light plowing will answer thereafter. There
will be no sod to tear up and to plow under, and the tree roots
will be deep in the ground, where they ean find moisture. A
gang-plow (Fig. 64) should be sufficient for the spring plowing
7) ' . INCU PT Js \ iT? MrT py
Lig PHM PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
in most mature orehards, unless there is nm heavy growth of
cover-crop to plow under, A tool tor still shallower plowing is
shown in Mig. 65. This is exeellont for orehards on light or
looso soils, although its height makes it more difieull to handle
W\
ANNs
Wig, 66. The proper way to Wig, 67. TMhe wrong way to
make the wound, mate the eut,
about lowsheaded trees, Mor full diseussions of the tilling of
froit plantations, see “Principles of Mrait-GQrowing,” Chapter iii.
Y78a, UW some of the limbs are taken from an apple tree for
the purpose of making it boar better, the operation is: pruning ;
if the tree is sheared or trimmed to make it round-headed, the
Operation is training, A rose or tt prapesvine may be pruned
by culling away part of the wood; it may be trained on wires
or to the side of a house,
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT 173
279a, On the subject of the struggle for existence in the
’
tree top, consult, Observation iv. in “Lessons with Plants,” and
Chapter i. in “Praning-Book,” he philosophical bearings of
this fact of competition are presented
in Essay iii., “Survival of the Unlike.”
28la. Other things being equal, the
closer the wound to the braneh, the
quicker it will heal, The smoother the
wound, the better and quicker it) will
heal. Wigs. 66 and 67 illustrate right
and wrong methods. For full dis-
cussion of the healing of wounds, read
Chapter iii. in the “ Pruning-Book.”
2840. An antiseptic dressing is one
which prevents germs or microbes from
growing on the surface of the wound ;
for the decay which follows wounds is
the work of germs and fungi, In gen-
eral, the best dressing for wounds is
Vig. 68. Work of the bud-moth
larva,—a chewing insect,
lead paint. Wax is not durable enough,
nor is it antiseptic. Bordeaux mixture
is good for its antiseptic properties, but is not durable, and it
affords little protection from the weather,
2850. The principles of pruning are discussed under twenty
heads in Chapter iv. of “ Pruning- Book.”
291a. The chewing or biting insects eat up the parts upon
which they prey. Fig. 68 is an example of such work. The
sucking insects do not eat up the part, but they often leave dis-
tinet marks of their work, as in Fig. 69. A plant-bug is shown
in Fig. 70. The true weevils and cureulios are biting insects,
although they have snouts (Fig. 71).
292a, A fungus is a plant. It is destitute of chlorophyll or
leaf-green. It lives on living organisms (or is parasitie), or on
dead or decaying matter (or is saprophytic, as mushrooms and
tondstools). Some kinds, as toadstools, are large and con-
spicuous ; others, as molds, are small and fragile ; while still
others are nearly or quite microscopic. The plural of fungus is
174. THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
fungi (rarely written funguses). As an adjective, the word is
written fungous, as a fungous disease. A fungoid disease is a
fungus-like disease, the exact origin of which may not be known
or specified. Rusts, mildews and leaf-blights are types of fun-
gous diseases.
292b. The plant or the animal upon or in which a parasitic
fungus lives is known as its host. The fungus injures its hest by
Fig. 69. Work of the four-lined leaf-bug—a sucking inseet—on currant
foliage.
robbing it of nutriment and sometimes by breaking up its cellular
structure, and by obstructing the breathing-pores and interfering
with the movement of its fluids.
293b. Physiological troubles may be termed internal troubles,
although the germs which cause some of them enter from the
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT Wis)
outside. There is no external growth of a fungus, and rarely any
well defined small spots on the leaves. Fig. 72 shows the spots of
a fungous disease ; if this leaf had been attacked by a bacterial
or physiological disease, the entire leaf would probably have
shown signs of failing, for the food supply is usually eut off in
the leaf-stalk or the main veins. In Fig. 72, however, each spot
represents a distinct attack of the fungus.
Fig. 73 is a type of physiologial trouble, the
edge of the leaf dying from the cutting-off of
its food supply ; this dead border will widen
until the leaf dies.
294a. Physicians treat some diseases by
prophylaxis,—that is, by giving attention to
means of sanitation and of preventing the
spread of the disorder. Farmers must do the
same. Wire-worms are rarely troublesome Fig. 70. The tarnished
in short and quick rotations, particularly in Pl@nt-bug,.—a sucking
those in which sod is not a prominent fea- Saki
ture. Club-root of the cabbage is rarely
troublesome on land which has not grown a
cabbages or allied plants for a few years.
Apple-seab is least serious in those orchards Fig.71. The strawberry
which have been thoroughly sprayed in pre- weevil, — a chewing
vious years. Plum-rot is least troublesome i™S¢¢t-
when the fruit is well thinned. Rose-bugs seldom trouble vine-
yards which are on strong or heavy lands.
296a. Kerosene emulsion may be made as follows: Hard,
soft or whale-oil soap, % lb.; water, 1 gal.; kerosene, 2 gals.
Dissolve the soap in hot water; remove from the fire and while
still hot add the kerosene. Pump the liquid back into itself
for five or ten minutes or until it becomes a creamy mass. If
properly made, the oil will not separate out on cooling. For use
on dormant trees, dilute with from 5 to 7 parts of water. For
killing plant-lice on foliage, dilute with 10 to 15 parts water.
Crude oil emulsion is made in the same way by substituting
crude oil in place of kerosene.
176 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
297a. The Paris green mixture is compounded by using Paris
green 1 pound, water 150 to 300 gallons. If this mixture is to
be used upon fruit trees, 1 pound of quicklime should be added.
Repeated applications will injure most foliage, unless the lime is
used. Paris green may be added to Bordeaux mixture.
297b. Arsenate of lead is now much used for chewing insects.
This can be applied in a stronger mixture than other arsenical
Fig. 72. The spots of hollyhoeck rust,—a fungous disease.
poisons without injuring the foliage. It is, therefore, much used
against beetles and other insects that are hard to poison. It comes
in the form of a paste and should be mixed thoroughly with a small
amount of water before placing in the sprayer, else the nozzle
willelog. It is used in strengths varying from 4 to 10 lbs. per
100 gallons, depending on the kind of insect to be killed.
Arsenate of lead and Bordeaux mixture can be combined without
lessening the value of either.
297¢c. The lime-and-sulfur wash, for scale insects, is now
SUBSEQUENT CARE OF THE PLANT Vii
much used: Quicklime, 20 lbs.; sulfur (flour or flowers), 15 lbs.;
water, 50 gals. Place the lime in a kettle. Add hot water grad-
ually in sufficient quantity to produce the most rapid slaking
of the lime. When the lime begins to slake, gee the sulfur and
stirtogether. If convenient,
keep the mixture covered
with burlap to save the heat.
After slaking has ceased,
add more water and boil the
mixture one hour. As the
sulfur goes into solution, a
rich orange-red or dark green
color willappear. After boil-
ing sufficiently, add water to
the required amount and
strain into the spray tank.
The wash is most effective
when applied warm. This
mixture can be applied safely
only when the trees are dor-
mant,—late in the autumn
after the leaves have fallen,,
or early in the spring before Fig.73. Disease of cucumber leaf, the dying
the buds swell. margin indicating that the trouble is due
to some cutting-off of the food supply.
299a. Bordeaux mixture
is the standard fungicide. It is made of copper sulfate, 5 lbs.;
stone lime or quicklime (unslaked), 5 lbs.; water, 50 gals. The
strength varies according to the plant to be sprayed. Bordeaux
may be prepared in the following way:
Copper sulfate.—Dissolve the required amount of copper sul-
fate in water in the proportion of one pound to one gallon several
hours before the solution is needed; suspend the copper sulfate
erystals in a sack near the top of the water. In case large quan-
tites of stock solution are needed, two pounds of copper sulfate
may be dissolved in one gallon of water. Lime.—Slake the lime
in a tub or trough. Add the water slowly at first, so that the lime
erumbles into a fine powder. If small quantities of lime are used,
L
178 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
hot water is preferred When completely slaked, or entirely
powdered, add more water. When the lime has slaked sufficiently,
add water to bring it to a thick milk, or to a certain number of
gallons. The amount required for each tank of spray mixture can
be secured approximately from this stock mixture, which should
not be allowed to dry out. To make Bordeaux.—Use 5 gallons of
stock solution of copper sulfate for every fifty gallons of Bordeaux
required. Pour this into the tank. Add water until the tank is
about two-thirds full. From the stock lime mixture take the re-
quired amount. Dilute this a little by adding water, and strain
into the tank. Stir the mixture, and add water to make the re-
quired amount. It is preferable to dilute the copper sulfate solu-
tion. Never pour together the strong stock mixtures and dilute
afterward. The ferrocyanide test.—It is not necessary to weigh the
lime in making Bordeaux, for a test can be used to determine
when enough of a stock Jime mixture has been added. Dissolve an
ounce of yellow prussiate of potash in a pint of water. Add the
lime mixture to the diluted copper sulfate Solution until the ferro-
eyanide solution will not turn brown when dropped from the bottle
into the mixture. It is best to add an excess of lime.
299b. Copper carbonate is used as follows: Copper earbo-
nate, 1 ounce; ammonia, enough to dissolve the copper; water,
9 gallons. Before making the solution, make a paste of the
copper carbonate by mixing it with a little water. Use 26° am-
monia, and dilute with 7 to 8 volumes of water. Then gradually
add the necessary amount to the copper carbonate until all is
dissolved. Use only the clear liquid. Diiute as required. For
same purposes as Bordeaux, but does not soil foliage or fruit.
303a. Smut-infested seeds are treated by corrosive sublimate,
formalin, copper sulfate, hot water, and other means. For the
first, use corrosive sublimate, 1, oz.; water, 7 gals. It is an effee-
tive solution for potato seab. Soak seed potatoes 134 hours.
Formalin is a gas dissolved in water. Commercially, it has a
strength of about forty per cent. One pint dissolved in thirty
gallons of water is used effectively in preventing potato seab
(soak tubers for half an hour, and plant in elean soil), or smut of
oats and stinking smut of wheat (soak seed in solution for ten
minutes, drain and sow the next day).
CHAPTER XII
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE
I. P. ROBERTS
1. Grass
304. The fundamental crop is grass. It
covers the land as with a blanket, prepares the
soil for other crops, and affords sustenance for
farm animals.
305. Grass is one of the important crops in
rotations ; and a rotation is essential to general
husbandry if productiveness of the land is main-
tained. Rotations improve the farm (a) because
the land receives different treatments in different
years, so that faults of one year may be cor-
rected the following year, (0) no one element of
plant-food is likely to be exhausted, (c) one
crop leaves the land in best condition for
another, (d) roots and stubble of grass, clover
and cereals improve the texture of the soil,
(e) they allow the use of clovers, which add
nitrogen, and (f) bring up food from the sub-
soul (170, 170a), (g) weeds and pests are kept
in check, (h) labor is economized.
(179)
180 THE. PRINCIPLES OF *4GRICULTURE
306. The number of plants of grass on a
given area should be governed by the uses for
which they are grown, their habits of growth
and their size. The smaller grasses thrive well
if the plants stand near together. The larger
grasses, as maize, should have much room
between the plants or hills. The plants in a
pasture field should be more numerous than in
the meadow, and more numerous in the meadow
than in fields devoted to raising grass seed.
2. Permanent Pastures
2a. Preparation of the land
307. When the land is fairly level and can be
fitted without too much expense, it is best to
plow the ground two or three times during the
summer, the first time in early spring, and to
keep the surface fine and clean by frequent
tillage. This treatment improves the physical
eondition of the soil, destroys weeds and weed
seeds, makes much dormant plant-food availa-
ble, and conserves moisture so that the surface
soil, in most cases, will be damp enough to cause
seeds to germinate even in August.
308. On friable soils, as on the western
prairies and in some other places, a single plow-
ing and frequent shallow surface tillage may be
PASTURES. MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 181
the best treatment. On reclaimed boggy lands
which have been cultivated long enough to
eradicate wild plants, the soil is so light that
plowing may be unnecessary. Here a _ little
searifying of the surface and frequent use of the
roller will likely give best results.
309. A good pasture may also be secured by
less expensive preparation, if more time is taken.
When rolling land has been devoted to the pro-
duction of cereals and hay until the soil fails to
produce satisfactory crops, it is often wise to
abandon the unprofitable rotation and to devote
the land to permanent pasturage ; but few per-
sons are willing to spend as much time and
money as will be necessary to secure a good
pasture at once. In that case, sow a liberal
quantity of pasture seeds in a crop of thinly
seeded wheat, rye, barley or buckwheat, the land
having been fitted for the cereals with extra
eare, and plant-food added by a liberal applica-
tion of fertilizers or manure.
310. Since the pasture is not to be plowed
after it is once seeded, it is necessary to prepare
the entire soil so perfectly that it will form a
comfortable home and provide nourishment for
the plants for many years. If the land is poor,
fertility should be applied. But prepare the
land as best we may, it will not be many years
before much of the readily available plant-food
182 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
will have been used by the plants, and some of
the products of the animals which consume the
grass will never be returned to the pasture; hence,
the pasture will tend to become less productive as
the years pass. And, as the plants become old,
they are less vigorous than young ones, not only
beeause of age, but from frequent injuries from
the animals. It is, therefore, necessary to main-
tain the pasture, as well as to prepare it in the
beginning.
2b. Maintaining the pasture
311. The grass should be of the right kind.
In the North, June-grass or blue-grass is the
most permanent pasture grass, and it is the one
which gradually works into pastures after other
grasses begin to fail. Timothy is commonly sown,
about six quarts to the acre. A little June-grass
seed may be added, but this grass may usually
be depended upon to come in of itself. Orehard-
grass is useful in shady pastures and stands graz-
ing well, but grows too much in stools. Red-top
is useful in the moister lands. In the South,
Bermuda grass and Japan clover are best.
312. After the pasture has been secured, the
grasses must be maintained for many years in
full vigor. It is pre-supposed that the clovers
have been used to a limited extent in the grass-
seed mixtures when the pasture was first made,
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FOKAGE 183
since the clovers are host plants to the grasses.
They start early and protect the later-growing
grasses. Most of the clovers live but from one
to three years. The clovers, in common with
other legumes, contain a large percentage of
potential nitrogen (110, 138, 190). The pasture
grasses are much benefited by a full supply of
nitrogen, but they can secure little, if any, from
the air, and hence must supply their needs as
best they ean from that found in the soil. It
will then be understood how eagerly the hungry
grasses feed on the decaying short-lived clovers.
It will also be understood why clovers are called
host plants.
313. The short-lived host plants may be per-
petuated, and the grasses kept young and vig-
orous, by sowing seeds of the clovers and
grasses every two or three years in early spring,
and searifying the surface with a sharp-toothed
harrow, this to be followed by the roller. The
harrowing will not only tear out some of the
superannuated grass roosts (270) and old plants
surface soil and to promote bacterial activity.
From time to time, a lght dressing of farm
manures or of commercial fertilizers should be
apphed, spread evenly, in the fall.
314. An inspection of the field should be
made each spring, in order that seed may be
184 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
sown where not enough plants are present, and
also to discover what kinds of plants are most
promising, so that the supplementary seeds may
be chosen to best suit the conditions. Coax the
grass to grow by shading the imperfectly cov-
ered knolls with refuse material, such as is
always found about a farmstead. Even a lght
eovering of brush or maize stalks may be used
to partly shade the ground, and to conserve
moisture. If a small ration of grain be fed the
animals which graze the pasture, the field will
tend to become more productive instead of less
productive.
315. It will require several years of watchful
eare, new seed, possibly harrowing and rolling,
some added plant-food and a light dressing of
lime, and the timely destruction of large, un-
palatable weeds, to secure a really good, perma-
nent pasture. The eye of the husbandman
makes the grass thrive.
316. In the pastures the grass is kept short ;
therefore the entire surface should be covered.
If areas of even a few square inches are bare,
needless evaporation takes place. If the grasses
are kept too short, the rays of the sun will take
up much soil moisture which should have been
taken up by the plants, since the soil will not
be well shaded. If the plants are allowed to
grow tall and produce seed, then they are
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 185
weakened. ‘To prevent the tall growth, mow the
pasture, if there are not enough animals to pre-
vent the grass from seeding, and leave the cut
material to shade the soil. Aim to preserve
the living grass shade intact. Substitute young
plants for the old ones. Prevent the soil from
becoming acid by lhght applications of lime and
by harrowing it. And, so far as possible, ex-
ercise timely care to prevent the plants from be-
coming hungry and thirsty.
317. Here, then, in a nut-shell, are the ele-
ments of a good, permanent pasture: superior
preparation of soil, suitable and abundant seeds
sown in August, and light pasturing the first
season, or, better, mowing the first year; and
appropriate seeds and plant-food must be added
from time to time, as required.
3. Meadows
3a. Temporary meadows
318. In grain-growing districts, the meadow
may occupy from one to three years in a rota-
tion. In dairy districts, meadows are often per-
manent. The average yield of hay in the North
is little more than one ton per acre, although
some meadows yield from two to three tons,
and, in rare cases, four tons. The average
186 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
yield is unprofitable, either in a rotation or in
a permanent meadow. As a erop in the rota-
tion, the meadow may improve the soil for
subsequent crops.
319. The larger yields are usually secured
from vigorous young meadows which contain
three or four parts of timothy and one part of
mixed clovers. If clover be associated with
timothy in approximately these proportions,
nearly as much timothy will be secured as if
it were sown alone, and the clover, or host
plants, will be extra. True, the clovers mature
more quickly than the timothy, and this is
somewhat objectionable; therefore, the clover
mixture may be composed largely of alsike clo-
ver, which remains green longer and cures lighter
colored than the medium red clover does.
320. The meadow must be viewed from many
standpoints. For the city market, unmixed hay
sells for more than the mixed, though the latter
may be better and more palatable. The uses to
which the hay is destined must be considered,
since horses should not be fed much elover,
while sheep and cattle should not be fed hay
eomposed wholly of timothy and similar grasses.
But the meadow remains productive longest
where the host plants are present.
321. Whether it is best to leave the meadow
for some years and preserve its productiveness
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 187
by adding new seed, harrowing, and by the ap-
plication of plant-food, or to mow it for one or
two years and then plow and use the land for
other crops, are questions which must be an-
swered by the condition of the meadow and the
character of the rotation. There is one inva-
riable rule to be followed,—if the meadow fails to
return two tons of field-dried hay to the acre,
plow it up; and when the old plants are sub-
dued and the soil put in ideal condition, and
when the causes which prevented full suecess with
the old meadow are fully considered, cast in the
new seed with understanding, trusting that fuller
success will be reached.
3b. Permanent meadows
322. With permanent meadows many new
problems are presented. Many fields are of such
a character as to preclude a rotation of crops.
In such eases the problem is presented of con-
tinued liberal production without plowing. Low
lands, or those which are wholly or in part over-
flowed for brief periods, constitute the larger
part of our permanent meadows. These low
lands are the home of many natural grasses
which do not thrive on the uplands; and some
of the cultivated upland grasses and the clovers
are not at their best when grown in wettish
sous.
188 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
323. In lowland meadows, a battle royal,
which is most interesting and instructive to
watch, goes on from year to year. Most of the
plants hold their places so tenaciously, and so
many hardy new ones appear, that the plants
soon become too numerous and then dwarf one
another, in which ease the produetion is di-
minished. On these moist lands there is little
difficulty in securing sufficient plants: the prob-
lem is rather how to destroy some of them, that
better conditions may be secured for those
which remain.
324. It has been shown (316) why the pas-
tures should be fully covered with plants; but
permanent meadows should have fewer plants.
If there are too many, the grasses will not grow
to their full size, and many of the leaves on the
lower half of the stalks will be yellowish, insipid,
and lacking in aroma because they have: not
received enough sunlight. If there are too many
roots in the soil, there will not be sufficient food
for all exeept when the soil is extremely fertile
and moist; and few plants will come to normal
maturity. The grasses which are grown too thick,
and consequently have been exeluded from a full
supply of sunlight, are poor in quality, like the
apples which grow in the shade on the lower
branches.
325. All this goes to show how necessary it
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 189
may be to destroy some of the grasses in a per-
manent meadow. By the vigorous use of a
sharp-toothed harrow, much may be done to
relieve the “hide-bound” and mossy condition, to
destroy plants and to aérate the soil (270, 313).
A light dressing of lime will materially assist in
liberating plant-food and in correcting soil
acidity, as in pastures.
€
3c. Kinds of grasses for meadows
326. What kind and quantity of seed should
be sown, is the question that is asked more
frequently than any other, because it is most
difficult to answer. In the grass districts of the
United States, timothy or “herd’s-grass” usually
stands first. It is extremely hardy, long lived, is
well adapted to grazing, and yet attains good
size in the meadow, and when cut at the appro-
priate time and not over-cured, it makes superior
hay. The seeds are not expensive, and can
usually be secured without admixture of weed
seeds. Timothy, then, in most cases, may form
the foundation. Six quarts per acre, more or
less, will suffice when used alone, and it may be
sown at any time from early spring until fall.
327. We have seen (312, 319) that clover adds
to the longevity and productiveness of the pas-
ture or meadow. If the clovers are used, about
190 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
the same amount or a little more seed is sown as
of timothy, but the plants are likely to be winter-
killed if sowing is made after August.
328. There are various secondary and supple-
mentary grasses, such as blue-grass, orehard-
grass, red-top, and tall meadow fescue. Some
or all of these may be used in limited quanti-
ties. Seeds of all these weigh but fourteen
pounds to the bushel, are usually sold in the
chaff, are not hkely to be pure, and are diffieult
to distribute evenly. In most places, quite as
much blue-grass appears as a volunteer as is
desirable, but, except in rare cases, it is not a
profitable hay grass. Orchard-grass starts early,
tends to grow in hummocks, does well in the
shade and in close-grazed pastures, but is the
worst of all grasses in the lawn, where only
fine, recumbent grasses and white clovers are
admissible. Red-top is a good pasture grass
and lawn grass, and is well adapted to very wet
meadows, although it does not make a first-
class hay. Tall meadow fescue is one of the
most promising recently introduced grasses for
both meadow and pasture. In many places it
has escaped from the fields into the roadsides,
where it shows its superiority over blue-grass
and even over timothy. Of these grasses, from
one to two bushels of seed are required per acre.
All do well when sown in early spring or in fall.
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 191
329. Other grasses, as sheep fescue, sweet
vernal grass, and similar dwarf grasses, are not
to be recommended for general use in America.
Other grasses are adapted to special localities,
as barley and wild oats, which are extensively
used in California for hay. There is a wealth
of native grasses, but most of them give little
promise for upland meadows.
4. Other Forage Plants
330. The plants already discussed, together
with other coarser plants of the farm which are
fed to domestic animals, are known collect-
ively as forage plants; although this term is
commonly applied to such plants as are not
grown in permanent meadows or pastures. By
recent common consent the term “roughage” has
been substituted for them. Both terms are
somewhat indefinite. The words usually imply
somewhat unconcentrated, dried materials, to
which some concentrated food must be added
if ample growth, development and surplus pro-
ducts, as milk, are secured.
331. When forage plants are eut and fed
green they are ealled_ soiling plants. There
are several species of plants, as, for instance,
the prickly comfrey, which, if fed green, may
192 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
be used for soiling, but, if dried, are unpala-
table.
302. The production of forage and _ soiling
crops is extremely simple. They may be _ inter-
tilled or not. Large plants, which require abun-
dant food and moisture and a full supply of
sunlight, as maize, should be tilled; but small
and quickly maturing ones, as barley, may be
raised without inter-tillage.
dood. The two great forage plants of the
United States are maize and alfalfa. The latter
is well suited to the semi-arid districts of the
West, and thrives to an astonishing degree in the
bright sunshine of the Plains, when supplied
with moisture by irrigation. It is perennial, and
several cuttings may be taken each season. It is
one of the leguminous crops, and, therefore,
appropriates nitrogen of the air. Like clover, it
has a deep root-system.
de+. But the king of all grasses, the one most
useful, most easily raised and harvested, and the
most productive, is Indian corn, or maize. In a
little more than one hundred days from planting,
from four to six tons of air-dried stalks and from
forty to fifty bushels of grain may be secured
from each acre ; or from twelve to twenty tons of
uncured material may be secured for the silo.
3dd0.. Rye, though not a first-class forage or
soiling plant, may be sown in the fall, cut when
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 193
in head, and followed by a crop of Hungarian
grass, which thrives in hot weather; and this in
turn may be followed by cats and peas. There
will not be time in the North for the oats and
peas to mature, but they will remain green
through November, and may furnish late fall
pasture, or may be left on the ground to serve as
a winter cover-crop (115).
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER XII
304a. It is impracticable to treat of specific crops in a
text-book. Grass and forage are so fundamental to the con-
ception of agriculture, however, that it will be profitable to
diseuss them, particularly as the cultivation of them illustrates
some of the underlying principles of cropping. For advice as
to the handling of particular crops, the enquirer must go to
books on the special topics.
304b. The true grasses constitute the natural family of
plants known to botanists as the Graminez or grass family ;
and this family ineludes all the cereal grains, as wheat, maize,
and rice. In its largest sense, therefore, the word grass in-
eludes many plants which are not commonly recognized as
grasses.
304c. The term grass is popularly used to designate the
medium sized and smaller members of the grass family, such
as orchard-grass, timothy, and blue-grass, and not the larger
grasses, as oats, sugar-cane, and bamboo.
304d. The clovers are sometimes erroneously called grasses ;
and “a field of grass” may contain many kinds of plants. There
are many kinds of clover. The common red clover is Trifolium
pratense; the medium red is T. medium; the alsike is T. hybri-
dum, with rose-tinted flowers; the white or creeping clover,
or shamrock, is T. repens; the crimson, used for ecover-crops, is
M
194 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
T. incarnatum. With the exception of Trifolium repens, these are
introduced from the Old World. The Japan clover, now much
prized in the South, is really not a clover, but belongs to a
closely related genus. It is known to botanists as Lespedeza
NY
Ny taf
Fig. 74. A carex, or sedge. Fig. 75. A common sedge, or carex, in
flower and when ripe.
striata. It was introduced accidentally into South Carolina
about 1849.
304e. There are many kinds of grass-like plants. The
greater part of these, at least in the North, belong to the
closely related Sedge family. Sedges are easily distinguished
by 3-ranked leaves and usually by 3-angled stems, with a
pith; and the flowers are very unlike grasses. The sedges
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 195
are generally worthless as forage plants, although some species
in the West and South afford acceptable cattle ranges when
grass is not to be had. Figs. 74 and 75 show
common types of sedges, such as are frequent in
swales.
305a. In specialty-farming (4a), abundance of
plant-food and humus material can be added to
the soil, and rotations may not be needed; but
in general or mixed husbandry some kind of rota-
tion is essential. Read Chapter xy., “Fertility of
the Land.”
305b. The kind of rotation must be determined
by the soil and many other factors. A four-year
rotation, in which an exacting crop follows a less
fy,
bd,
i
Fig. 76.
i Timothy (Phleuwm Fig. 77. June-grass or blue-grass
i pratense) x¥%. (Poa pratensis) x¥%.
Fig. 78. Orchard-grass (Dactylis Fig. 79. Tap-root of
glomerata) x4. red clover. (Compare Fig. 33.)
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 197
exacting one, and in which the clover root-borer is kept in
check, is —
Clover, one year ;
Maize, with or without manure ;
Oats ;
Wheat, with phosphates and manures.
A good rotation for “fairly fertile, lightish lands,” is—
Clover, one year;
Potatoes;
Wheat.
A rotation for weed-infested land is—
Sod ;
Maize ;
Potatoes or some other inter-tilled crop ;
Oats or barley.
307a. A permanent pasture is one which is to remain many
years without plowing. Some pastures, particularly on rocky or
rolling land, remain undisturbed for a generation and more.
Bermuda grass and Japan clover make
permanent pastures in many parts of the
South, but most grasses do not make good
sod there. In distinction to permanent
pastures are the temporary pastures which
are a part of a rotation, or the meadow
which is pastured after the hay is cut.
3lla. The familiar Timothy is shown
in Figs. 76 and 80. June-grass, with
a flower in detail, is seen in Fig. 77.
June-grass is acommon grass along road-
sides, ripening very early, and is the best
grass for lawns. Orchard-grass is illus-
trated by Fig. 78.
312a. The word host is here used
in a different sense than by the botanist .
and entomologist (292b). Here it means
a helper or companion, not a plant upon Fig.
which another plant or an insect preys.
~prmteass
AGES
80.
Pe pe —
4 — Se
5 A Sea SR
Shallow root-system
of timothy.
“‘9ANUBUL Y}IM JLo ‘S}VO ‘AINUBUT YALA W100
‘mAvy AUISIOATA T[PULOD 94} UO ywoym Jo PlPY V ‘18 “IMT
‘7n9K ONO AYJOULIZ PUB TOAOTO ST MOTYBIOL OUT,
PASTURES, MEADOWS, AND FORAGE 199
313a. Observe how different the roots of clover and timothy
are (Figs. 79, 80). One feeds in the subsoil and subsurface
soil, has many little organisms on its rootlets, which are called
nitrogen-fixers (138); that is, they take the free nitrogen of
the soil air, and it then becomes of use to the plant.
The timothy has many small fibrous roots, which remain near
the surface, and have no nitrogen-fixing organisms. It will be
Fig. 82. Alfalfa or lucerne (Medicago Fig. 83. A good bottle for
sativa) x%. seeds.
seen how appropriate it is to raise these plants together: one
feeds near the surface, the other down deep in the soil; one
is long lived, the other short lived.
318a. In general farming, the most uniformly good crops
are nearly always obtained when a rotation is used. Fig. 81
is a field of wheat, in a rotation, which yielded over 30 bushels
to the acre.
323a. The permanent meadows teach many valuable lessons
if they are studied closely. Here is often found a marked illus-
tration of the strugele for existence and of the survival of the
fittest. Here the farmer can give little help by tillage, and
200 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
small opportunity is afforded him to destroy the less desirable
plants, that the more desirable ones may have better conditions.
333a. A sprig of alfalfa is shown in Fig. 82. It has small
blue flowers in little clusters, and leaves of three leaflets. It is
grown somewhat in the East, but it is most useful in the dry
regions of the Plains and westward.
335a. All the plants mentioned in this chapter should be
known to the pupil. Im some schools, herbarium specimens
mey be made of them. It is interesting and useful to collect
seeds of farm and garden plants. The school house may very
profitably contain a cabinet of seeds. Useful bottles are the
“specimen tubes” sold by wholesale druggists and natural-history
stores. One is shown in Fig. 83. It is 34 inch in diameter and
3 inches high, and can be bought, without the corks, for about
30 cents per dozen.
For references on grasses and forage plants, consult Vol. II,
Cyclopedia of American Agriculture; Hunt’s “Forage and Fiber
Crops in Ameriea;” Voorhees’ “Forage Crops;” Spillman’s “ Farm
Grasses of the United States.” For the cereals, see Hunt’s
“Cereals in America.”
Part III
THE ANIMAL, AND STOCK
CHAPTER XIII
THE OFFICES OF THE ANIMAL
1. The Animal and the Stock
336. In an agricultural sense, the animal, as
a representative of the animal kingdom, has six
general types of uses or offices: it aids in main-
taining the fertility of the land; it provides a
means of disposing of crops; it, or its products,
may be of intrinsic value in supplying food and
clothing ; it works, or is a “beast of burden”;
it may aid in keeping the farm clean of weeds
and pests; it diversifies agricultural occupations;
it affords employment for labor during the
inclement months.
337. When animals are raised in quantity,
they are spoken of as stock. This stock may be
cattle, turkeys, sheep, ducks, swine, fish, or
horses; but in common speech the word is ap-
plied mostly to quadrupeds (7).
(201)
202 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
2. The Animal in Its Relation to the Soil
338. The first great resource for the improve-
ment of the texture and richness of the soil is
herbage (108-111); the second is farm manures.
When stock is pastured, practically ali the ma-
nure is returned to the farm; but when it is
housed, much of the manure is commonly lost
through the carelessness of the farmer (120,
120a).
339. The greater the proportion of stock to
erop, the more fertile the farm should be; for if
the farmer must buy feed, the manure is gain,
so far as the farm is concerned. In general
mixed husbandry, stock is necessary in order to
maintain fertility, as well as for its direct value ;
but in intensive (llla) and_ specialty-farming
(4a) manures may be bought.
3. The Animal in Its Relation to the Crop
340. There is not sufficient market for all the
erops which the land ean raise. Therefore, some
of the crop may be fed to the animal and sold
as meat, or butter, or eggs.
341. There is an important secondary gain in
this feeding-out of the crop, for part of the crop
is returned to the land in the manure. Some
THE OFFICES OF THE ANIMAL 203
erops, as clover, carry away much more plant-
food, if they are sold off the farm, than the
animal products which, in large part, are elabo-
rated from them.
4, The Animal Has Intrinsic Value to Man
4a. As articles of food
342. Animals are direct sources of food.
They contribute the various kinds of flesh, as
beef, pork, poultry, fish.
343. Animals are indirect sourees of food,
contributing of their products, as eggs, milk.
344, Animals also contribute materials to
various manufactured food products, as cheese,
condensed milk, outter.
4b. As articles used in the arts
345. Animals contribute materials for cloth-
ing. Amongst such products are leather and
wool. They also afford material for many
articles of personal use, as feathers, bone, hair,
glue, horn.
346. Animals contribute largely to fertilizing
materials, particularly to substances containing
nitrogen and phosphoric acid. Amongst such
materials, the most important are bones, dried
blood, tankage; of secondary importance are
204 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
hair-waste, wool-waste, fish-scrap, hoof-meal,
various forms of horn.
4c As companions
347. Many animals are pets, or companions to
man, and the rearing of them is a species of
agriculture. Of such are dogs, cats, rabbits,
tame birds, and others.
5. The Animal as a Beast of Burden
348. The animal aids in tilling the soil. How-
ever much steam may be utilized for propelling
implements of tillage, the horse and the ox will
still be indispensable to agriculture. Even the
tramping of the animals over loose soils tends to
compact and improve the land (2506).
349. The animal supplies means of transpor-
tation. Even with the advent of the electrie ear,
the bieyele and the horseless carriage, the driv-
ing horse will remain an important part of the
farm equipment.
300. The animal also supplies power for the
driving of farm machinery, as threshing and
feed-cutting machinery. On large farms, steam
power must come to be more and more important,
but on the smaller ones animal power will long
remain an indispensable factor.
on
THE OFFICES OF THE ANIMAL 20
6. The Animal as a Pest-destroyer
351. The browsing of animals aids in keeping
weeds and wild growths in check. It is well-
known that pasturing with sheep is one of the
best means of cleaning a weedy area.
352. Animals may keep insect: and fungous
pests in check by eating the fallen fruit or
foliage. It is well known that swine keep the
apple-worm in check by eating the windfall
apples. Swine also root out and eat the white
grub and other insects.
7. The Animal Diversifies Labor
353. The animal itself introduces diversity
into farming. It also demands the growing of
diverse crops. It enforces rotations of crops.
Diverse interests educate the farmer, by demand-
ing attention to many problems.
354. Some of the labor which is employed in
summer in the growing of crops may be em-
ployed in winter in caring for stock. The
animal, therefore, introduces continuousness into
farming. The best laborers demand employment
the year round.
206 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER XIII
338a. It is remarkable how the value of manure increases
with the age of the country and the intensity of the agriculture.
This comes as a result of experience, wholly without the teachings
of science, although science explains why manure is valuable,
and points out many of the limitations of its use. The pros-
perity of the German peasant is measured by the size of his
manure-pile. Gardeners place the greatest dependence upon
manure ; but they want it well rotted,—which means that they
not only want its plant-food in the most available condition, but
that they desire to utilize it largely for its mechanical effect in
loosening the soil with which it is mixed.
34la. A ton of clover hay removes about forty pounds of
nitrogen, ten pounds of phosphoric acid and forty pounds of
potash. A ton of butter removes about two and one-half pounds
of nitrogen, and less than one pound each of phosphorie acid and
potash.
346a. “Tankage is a highly nitrogenous produet, and con-
sists chiefly of the dried animal wastes from the large abattoirs
and slaughtering establishments. It is variable in its composition,
since it includes the otherwise unusable parts of the carcass, as
bone, tendons, flesh, hair, ete. The portions of this from the
different animals not only vary in their composition, but they are
used in varying proportions, which naturally results in an ex-
tremely variable product. What is known as ‘concentrated
tankage,’ which is obtained by evaporating the fluids which con-
tain certain extractive animal matter. is the richest in nitrogen,
and is more uniform in character than the others ; and because of
its fineness of division and physical character, the nitrogen con-
tained in it is also more active than in the other forms.”— Voor-
hees, Fertilizers, 43.
346b. Many other animal substances are used for fertilizers.
Those which are used for their nitrogen are dried blood, dried
meat, dried and ground fish, sea crabs, hoof meal. Those which
are used for phosphates are the various forms and preparations of
THE OFFICES OF THE ANIMAL 207
bone, as raw, boiled, steamed bone, bone ash and bone-black ;
also, dried fish.
35la. With all the remarks which have now been made on
weeds (22b, 101, 10la, 117, 267, 267a,268), the pupil will see that
the only fundamental and permanent way to escape weeds is
through better farm management; and, to a less extent, the same
conclusion will apply to insect and fungous pests. “I went by the
field of the slothful, and by the vineyard of the man void of
understanding ; and lo, it was all grown over with thorns, and
nettles had covered the face thereof, and the stone wall thereof
was broken down.”—Proverbs wxaxiv., 30, 31.
354a. Upon the desirability of continuous employment for
farm labor, Roberts speaks as follows when writing of rotations ;
“The baleful results of raising a single or few products in ex-
tended districts may be seen in California and the great wheat
districts of the Northwest. In such localities, there is little or no
true home life, with its duties and restraints ; men and boys are
herded together like cattle, sleep where they may, and subsist as
best they can. The work is hard, and from sun to sun for two or
three months, when it abruptly ceases, and the workmen are left
to find employment as best they may, or adopt the life and habits
of the professional tramp. It is difficult to name anything more
demoralizing to men, and especially to boys, than this inter-
mittent labor ; and the higher the wages paid and the shorter the
period of service, the more demoralizing the effect. If there
were no other reason for practicing a rotation with a variety of
plants, the welfare of the workman and his family should form a
sufficient one.”—Fertility of the Land, 369.
For references on live-stock, consult Vol. III, Cyclopedia of
American Agriculture; Roberts’ “The Horse;” Plumb’s “Types
and Breeds of Farm Animals;” Mayo’s “Care of Animals” (Dis-
eases of Animals).
CHAPTER XIV
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES
JAMES LAW
1. The Cell, and Its Part in the Vital
Processes
la. The cell
ood. The element in the body that carries on
vital processes is the cell; for life in the animal,
like life in the plant (Chap. vil.), is dependent
on the existence of cells. Each animal cell is
a soft, jelly-like substance, held together by
an exceedingly delicate network of fibers. It
might be compared to a microscopic particle of
raw white of egg.
1b. Single-celled animals
396. The lowest animals in the seale_ of
existence are formed of a single cell, which in
itself performs all the funetions of life. This
cell can move from place to place, by flowing
out from its original globular form, so as to
make a projecting arm, and by continuing to
flow in the same direction until its whole
substance has passed into the new position.
(208)
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 209
307. This cell can flow out so as to surround
microscopic particles and draw them into itself ;
these it can digest and use to increase its own
substance. By reversing this process, it can
throw out indigestible and waste materials. It
can absorb, digest and build into its own sub-
stance nutritive matters already dissolved in
water; and it can drive out waste, worn out and
injurious matters which it holds in solution in its
own liquid.
398. When the cell grows too large, it can
divide into two independent parts, each having
all the vital powers which belonged to the parent
cell or globule.
309. Thus the single-celled animal can make
of any part of its body limbs for moving, hands
for grasping, fingers for feeling, stomach for
digesting, channels for the circulation of its
nutritive liquids, as well as organs for exeretion
and for the increase of its kind.
le. Many-celled animals
360. In all the higher animals there is not one
cell, but myriads; and these cells are no less
essential to life and to the healthy performance
of all vital functions than is the single cell of
the lowliest organism. In the complex animal
body, however, the cells build up solid tissues
N
210 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
outside themselves. As each cell becomes im-
prisoned. in a minute cavity in such solid
structure, it is robbed of those common powers
or functions which belong to the single-celled
animal, and is specialized for the performance
of one constant, unchanging round of work.
Each cell has its own work to do.
361. Cells may carry on processes of nutri-
tion. Some cells le in the microscopic spaces
left in the hard bone, and conduet the nutrition
and changes in its substance. Other cells lie
in the substance of muscle or sinew, or of
brain, or of some other tissue, and no one
of these can construct bone nor any other
structure than that in which it les. All such
cells are engaged in carrying on the nutrition
and growth of their respective tissues, and.
are reserved for this work only.
362. Cells may carry on nervous processes,
being set apart for vital work of a kind not
directly connected with nutrition. Nerve cells,—
found in the brain, spinal-marrow, and some
other parts,—receive impressions brought over
the nerve cords from distant parts of the body.
They generate and send out nerve force to
other parts. Some of these cells are set in mo-
tion by mental acts.
363. Certain other cells, which line microseco-
pic sacs in organs known as glands, select from
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES mil
the blood the secretion which that gland is ap-
pointed to furnish, and pour it out through the
gland ducts. The secretion from one gland is
nutritious, as in the ease of milk; that from
another is digestive, as in the seeretion of the
stomach; and from a third it is waste matter, like
sweat. The selection from the nutritive liquid of
the blood is the work of the individual cells, and
is always the same for each kind of gland.
364. The cells of some glands construct a new
substanee, which is not secreted but poured back
into the blood. Thus the liver makes glycogen,
which passes into grape sugar, and serves for
the production of heat, museular work and nu-
trition.
365. Some cells on the walls of the intestines
absorb nutritive and other matters from the
liquid contents of the bowels and pass them on
into the circulating (blood and lymph) vessels.
366. Besides these cells which become im-
prisoned in their particular tissues, and the work
of which is restricted to the conducting of the
growth or other functions of such tissues, there
is a large class which floats free in the liquids
of the body. The red and white blood glob-
ules and lymph cells are examples. These
globules or corpuscles circulate in all parts of
the body, thus suggesting the freedom of the
one-celled animal. But limitations have been
PANIPA THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
set even to these, the red globules being
mainly carriers of oxygen, while the white also
have restricted functions.
2. The Food of Animals
2a. Kind of food
367. Food may be either vegetable or ani-
mal. Many animals, as horses, cattle and
sheep, live on vegetables, or are herbivorous ;
while others, like foxes and wolves, eat animal
food only, or are carnivorous. The food of
the herbivorous animal has its nutritive prin-
ciples in a less concentrated condition, and the
herbivora are accordingly suppled with more
eapacious digestive organs. The same _ holds
true of grain-feeders and grass-feeders among
the herbivora. The grain-fed horse has much
smaller stomach and intestines than the grass-
fed ox, and the well-fed domestic rabbit has a
much more spacious alimentary canal than his
wild ancestor.
368. Artificial selection and forcing of meat-
producing animals has a similar effect. The
serub ox, Texas steer and buffalo have light ab-
dominal contents, while the pampered short-horn,
Hereford, or black-polled ox has them heavy
and bulky. In the carnivora they are still more
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 213
restricted. The intestine of the ox is about 160
feet long, that of the horse 90 feet, and that
of the dog only 12 to 14 feet.
2b. Food constituents
369. All foods must contain chemical con-
stituents which will serve to repair the waste of
the body, to develop growing tissue, and to sup-
ply materials for the different secretions.
370. Aside from mineral matters, all food
constituents which ean build up the tissues must
contain nitrogen, the element which forms four-
fifths of the atmosphere, and which is an essen-
tial part of all body tissues. As familiar ex-
amples of such nitrogenous foods or aliments
may be named white of egg (albumin), milk
curd (casein), and one of the soluble parts of
flour (gluten).
371. As common forms of foods that contain
no nitrogen, and which cannot form tissues, are
starch, sugar and fats. These are used up or
burned in the system to produce body heat, to
stimulate the contraction of muscles, and to fur-
nish secretions which are free from nitrogen,
such as sugar and butter-fat in milk, and sugar
(more properly glyccgen or sugar-former) in the
liver.
372. Both sugar and fat, however, can be
formed in the body from nitrogenous food, as
214 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
in the milk of the carnivorous animal when red
flesh only has been fed. In this case the origi-
nal nitrogenous food is broken up into two or
more chemical products, one of which contains
only earbon and hydrogen, or these with the
addition of oxygen, while all of the nitrogen
goes to other product or products.
373. Mineral salts (182a) form a third group
of food principles. These are essential in repair-
ing the waste of tissues, and in forming secre-
tions like milk, bile and gastric juice.
374. The ideal food contains all of these
three groups in forms which can be dissolved,
digested and assimilated into the animal tissues.
Milk is an ideal food. In it the non-nitroge-
nous aliments—sugar, butter-fat—are united with
the nitrogenous—easein, albumin,—and with the
salts in proportions adapted to the needs of the
system.
375. A well-balanced ration for the adult
animal is one in whieh these different classes of
food constituents bear a somewhat definite rela-
tion to each other, due allowance being made for
the uses to which the animal is put. The grow-
ing, working or milking animal requires more of
the nitrogenous elements, while the fattening ani-
mal may exchange much of this for the non-
nitrogenous.
376. The living body, however, is not lke a
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 7a) V5)
simple machine, which can, in all cases, turn out
a product exactly corresponding to the chemical
food elements which are turned into it. The
vital element has always to be reckoned with.
One animal demands a little more of this class of
aliment, and another a little more of that, in
order to secure the best results; while in all cases
palatability and facility of digestion have a
controlling influence.
3. Digestion of Food
3a. What digestion is
377. Digestion is the process by means of
which the food becomes dissolved so as to be
taken up by the blood. It takes place in the
alimentary ecanal,—the mouth, stomach, and
intestines.
378. Digestion takes place under the action
of different secretions, each of which operates
on special constituents of the food. Considered
in the order in which they mingle with the
food, these digestive secretions are: (a) saliva;
(b) gastric juice; (c) bile, (d) pancreatic juice,
(e) intestinal juice.
3b. The saliva
379. Saliva is furnished by a group of glands
located under the tongue, in the cheeks, and
216 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
under the ears. They discharge their secretions
into the mouth. In grain-eating birds, similar
glands surround the crop,—an enlargement of
the gullet in the region of the neck.
380. A ferment (ptyalin) in the saliva acts
on the stareh in the food, causing it to chemi-
eally unite with additional water and become
transformed into sugar. Raw starch is insoluble
in water, and cannot pass into the cireulation ;
but the sugar formed from it is freely soluble,
ean be readily absorbed into the blood, and
eontributes to the activity, growth and nourish-
ment of the body.
381. The ptyalin acts slowly on raw starch,
and much more rapidly on boiled starch, so that
eooking of vegetable food favors its digestion.
It acts best in the absence of acids. It is
less active when weak organic acids are present,
and its action is arrested in the stomach by the
free muriatie or hydrochloric acid.
382. In animals with one stomach, therefore,
it is important that the food should be thor-
oughly masticated and saturated with saliva, and
not bolted whole, or imperfectly insalivated. In
ruminants (or cud-chewing animals), as cattle,
sheep and goats, the food is long delayed in the
first three stomachs, in which any slight sour-
ness which may exist is due to mild organic
acids only; and, therefore, there is ample
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 217
time and opportunity for the full digestion of
the starch.
385. Digestion is further favored in these
animals by the chewing of the cud, by means
of which the solid portions are returned to
the mouth, morsel by morsel, to be leisurely
ground down and again saturated with saliva.
Digestion is more thoroughly accomplished in
the third stomach, in which the food is
ground to the finest pulp between the one
hundred folds, large and small, which fill its
interior.
384. This thorough breaking up or com-
minution prepares the food for the easy digestion
of its nitrogenous principles in the fourth stom-
ach. The removal of the starch renders even
the finest particles of food more porous, and
permits the prompt and speedy action of the
stomach juices on its whole substance.
385. For some time after birth, the salivary
glands produce little saliva, and still less ptya-
lin. This is in keeping with the exclusive milk
diet, in which there is no stareh to be acted
upon. For this reason, any starchy food in the
early days of life is out of place; for, as it
cannot be changed into sugar, nor absorbed
until it has passed through the stomach and
reached the intestine, it is liable to ferment
and to form irritant products, and indigestion,
218 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
The addition of such elements to the food
should be made later and a little at a time.
3c. The gastric juice
386. The stomach produces three digestive
principles, which may be separately considered :
muriatie or hydrochloric acid, pepsin, the milk-
eurdling ferment. These materials comprise the
gastric juice.
387. Free muriatic acid is strongly antiseptic,
especially checking such fermentations as occur
in the alkaline or neutral saliva, in the first three
stomachs of ruminants or in the crop of the
bird. This exposure of the food successively to
alkaline saliva and acid gastric juice kills off
myriads of bacterial ferments which would other-
wise reach the intestine, to prove irritant or
poisonous. Many still pass into the intestine in
masses of undigested food, or because they can
survive both alkaline and acid solutions, or
because they have passed into the condition of
spore, which, like the dried seed of plants, is
comparatively indestructible.
388. The muriatie acid further softens, disin-
tegrates, and dissolves the various nitrogenous
food principles (coagulated albumin, fibrin, gela-
tin, casein and vegetable gluten).
389. Pepsin is a ferment which is secreted in
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 219
glands found in the end of the stomach nearest
to the intestine. It acts on the nitrogenous
principles in the food, which are made to take
up water, and to change into a much more
stable and diffusible liquid called a peptone.
390. Peptones of a great number of different
kinds are produced from the varied food prin-
ciples—from such as fibrin, albumin, gluten,
easein. The peptones all agree in certain com-
mon characters: (a) they are easily and com-
pletely soluble in water (fibrin, coagulated al-
bumin and casein themselves, are not soluble) ;
(b) they filter rapidly through animal mem-
branes, such as a bladder (the agents from which
they are derived do not); (c) they are not
thrown down as solids by boiling or by strong
acids (albumin and casein are precipitated by
strong acids, and albumin by boiling).
391. Peptones are thus easily absorbed intc
the blood, while the absorption of the original
principles from which they are derived would be
exceedingly slow and difficult. Pepsin acts much
more rapidly in an acid medium, so that it is |
specially adapted to codperate with the muriatic
acid.
392. The milk-curdling ferment is the product
of the gastric glands. It is utilized in the
manufacture of cheese. Like pepsin, it acts best
in the presence of muriatic acid. One part of
220 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
this ferment will coagulate 800,000 parts of
casein.
393. In birds the gastrie juice is secreted in
an enlargement of the gullet (proventriculus)
just above the gizzard. The strong muscles
and cartilaginous lining of the gizzard serve,
with the pebbles swallowed, to grind down the
food into a fine pulp and to mix it intimately
with the gastric juice.
3d. Intestinal digestion
394. Under the action of the saliva and gas-
tric juice, the greater part of the starch and _ ni-
trogenous matter is usually digested before the
food materials pass from the stomach into the
intestines. The products of digestion are mainly
sugar and peptones. The fatty matters,—set free
by the digestion of their nitrogenous envelopes, —
the undigestible portions, and such digestible
matters as are as yet not acted on, pass on into
the intestines, mostly in a finely divided semi-
fluid condition.
395. In the intestines, the materials are acted
on by bile, pancreatic juice, and intestinal juice.
These fluids are alkaline.
396. Bile is secreted by the liver. It is
poured into the intestines a few inches beyond the
stomach. It renders the contents alkaline, checks
fermentation, stimulates the movements of the
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES pA
bowels, and transforms their fatty contents into an
emulsion which penetrates an animal membrane,
and is absorbed with great rapidity.
397. Bile has, besides, a limited power of
changing starch into sugar. It is also useful in
carrying waste matters out of the body.
398. Pancreatic juice is poured into the in-
testines by a canal which in certain animals unites
with the bile duct. It contains at least four
different ferments: (a) Amylopsin, which, at
the body temperature, rapidly transforms starch
and even gum into sugar, thus completing any
imperfect work of the saliva; (0b) trypsin,
which, in an alkaline liquid, changes nitroge-
nous matters into peptones, thus finishing any
imperfect work of the stomach; (¢) a milk-cur-
dling ferment.
399. The pancreatic juice, as a whole, acts
like the bile in causing fats to form emulsions.
It even breaks up the fats into fatty acids and
glycerin.
400. Intestinal juice is a complex mixture of
the different secretions already named, together
with the products of the glands of the intestinal
walls. The secretions of these walls act like
pancreatic juice, only less powerfully.
401. As a whole, the digestive agents thrown
into the intestines cover the whole field of di-
gestion, and largely make up for any defective
222 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
work of the saliva and gastric juice. Even in
eases in which the stomach has been removed,
the intestines have taken up its functions and
have maintained a fair measure of health.
4. Absorption of the Digested Matters
4a. How absorption takes place
402. The food principles, digested or emul-
sionized, as before stated, are now absorbed into
the blood and lymph vessels, chiefly through the
villi of the intestines. These villi are minute hair-
like projections from the lining membrane, from
so to ss of an inch in length. They are covered
with soft cells, the deeper ends of which reach
the capillary blood-vessels and lymphaties oceu-
pying the interior of each villus.
403. The cells of the villus take in the liquid
products of digestion, and pass them on into the
vessels beneath. By a muscular contraction of
the villus, these vessels are emptied at frequent
intervals into the larger veins and lymphaties in
the walls of the intestines.
404. The interior of the small intestine,
which immediately follows the stomach, is
covered throughout by these vili. Owing to
the rapid absorption conducted by them, the
soluble contents of this intestine are in great
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES DO
part removed and transferred to the circulatory
system before the large intestine is reached.
4b. Destination of the rich blood from the intestines
405. The veins from the stomach and _intes-
tines earry the rich products of digestion into
the capillaries of the liver. Here they not only
contribute to produce bile, but also new combi-
nations of nutritive and other compounds, which
pass into the general circulation.
406. One of the most important of these new
products is sugar, which, as already stated (372),
is formed even in the liver of animals fed on a
strictly carnivorous diet. The importance of this
product may be inferred from the fact that the
liver is very large in the young and rapidly-
growing animal, and also in mature animals of
a meat-producing race: these animals have ex-
traordinary powers of digestion and fattening.
407. Another important function of the liver
is the transformation,—largely by union with
additional oxygen,—of worn-out or effete red
globules, and of much of the useless nitrogenous
material in the blood, into urea and other solu-
ble products. These products are finally passed
off by the kidneys. They afford a stimulus to
secretion by the kidneys, and supply an abun-
dance of material which can pass readily through
224 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
these organs without causing irritation or de-
rangement.
408. Another important liver function is the
transformation of peptones (which are poisonous
when thrown into the blood in any considerable
quantity) into products which are non- poisonous,
and are capable of assimilation. These pro-
ducts form tissue, or fulfill some other im-
portant use in the body.
409. Still another important use of the liver
is to transform into harmless compounds the
poisonous products of bacterial fermentations
(such as ptomaines and toxins). These occur
in the contents of the intestine, and might often
prove deadly if allowed to pass this guardian
sentinel—the liver—in any considerable amount.
dD. Respiration, or Breathing
5a. What breathing is
410. Breathing consists in the substitution of
oxygen of the air for carbon dioxid in the blood
and tissues of the animal body. It results in
the combination of the oxygen of the air with
certain organic constituents of the system; and
it fits these constituents for various uses, or for
elimination as waste matters.
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 225
411. In the main, the air is changed in
breathing as follows:
Carbon
Oxugen Nitrogen dioxid
Inspired, or breathed-in air contains. . . 20.81 79.15 04
Expired, or breathed-out air contains. . .16.033 79.557 4.38
In every 100 parts, air loses, by being breathed,
about 4 parts of oxygen, and gains about 4
parts of carpon dioxid.
412. In breathing, the air is also charged
with water vapor and with small quantities of
ammonia and marsh gas. It also receives a
volatile organic matter, which may be fetid,
and when condensed in water soon develops a
putrid odor.
413. In the breathing process, the blood and
the air are brought into the closest possible
contact. One-celled animals breathe through
the entire surface, fishes through gills waved in
the water, from which they abstract oxygen,
frogs through the walls of a simple air-sac,
in which the blood-vessels circulate. In warm-
blooded animals, this sac or lung is divided
throughout into myriads of minute air-sacs or
cells varying, trom Sap. tO 75 Of an inch) im
diameter. The walls are so thin that the blood
flowing through their capillary vessels is con-
stantly exposed, on two sides, to the air with
which they are filled. The membrane consti-
tuting the walls of these sacs is so exceedingly
O
226 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
thin and permeable that gases pass through it
with great rapidity,—the oxygen from the air
to the blood, and the earbon dioxid from the
blood to the air.
db. Blood-changes in respiration
414. The heart of warm-blooded animals
is composed of two double eavities, right and
left, which are quite distinct from each other.
The left side pumps the blood into the arte-
ries of the system at large, whence it returns
through the veins to the right side. The right
side, in its turn, pumps the blood into the arte-
ries of the lungs, whence it returns by the lung-
veins to the left side. In this way the blood
is circulated first through the lungs, and then
through the tissues of the rest of the body.
415. The blood is of a dark red or purple
eolor as found in the veins, in the right side
of the heart, and in the arteries of the lungs.
It is of a bright erimson hue as it returns
from the lungs and passes through the left
side of the heart and the arteries to all parts
of the body. The varying color is determined
by the presence of a larger amount of oxygen
in the arterial (bright crimson) blood, and by
its comparative absence, and by the presence
of an excess of carbon dioxid, in the venous
(dark red) biood.
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES Dien
416. The difference between the artery-blood
and vein-blood is shown in the following table :
Vols. Vols. of
of carbon
oxygen dioxid
From 100 vols. of arterial blood may be obtained .. 20 39
é ee ee ee venous oe ce oe ce ..8 to 112 46
417. The excess of oxygen in the arterial
blood is used up as it passes through the capil-
laries, and is replaced by carbon dioxid. The
excess of carbon dioxid brought back by the
venous blood is thrown out into the air fill-
ing the lungs, and is replaced in the blood
by the oxygen taken up from the air. The
earbon dioxid is made up of one atom of ear-
bon obtained by the breaking up of the tis-
sues or blood elements which contain carbon,
and of two atoms of oxygen carried to such
tissue or element by the blood.
418. Breathing, therefore, or the combination
of oxygen with carbon to form the carbon di-
oxid, really does not take place in the lungs,
but in the various parts of the body to which
the blood carries the oxygen.
5e. Amount of air required
419. The amount of carbon dioxid passed
into the blood and exhaled by the lungs is in-
creased by exercise, work, sunshine and food ;
hence the necessity for more rapid breathing
228 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
under such conditions. The amount also varies
with the kind of animal. The pig produces
more in proportion to his body weight than
the ecarnivora, rabbit, and fowl; and_ these
again produce a larger proportionate amount
than the horse or the ox.
420. Air which contains 10 to 12 per cent
of carbon dioxid will no longer sustain hfe. The
deleterious effect is due partly to the lack of
oxygen in such re-breathed air, but also to the
excess of the poisonous carbon dioxid, volatile
organic matter, and other injurious products.
Air which contains even 1 per cent of carbon
dioxid produced by breathing is injurious to a
marked degree. In a_ perfectly close place,
where there can be no access of fresh air, a
horse would contaminate to this extent over 7,000
eubie feet in 24 hours.
421. The question of stable space, however, is
dependent on the amount of air that can be
introduced by ventilation in a given length of
time. The tighter the building and the less the
admission of fresh air, the greater must be the
area supplied; while the greater the facility for
the entrance of fresh air, the smaller need be the
space per animal. If the whole of the air could
be removed every three hours, 1,000 cubic feet
per horse or cow would suffice to keep the air
sufficiently pure and wholesome.
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 229
6. Work; Waste; Rest
6a. Waste of tissue
422. Under bodily labor, the elements of the
muscles are used up to a certain extent, while
heat and waste matters are produced. A
period of rest is required to allow for repair of
this waste. We see this carried out in all healthy
bodily functions. The heart, after each contrac-
tion, has a short rest before the commencement
of the next contraction. The muscles that carry
on breathing work in relays, those that dilate the
chest resting while those that compress the
chest are in operation. Then both rest for an
interval before the next inspiration is com-
meneed. This provides for rest and repair of
both the muscles and nerves. Except for such
rest, both would soon be exhausted and wasted
beyond the power of work.
423. The waste of tissues, however, is not
always in exact proportion to the amount of
work. On the contrary, it has been shown by
eareful experiment that the waste of the working
muscle is but a small part of the expenditure
made. The heat- or fat-producing matters in
the food are also used up in such _ work.
The process may be likened to fuel supplied to
the engine, which contributes to keep it running
230 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
with the expenditure of but a small part of its
own proper substance. Thus the starch and
sugar in the diet contribute not only to main-
tain heat and to lay up fat, but also to render
possible a large expenditure of muscular energy
and work.
6b. Applications to practice
424. Such expenditure of food and muscular
energy in producing heat and work prevents the
laying out of the same capital for other uses,
such as growth, fattening or milking. In do-
mestic animals, which ean be profitably kept
only when adapted to special uses, expenditures
in other directions must be limited as far as may
be in keeping with the maintenance of health.
425. For rapid fattening, rest and warmth and
seclusion are favorable. Even the milech cow, put
in the stable in good health, may be made _ to
give more milk for a time when kept idle in a
warm stall than when turned out to gather her
food from a pasture. This, however, cannot be
safely carried to extremes. The continuous dis-
use of the muscles tends to their waste and
degeneration, to an impoverishment of the blood,
to a loss of tone of the nervous and other organs,
and to a gradual lowering of vitality. For ani-
mals that are soon to be sacrificed to the butcher,
this is not to be considered; but for such as
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES Zoi
are to reproduce their kind and keep up the
future herd, a moderate amount of muscular
exercise 1s aS important as suitable food and
hygiene.
426. The animal body is a very complex
organism, with an almost endless variety of parts
and functions, each of which is more or less
essential to the full usefulness of the whole. The
best condition of bodily health is that in which
all of these are properly adjusted to each other
and to the surroundings. In the ease of farm
animals, the complexity is the greater because the
natural functions must be developed here and
restricted there, to make them a profitable pos-
session; and all this must be done within limits
which will be compatible with the maintenance of
health and vigor.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER XIV
309a. The best illustration which the pupil can secure of a
single-celled structureless organism is the ameeba (Fig. 84).
This lowly animal lives in stagnant pools, and can be secured
by seraping the scum off the stems and leaves of water plants.
In its larger forms it is barely visible to the naked eye.
309b. The Fig. 85 shows a spindle-shaped (involuntary) con-
tractile cell or fiber from the muscular layer of the intestine,
showing nucleus in white and nucleolus in black. It has no
such variety of functions as the ameeba has.
360a. A part or an organism is said to be specialized when
it is fitted for some particular work, rather than for general
232 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
work. <A cell which has to do only with nutrition is special-
ized ; one which has to do with nutrition, sensation, locomotion,
and reproduction, is generalized. A cell may be said to be
Fig. 84. Amoeba, showing large, round nucleus
near the top, enclosing a nucleolus, many
granules, protruding arms of protoplasm, Fig. 85.
and white space round which the proto- Muscle cell.
plasm has flowed, Magnified 200 diameters. Magnified.
still further specialized when it carries on some particular or
special part of nutrition.
363a. A secretion is a material derived from the blood and
poured out into the body. When this material is of no further
use, it is eliminated, or removed from the body, and is known as
an excretion. The saliva, eye-water, bile, gastric juice, are ex-
amples of secretions.
363b. Glands are secreting organs. Thus the salivary glands
secrete or make the saliva or spittle, from the blood. The
liver is a gigantic gland, secreting bile and other materials.
364a. Glyeogen is very like starch. In fact, it has the same
chemical composition,CsH,oO;5. It is rapidly changed into grape
sugar or glucose by the action of saliva and other juices, and
it then becomes available for the building of tissue or keeping
up the bodily heat,
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 238
365a. Lymph is a product of the blood. It is a pale liquid
which transudes from the thin or eapillary blood vessels, and is
used to nourish and build up the tissues. The lymphatic system
varries food materials to the places where they are needed.
See 409d,
367a. By the alimentary canal is meant the whole digestive
tract, beginning with the mouth, and comprising the gullet or
esophagus, the stomach, the small and large intestines.
37la. The fats contain carbon,
hydrogen and oxygen, but the oxy-
gen is in small proportion. One
of the common fats (palmatin) has
the composition C51H9s0¢ ; another
(stearin) is C57H 11006.
379a. In physiology, the word
ferment is used to designate sub-
stances which have power to make
starch-like materials soluble by con-
verting them into sugar-like materi-
als. These ferments, of which ptyalin
is one, are secretions. They are also
called enzyms. ‘These secretions
Fig. 86. Stomach of dog. may be the products of cells in the
animal body or of independent micro-
organisms. The micro-organisms are themselves often called
ferments (35a).
382a. The single stomach of a carnivorous animal is shown
in Fig. 86. The stomach of a ruminant is well illustrated in
Fig. 87, the front walls being cut away to show the internal
structure. It has four divisions: C, paunch; R, reticulum; N,
manifolds ; O, the true digesting stomach.
385a. There are various experiments which the pupil can
perform. Mix a little well-boiled starch with a small quantity
of saliva, and after a time it will be found to have become
sweet. If atthe outset a drop of solution of iodine is added
to the mixture it will produce a blue eolor (203b). As the
starch is changed into sugar, this color gradually fades and in
the end disappears,
234 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
o8Ta. An antiseptic is any material which destroys germs
or bacteria (284a). The muriatic or hydrochloric acid is present
in small amounts, ranging from 0.2 to 0.8 and upward in 1,000
parts in the different kinds of animals.
38Tb. A substance may be acid or sour, in which ease it
turns blue litmus red (153, 1538a@). It may be alkaline, as lye,
Fig. 87. Stomach of sheep. Fig. 88 Crop and
gizzard of fowl.
in which ease it turns red litmus blue. It may be neutral,
giving neither reaction.
387e. Flowerless plants, of which fungi, ferns, and bacteria
are examples, do not produce seeds, but spores. These spores
are usually single cells, and contain no embryo. They can
usually grow, even after becoming dry. Spores are commonly
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 23ab
more difficult to kill than the organism 18 when in an actively
growing condition.
3900. A precipitate, in chemistry, is a more or Jess solid
material, which is the result of chemical action, and which settles
to the bottom of the liquid in which it is formed. Thus, let the
pupil blow through a straw into a bottle of lime water. The
liquid will become cloudy, and after a time the sediment will
settle to the bottom. The pupil has added the carbon dioxid
(COz) of his breath to the lime water, and carbonate of lime
(or limestone) has been formed. Compare 194a.
392a. The action of the gastric juice may be familiarly seen
in the curdling of milk in the cheese factory by means of
rennet. A little mince-mest mixed with the scrapings of the
lining membrane of a pig’s stomach, rendered slightly acid
by a drop or two of muriatic acid and kept near blood-heat
(96° F), will soon be completely dissolved, with the formation
of peptone.
392b. Rennet is the digestive principle derived from the
fourth stomach of ruminants (O, Fig. 87). This stomach is
taken from calves and dried; and the stomach itself is then
spoken of as rennet. The stomach of adult animals could also
be used, if necessary.
393a. The gastric apparatus of 4 chicken is shown in Fig.
88. The crop is at a, the proventriculus at b, and the gizzard
at c¢.
396a. An emulsion is that condition in which fatty or
oily materials are so intimately mixed with the liquid in which
they are placed that they act much as if they were in actual
solution, even passing through membranes. Most farmers are
now familiar with the kerosene emulsion, used as an insecti-
cide (2960).
399a. Glycerin is a colorless liquid which is associated with
fats or fat-acids, and which may be derived from them. Its
composition is Cz3H5(OH)3. It is often made from the fats by
artificial means, and is used in medicine and the arts. Also
spelled glycerine.
402a. Two villi are shown in Fig. 89. The singular form of
the word is villus.
236 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
404a. In connection with intestinal digestion and absorption,
the bile fills a specially important economie function, in sup-
plying many of its ingredients to be used over and over again
in the course of the same day. The bile stimulates in a high
degree the absorption of the digested products, entering with
them into the veins. As all the blood returning from the
intestines must pass through the liver, the elements of the
absorbed bile are secreted anew and once more poured into the
intestine. Hence a small amount of bile performs a very large
amount of work; and hence, too, any suspension of the secre-
tion of bile interferes seriously with the general health.
409a. A ptomaine (pronounced t6-main) is a material formed
from the decomposition of dead tissue. It is alkaline, and often
poisonous. The poison in unwholesome ice-cream, for example,
is a ptomaine. Ptomaines often result from the destructive
work of microbes. The term toxin is applied to a poisonous
product of fermentation, whether alkaline or neutral.
409d. It may be well to speak of the destination of the
ehyle. Chyle is the liquid formed of the materials absorbed
from the bowels into the
lymph vessels. It is albu-
minous (nitrogenous) and
fatty, with a white, milky
eolor. This, like the lymph
in the other lymph vessels
in various parts of the
body, contains white,
spherical, microseopie
cells, which are greatly
increased after passing
through the lymph glands,
and when poured into the
blood become white blood
globules. During the in-
Fig. 89. Surface of mucous membrane of tervals in which there is
the intestine, showing villi with cen- no digestion, the lymph
tral Jacteal duct and bloed vessels, s : =.
or ehyle in these intes-
and on the surface the absorbing epi- : :
thelial cells. tinal vessels, as in other
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES PASH
parts of the body, is a simple straw-colored liquid consisting
of surplus nutritive matter which has not been required by
the needs of the part, and is being returned to the blood.
In this lymph we find an important source of supply of the
white blood globules, which are being constantly used up ;
and thus derangements in the lymph vessels and glands injuri-
ously affect the blood, and through it the entire animal system.
409b. The admirable adaptation of means to end is trace-
able in the successive changes of these food products. The
nitrogenous constituents in the food, which are not fitted for
absorption, are transformed into the peptones, which are spe-
cially adapted for rapid absorption. Then the peptones, which
are not fitted for nutrition, but are really poisonous, are changed
in the liver, so as to render them harmless and fitted for the
varied uses of the body, or for elimination. Other food princi-
ples are turned into sugar, and some poisonous fermentation
products are rendered harmless through the action of the liver.
This interdependence of different functions upon each other—
mastication, insalivation, digestion, absorption, transformations
in the liver, the formation of normal blood elements, assimi-
lation and secretion—furnishes an indication of what goes on
throughout the whole animal body, the perfection of one process
being essential to that of others, and the derangement of one
causing disorder of the others. The nervous system, which is
concerned in carrying on all functions, from those of simple
nutrition of a tissue or of secretion by a gland up to such mental
processes as the animal is endowed with, is dependent on the
blood for its own functional activity. Changes in the blood
entail change in the capacity for nervous work ; so that disorder
of one distant organ, acting by influencing the nervous system,
directly through the nerves or indirectly through the blood,
may bring about derangements of the most varied kind in the
different organs subject to nervous influence. The great fune-
tion of the lungs is the elimination of carbon dioxid from the
blood and tissues and the introduction of oxygen, which, being
carried into all parts by the red globules, assists in nearly
every change which takes place in any organ. But if the lungs
£238 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
fail to fulfill their funetion to any degree, every organ and
function is affected. Most of the waste nitrogenous matter
leaves the body through the kidneys, but if this channel of
elimination is interfered with, the effete matters are retained, and
they poison and derange every organ from the brain downward.
Even apparently insignificant organs have a far-reaching in-
tiuence. The spleen and bone marrow-cells affect the develop-
ment of blood globules. A small gland at the throat (thyroid)
affects the nervous system, and a still smaller one at the base
of the brain (pituitary) influences the growth of the limbs.
4ila. Repeat the experiment suggested in 390a. Make lime
water by placing a piece of quicklime in a bottle of pure
water, shaking and setting aside to settle. Then take a little
of the elear liquid and with a syringe foree air through
it. It will become only slightly turbid. Next take a tube and
blow through this water for a short time, when it will become
white and opaque by the formation of lime earbonate, owing
to the union of carbon dioxid with the lime.
413a. The lung of any of the higher animals presents an
enormous surface to the inspired air. To illustrate the extra-
ordinary extent of breathing surface formed by this minute di-
vision of the lungs into microseopie saes, it may be stated that,
in the horse, it reaches an area of 500 to 800 square feet.
4i4a. The heart of an ox, sheep, or other animal ean be
obtained at the slaughter house or of the butcher. Discover
the right and left cavities,—a ventricle surmounted by an auricle
on each side,—the valves around the opening leading from the
auricle to the ventricle, and the cords connecting the valves with
the inner side of the ventricle.
416a When blood is shed in killing an animal or otherwise,
observe how the surface layer gradually changes from the dark
red to a bright crimson as it takes up the oxygen from the air.
418a. In the conveyance of oxygen in the blood the color-
ing matter of the red globules (hemoglobin) is the principle
bearer. It combines with oxygen loosely, and gives it up promptly
at the demand of the earbon. The bright crimson color is due
to the union of much oxygen with the coloring matter of the
HOW THE ANIMAL LIVES 239
red blood globules, while the dark red hue is caused by the
comparative absence of oxygen. The liquid elements of the
blood (serum) can absorb and convey but little oxygen. In
order to have free and healthy breathing, therefore, the blood
must contain abundance of red globules, and these must be
well developed, containing a large amount of the red coloring
matter. Ill health, lack of sunshine, and various diseases,
which cause diminution of the red globules or of their coloring
matter, interfere with respiration and consequently with the
healthy nutrition and function of the tissues of the animal.
426a. Persons who desire a detailed account of the physiology
of domestie animals, may consult F. Smith’s “Manual of Veteri-
nary Physiology.” Advice as to the treatment of animals is
contained in Law’s “Farmer’s Veterinary Adviser.”
CHAPTER NV
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL
H. H. WING
1. Sources of Food of Animals
427. Broadly speaking, an animal must feed
upon either animal or vegetable substances, and
it has no power to use as food mineral or inor-
ganic substances.
428. Any substanee which an animal may use
as food is eailed a fodder. A fodder must con-
tain the substances that are needed for suste-
nance in such form that the animal ean use
them, and must not contain anything that is
injurious or poisonous to the animal.
2. How the Animal Uses Food
429. The plant, by reason of its vital foree
and with the aid of the energy of the sun, trans-
forms simple forms of matter into more complex
ones, and in so doing locks or stores up a part
of the energy received. The animal, by means
(240)
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL 241
of its digestive processes, tears down these sub-
stances, setting free the energy and transforming
the matter into forms suitable to be incorporated
into animal tissue.
430. Before the matter of the fodder can be
used, it is necessary that the animal expend energy
upon it during the processes of digestion and as-
similation. The profit of the fodder to the animal
is represented by the difference between the
amount of energy originally present in the fodder
and the amount of energy it is necessary for the
animal to expend upon it in order to make it
available. Some substances require so great an
expenditure of energy -by the animal to digest or
partially digest them that they are useless as
fodders, although they may contain the proper
compounds in measurably proper proportions.
431. Fodder is used by the animal (1) as fuel
to keep up the bodily heat, without which the
vital processes cannot go on; (2) to repair the
wastes of the various tissues, organs and fluids of
the body; (3) to form new tissues or organs, or
add to those already formed (especially in young
animals); (4) to produce young; and (5) to lay
up reserve stores in the form of fat or otherwise,
to secrete various products, or to perform muscu-
lar labor Many of these reserves or products
are useful to man, as milk, wool and eggs.
432. In general, if the amount of food is
P
242 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
insufficient it will be used for the first four pur-
poses, approximately in the order named; and
only after the needs of the animal are fully
supplied in these respects will food be used
for the last purpose. The food used for the
first four purposes is called food of support or
food of maintenance; that used for the last
purpose is food of production.
433. Not all of the food taken into the body
ean be used by the animal. The digestive fluids
fail to act upon a part of the food, and this passes
out through the intestines as undigested solid
excrement. It is only the food whieh is di-
gested that is of use to the animal.
434. The proportion of food digested varies
with the animal. One animal may digest 80 per
cent of the food eaten ; another, standing by its
side, equally healthy and equally vigorous and
of similar age, may digest less than 40 per
cent.
435. The amount digested varies with the food
and with the different constituents in the food.
Some foods are almost wholly digested; of others
less than one-fourth is digested. In any given
fodder, one constituent may be readily and
largely digestible, while another is digested only
with difficulty and in a small amount. In general,
of the food eaten only from one-half to two-
thirds is digested.
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL 243
3. Composition of Fodders
3a. Classification
436. Fodders are made up of a large number
of substances, all of which are of more or less
use to the animal, and each of which, to some
extent, serves a definite purpose when used as
food. While the number of separate compounds
in fodders is very large, they fall into a few very
distinet groups or classes, depending upon their
composition and the purposes which they serve
the animals. These classes are (a) water,
(b) ash, (c) protein, (d) carbohydrates, including
fiber, (e) fat.
3b. Water
437. Water is present in all fodders without
exception, but the proportion is very variable.
Some roots and green fresh fodders occasionally
have as much as 90 per cent of water, whereas,
in some or the kiln-dried by-products the per-
centage of water may fall as low as 5 or 6 per
eent. Ordinary air-dried fodder, as the grains,
hay, straw, usually contains from 10 to 15 per
cent of water.
438. The water in the fodder to a certain
extent supplies the needs of the animal instead of
water which is drunk. Animals consuming a
244 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
watery food will need to drink less water; but
no food contains so much water that it can be
used by the animal to supply its needs for
both water and solid matters.
439. In general, water adds tenderness, suc-
eulenee and palatability to fodders. Green fresh
fodders are more palatable than the same fodders
dried; and the palatability of hay or other dry
fodder may be increased by soaking in water, or
by steaming.
3e. Ash
440. Ash is the small residue which is left
when any animal or vegetable matter is com-
pletely burned. It is mineral matter obtained by
the plant from the soil (147, 192), and is ecom-
posed of very nearly the same substances in both
plants and animals. Some ash is found in all
parts of all plants and all animals, and it is
necessary to those parts. Life can not be main-
tained or the vital processes carried on without
this ash.
441. In general, the proportion of ash 1s
small, but the bones of animals and_ certain
parts of the plant, as the bark, contain con-
siderable amounts. With scarce an exception,
the amount of ash present in ordinary fodders
is sufficient for the needs of the animal, and,
therefore, it need not be taken into account in
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL 245
making up a ration or deciding upon a fodder;
since no matter what is fed, it is almost certain
that the animal will find in it an abundant sup-
ply of the proper mineral elements, with the
exception of common salt.
3d. Albuminoids
442, The protein, or proteids, constitutes a
very important group of fodder constituents.
While they are of a complex and varied com-
position, all contain nitrogen’ as a distinctive
constituent, as well as carbon, oxygen and
hydrogen, and usually sulfur and phosphorus.
It is the nitrogen that gives to the members
of this group their importance as food (870).
443. Organic activities can not be maintained
without nitrogen. It is an essential constituent
of the lving animal or vegetable cell, and no
new growth can take place without it; conse-
quently it must be constantly supplied in the
food of both plant and animal. Nitrogen is not
a constituent of the other groups of food ele-
ments, and, therefore, the growth of the animal
depends in large measure on the supply of protein.
444. While more or less protein is found in
nearly all fodders, its proportion is very va-
riable, and in very many eases is less than is
required by the animal to sustain life or to make
useful growth. Those fodders that contain large
246 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
amounts of protein are mainly found in the grains
and other concentrated foods that are relatively
high-priced. Both these conditions make the
problem of successful feeding largely one of the
sufficient and economical supply of albuminoids.
If an insufficient amount is furnished, the animal
suffers in growth or production: if more than
enough is supplied, costly waste ensues.
3e. Carbohydrates
445. By far the largest part of the dry matter
of fodders is classed with the carbohydrates, the
most familiar examples of which are sugars,
starch, gum and vegetable fiber (571). These
substanees contain earbon, oxygen, hydrogen—the
two latter in the proportions in which they are
found in water. They contain no nitrogen.
446. By union with oxygen in the lungs and
blood, the carbohydrates are decomposed into
earbonie acid (earbon dioxid) and water, and
heat is evolved in precisely the same way as
under ordinary combustion in the air. They
are thus the main source of heat to the animal.
They are also a souree of muscular energy, and
in most eases an important source of fat in both
tissue and product.
447. Of the carbohydrates, fiber is much less
readily acted on by the digestive fluids, and
often a large part of it passes through the animal
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL 247
without change. For this reason it is often con-
venient to consider it in a class by itself. So far
as it is used at all, it serves the same purpose as
the other carbohydrates.
3f. Fats
448. The fats (37la) of fodder are used by
the animal for much the same purposes as the
carbohydrates. They contain only carbon, oxy-
gen and hydrogen, but proportionately much
less oxygen than the carbohydrates. For this
reason they yield much more energy when de-
composed or burned, and are, therefore, of
much more value to the animal than the ecarbo-
hydrates.
449, The amount of energy yielded by differ-
ent fats varies somewhat, but in general, it is
about two and one-fourth times as much as that
ylelded by an equal weight of sugar or starch ;
and in reducing fat to its “starch equivalent” (for
purposes of comparison) this is the factor com-
monly employed. In ordinary fodders the per-
centage of fat is not large, running from about
3 to about 8 per cent of the air-dry substance.
4, Feeding
4a. Nutritive ratio
450. From what has already been said, it will
be seen that the protein, carbohydrates and fats
248 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
are the constituents of the fodder that are of
direct use to the animal. These are often collee-
tively spoken of as nutrients, and the portion of
them that is digestible as digestible nutrients.
451. Since the protein (or albuminoids) is
necessary to growth and reproduction, and since
the carbohydrates and fats are mainly used to
produce heat and work and reserve stores of
fat, the proper relations of these constituents
to one another in various fodders and rations
constitute an important part of the science and
art of feeding. A ration is said to be balanced
when these substances exist In the proper propor-
tion to one another for the purpose intended.
452. It has been found convenient to express
the relation between the protein and other con-
stituents in the form of a ratio, known as the
nutritive ratio. The nutritive ratio is the ratio of
the digestible protein to the digestible ecarbohy-
drates plus two and one-fourth times (449) the
digestible fat, expressed in terms of unity or
one of the protein.
453. The nutritive ratio is found by adding to
the digestible carbohydrates two and one-fourth
times the digestible fat, and dividing by the
digestible protein. It is expressed thus: Nutr.
Ratio 1:5.5. It means that in some certain fod-
der or ration there is for each pound of digest-
ible protein or flesh-forming nutrients, five and
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL 249
one-half pounds of digestible heat and _ fat-
forming elements. A ratio is said to be wide or
narrow when the proportion of heat-forming
nutrients is large or small in proportion to the
protein. Thus, 1: 12 is wider than 1: 7.
454. A certain proportion should exist between
the nitrogenous and non-nitrogenous nutrients of
aration. Animals that are growing rapidly, that
are bearing young, and that are producing wool,
milk or eggs, require a more nitrogenous food
than animals that are working, or fattening, or
living without gain or loss of weight. For the
latter, the nutritive ratio may be as wide as 1: 12
or 1:14; for the former, the nutritive ratio should
be as narrow as 1:5 or 1: 6.
455. Formerly it was supposed that slightly
differing nutritive ratios would make distinct
differences in the effectiveness of a ration or the
quality of the product; but it is now generally
considered that the limits of variation in the
nutritive ratio may be rather wide without mate-
rially influencing the nutritive effect of the
ration. Other conditions may mask the effect
due to differences in the nutritive ratio.
456. One of the chief reasons for taking the
nutritive ratio into consideration is that the pro-
tein may be economically used. Protein should
be used for the formation of nitrogenous products
in the animal. It may, however, be used as a
aaa \ 0) THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
source of heat, instead of the cheaper starch or
sugar. This may occur in any ration when the
proportion of protein is in excess; but there is
generally a too small proportion of protein.
457. By far the larger number of natural
fodders are deficient in protein, and a chief task
of the feeder is to furnish, from by-products or
otherwise, a sufficient amount of albuminoids in
the cheapest form. Usually more protein can
be used to advantage by the animal than is
furnished to it.
4b. Quantity of food required
458. The quantity of food that an animal can
profitably or economically use is dependent upon a
variety of circumstances and conditions. In the
first place, a certain amount must go to the sup-
port of the body and the vital functions. This is
known as the food of maintenance (432); and
a ration ealeulated to keep an animal alive and
in good health without gain or loss of body
weight is called a maintenance ration.
459. The amount of food required for sup-
port depends upon the size and somewhat upon
the individuality of the animal. Small animals
require more food in proportion to their weight
than large ones. Average animals of the same
class, however, are usually considered to require
food in proportion to their body weight. In
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL PAT |
general, for horses and eattle, about 18 pounds
per day of dry matter per 1,000 pounds live
weight is required for maintenance.
460. It is from the food eaten in addition to
that required for maintenance that the _ profit
comes to the feeder. Hence, if an animal re-
celves no more than enough to sustain life, it
can produce no profit to its owner. Much less
is there profit if an animal is allowed to lose
in weight; for common experience has shown
that when an animal is once allowed to suffer
loss in weight, the loss is regained only at an
increased expenditure of food above what was
originally required to produce it.
461. The amount of food that an animal can
use profitably over and above that required for
maintenance, depends upon the capacity of the
-animal and the purpose of production. Most
animals will make a return approximately in
proportion to the food consumed, up to a cer-
tain amount. Above that amount, the food
simply passes through the animal; or the di-
gestive apparatus becomes disordered and _ the
animal refuses to eat. However, the capacity
of different animals in this respect varies widely.
462. Assume that six pounds per day per
1,000 pounds live weight is about the average
amount of dry matter that an animal can profit-
ably use above that required for support. It will
252 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
be found that many animals can not profitably use
more than three or four pounds, while others can
use from ten to fifteen pounds, and an occasional
animal ean profitably use a still larger amount.
463. The amount of food that an animal can
or will eat must not be confounded with the
amount of food that an animal can profitably
use. Many animals can and constantly do pass
through their bodies a considerable amount of
food of which no use whatever is made, and
this, too, without interfering in any way with the
general health, digestive functions, or even with
the appetite.
4c. Feeding standards
464. Feeding standards show the amount and
proportions of the various nutrients that have
been found by experience to be best adapted
to the various purposes. A few are given:
For Eacu 1,000 Pounps LivE WEIGHT PER Day.
Digestible
Dry Digestible carbohydrates Nutritive
matter protein and fat ratio
Oxen (maintenance) .17.5 lbs. 0.7 lbs. 8.15 lbs. 1S ae
Horses) at work = 2 2 22)5) <* 138.55 TNT ae ecg 37)
Milk cows see ee wae DRGh as 12RD 1: 5.4
Growing pigs (young) 42. ‘‘ cot oe 30. a 1:4
465. In any given ease, these or any stand-
ards may be advantageously varied to a con-
siderable extent. The standards are mere guides,
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL Zoe
The skill of the feeder depends upon his success
in finding out how far the individual require-
ments of his animals warrant a variation in the
standard.
4d. Bulk in the ration
466. Aside from the amount of digestible
nutrients and the nutritive ratio, the bulk of
the ration is a matter of considerable impor-
tanee. It has already been noted (435) that
considerable portions of all the nutrients are
not digested. Consequently, in every ration there
is more or less material of which the animal
makes no use, and which may be said to merely
add to the bulk of the ration. Water and fiber
are, above all other things, the substances which
give bulk to a fodder or ration.
467. Fodders which contain large amounts
of either or both of these substances are said to
be coarse or bulky ; fodders which have a min-
imum amount are said to be concentrated. If
a ration is too bulky, the animal is unable to
eat enough to obtain sufficient nutrients. On
the other hand, a ration may be so concentrated
that the proper amount of digestible nutrients
do not sufficiently distend the digestive organs
so that the gastric fluids may fully act. This is
particularly the case with ruminants (582-384,
367).
254 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
468. When the ration is unduly bulky be-
cause of the presence of large amounts of fiber,
it is often so unpalatable as not to be readily
eaten. On the other hand, when water is the
bulky element, the food is almost always very
palatable, but the excess of water has a loosen-
ing and depleting effect upon the digestive sys-
tem. Under ordinary conditions for ruminants,
about two-thirds of the dry matter should be
furnished in the form of coarse forage and one-
third in concentrated food. For horses at work,
not more than one-half should be coarse forage,
while swine and poultry require the ration to be
in a still more concentrated form.
4de. Palatableness
469. It is found to be profitable to provide,
even at considerable expense, a certain amount
of fresh green food for winter feeding, in the
form of roots or like material, as a tonic to
appetite and digestion. Silage is now popular.
470. The palatability of a fodder or ration,—
that is, the readiness or eagerness with which
it is eaten,—is a matter of great importance.
The nutritive effect of a ration often depends
upon this factor alone. In general, animals
will make a better return from a ration that
is palatable, even though it may not be ideally
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL DE
perfect according to the standard, than they
will from a perfectly balanced ration that they
do not like. In many eases the quality of pala-
tability is imherent with the fodder, in others
it is due to the individual whim of the animal.
It can only be determined for each fodder and
each animal by actual trial.
4f. Cooking and preparing the food
471. Most domestic animals are able to eat
and digest ordinary forage and grains in their
natural state. But almost all fodders may be
prepared in various ways so that mastication
and digestion are facilitated or palatability in-
creased. Only upon one point is there general
agreement—that for most animals it is better that
the cereal grains be ground before feeding. As
to the advantages and disadvantages of cutting
or shredding coarse fodder, and soaking, steam-
ing and cooking foods, opinion is very much
divided.
472. There is probably some economy in
consumption when coarse fodders are cut or
shredded. Palatability is often inereased by
soaking, steaming or cooking; but cooking
renders albuminoids less digestible, and to that
extent is a distinct disadvantage.
473. A certain amount of variety in the
256 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
constituents of the ration is appreciated by
all animals. If the ration is composed of
several fodders, these may be mixed in a uni-
form mass and this mixture fed continuously
for long periods of time. This is particularly
true of cattle and swine.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER XV
437a. By-produects are secondary products which result from
the manufacture of a given product. Thus, buttermilk and skim-
med milk are by-produets of butter-making, whey of cheese-
making, pomace of cider-making, bran of flour-making Many’
important by-products used in feeding animals result from the
manufacture of breakfast cereals, the manufacture of glucose
syrups, and the processes of brewing and distilling.
442a. The group takes its name from albumin, whieh is seen
in its purest and most common form in the white of egg.
The gluten or sticky part of the wheat kernel, the casein or
cheesy part of milk, and the museular fibers of lean meat, are
also familiar examples of albuminoids. From the many forms
they assume, they are often spoken of as protein compounds, or
proteids. They are also often called nitrogenous substances (370).
443a. The albuminoids are necessary to all the processes of
growth and reproduction ; and since most animal products, as
wool, flesh, eggs and milk, contain large amounts of nitrog-
enous matter, the albuminoids are likewise essential to pro-
duction as well as growth. When the members of this group
are decomposed or broken down, they give up heat, and, there-
fore, may be used to keep the animal warm (372). It is not
at all uncertain that they are not concerned in the forma-
tion and storing up of fat in the tissues and milk.
445a. The word carbohydrate (written also carbhydrate)
means carbon-hydrate. The word hydrate signifies a substance
in which water combines with some other element: in the carbo-
hydrates, this other element is carbon. In all the carbohydrates,
THE FEEDING OF THE ANIMAL 204
the oxygen and hydrogen are in the proportions in which they
oecur in water,—two atoms of hydrogen to one of oxygen (HO
is water. i30b). The carbo-
hydrates are sometimes called
amyloids,—that is, starch-like
materials.
453a. The determination
of the nutritive ratio is very
simple. For example: clover
hay of average quality con-
tains say 7.4% of digestible
protein, 11.7% of digestible
fiber, 26.3% of digestible car-
bohydrates other than fiber,
and 1.9% of digestible fat.
Then 244 times 1.9 is 4.3;
to this is added 11.7 and 26.3,
making in all 42.3, or the
starch-equivalent of all the
heat- and fat-forming nutri-
ents. Then 42.3 divided by
7.4 equals 5.7. The nutritive
ratio of clover hay is, there-
a) oe
imopger, ILA
458a. The results obtained
from any food depend in large
measure upon the a
housing and eare
which the animal re-
VA
Hey
Fig. 90.
“ A cheap and
efficient
silo.
258 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
eeives. Stoek should have warm, airy, light, clean, sweet stables
(see Fig. 32, p. 86); and in cold weather the drinking water
should be slightly warmed. Stock should not be turned out on
cold and blustery days, and a covered yard (Fig. 30) should be
provided. To endeavor to secure good results in feeding ani-
mals which are cold and uncomfortable is like trying to heat a
house with the windows open.
469a. Our domestic animals while in a wild state depended
for existence almost wholly upon green forage. This trait
survives in the fact that in many cases animals will make a
larger return for a given amount of nutrients when given green
and fresh food than they will for the same nutrients when dry.
469b. Silage (not ensilage) is forage preserved in a green and
sueculent condition. It is preserved by being kept in a tight
receptacle, from which air and germs are excluded as much as
possible. This receptacle is called a silo. Maize (corn-fodder)
is the most popular silage material. It is cut into lengths of
an inch or two and immediately placed in the silo, being
firmly tramped and compacted, and the mass then covered with
straw, hay, boards, or other material. Cireular silos are best
because the material settles evenly all around. Fig. 90 shows
a very economical silo at Cornell University. It is 12 feet in
diameter and 24 feet high, and rests on a cement floor. It is
made of lumber 24 feet long, 6 inches wide and 2 inches thick,
the edges not bevelled. The pieces are held together by sec-
tions of woven fence-wire, drawn together by means of screw
clamps. There is no framework. Silage is useful as a part of
the daily ration, but it is easy to feed it to excess. Forty pounds
a day is usually sufficient for a eow in full milk.
473a. Persons who desire to pursue these subjects furthe
should consult Henry’s “Feeds and Feeding,” and Armsby’s
“Manual of Cattle Feeding;” also Jordan’s “ Feeding of Animals.”
CHAPTER XVI
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK
I, P. ROBERTS
1. The Breeding of Stock
la. What ts meant by breeding
474. Animals grow old and die, or they are
slaughtered for food. Other animals are born
and take their places. Not only is a new ani-
mal born, but every pair of animals is able to
produce more than two: that is, the total num-
ber of animals increases. This birth and multi-
plication is known as propagation.
475. But it is not enough that new animals
and more of them shall appear: these new
animals must be desirable. They must have
certain attributes or characters which make
them valuable. In order that these desirable
qualities shall arise, the stockman selects cer-
tain animals to propagate the race; and _ this
control of the kind of offspring’ which shall
appear is known as breeding.
476. Breeding may have two objects: to
(259)
260 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
maintain or reproduce the given type or breed ;
to produce a new type or breed. One may have
small red cows, and desire to produce others like
them, or with some improvement on the same
lines; or he may wish from these animals to
produce iarge red cows. In the former ease, he
maintains his type; in the latter, he produces a
new type.
477. A breed is a general race or type which
reproduces itself more or less closely. It is
analagous to a variety in plants. Among
eattle, there are such breeds as Short-horns,
Jerseys, Devons, Holsteins; among fowls, such
as Bantams, Plymouth Rocks, Wyandottes,
Shanghais. The person who guides and con-
trols the propagation of animals is known as
a breeder.
1b. The mental ideal
478. The first principle in breeding is to
know what qualities one wants to secure. The
breeder must have a distinct ideal in mind.
479. Many ideals are impracticable. In order
to be practicable or useful, the ideal must be
governed by two factors: the person must know
the characteristics of the class of animals with
which he is working; he must know which
qualities are most likely to be carried over to
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK 261
the offspring, or be perpetuated. Both of these
factors are determined by experience.
480. The ideal type of animal varies with the
uses to which the animal is to be put and with
the breed. The points of merit in a dairy cow
(one which is raised chiefly for the production
of milk) are unlike the points in an ideal beef
animal. The points in an ideal Short-horn are
unlike those in an ideal Ayrshire.
481. Animals are judged by their general
form, the texture of hide and hair, framework
or bony structure, their motions, and dispositions,
their performance and their products.
le. How to attain the ideal
482. Having learned what the ideal animal
should be, the breeder strives to secure that ideal
by breeding only from those animals which most
nearly approach the ideal.
483. Animals vary in their power to trans-
mit their own features to their offspring. Some
animals, without any visible cause, possess the
power of transmitting their own characteristics
to an unusual degree. Such animals are said
to be prepotent. Inferior animals may be pre-
potent, as well as superior ones. It is impor-
tant, then, to discover beforehand if an animal
is prepotent, or is what stockmen call a “good
262 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
breeder;” although prepoteney can be positively
known only by the character of the offspring.
484. The following are more or less certain
indications of prepotenecy: the eyes are bright,
wide open, alert, fairly wide apart and somewhat
protruding, or the reverse of sunken. The hair
is fine and soft, the skin neither thick and
leathery nor too thin or “papery,” nor of flabby
structure. The bones are of moderate size and
have the appearance of being fine grained and
strong, as indicated by head, limbs, feet and
horns. Such animals are usually symmetrical,
although they may not be fat. In of all their
movements they are vigorous, alert and powerful
and, above all, courageous.
485. Now and then a “sport” appears,—an
animal which has some new or strange feature,
something that we have rarely or never seen
before in that breed (as a hornless or muley
animal amongst normally horned animals). Such
oceasional characters are usually not easily per-
petuated, though sports have been the origin of
many stable types, especially among plants. Per-
manent improvement is more likely to be secured
by slow, small, steady augmentation, not by leaps
and bounds.
486. The longer any line of animals is bred
to a single ideal or standard, the more uniform
the animals become, The breed or the family
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK 263
becomes “fixed.” The record of this long line
of breeding is known as the pedigree. The
longer the pedigree, the greater is the likeli-
hood that the animal will reproduce its charac-
ters; that is, characteristics which have been
long present are more potent than those which
are recently acquired. Hence, a long pedigree
should indicate more value than a short pedigree.
487. For the general farmer, it is unwise to
buy a herd of pure-blood stock, unless the object
is to breed pure-blood stock for sale. The breed-
ing of pure-blood animals is a business by itself,
and few persons are competent to succeed in it.
But every farmer can greatly improve his stock,
if he starts with and constantly uses a good pure-
blood male mated with good native females.
From the grades so produced improvement will
be rapid and sure if the poorest are constantly
sold and only the best bred from.
2. Where Stock-raising Is Advisable
488. Having now considered some of the
principles involved in securing good stock, we
may next inquire in what regions and under
what conditions it can be raised profitably.
Live-stock raising is particularly advantageous
on the cheap, unoccupied and unceultivable lands
of the West and South, In those regions, stock
264 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
must depend largely or entirely on the natural
forage, which is sometimes good and sometimes
extremely poor and meager. It may require ten
to twenty acres to support a single cow or steer
for a year. If the “range” is eaten off closely
during the summer, the animals perish in the
winter. In the dry and nearly snowless districts
of the West, animals may subsist in the winter
on the mature dead grasses. Since the rainfall
is light, these matured grasses, or natural hay,
retain most of their nutrient qualities.
489. In narrow, sheltered northern valleys
surrounded by grass-covered, rolling hillsides,
where the cereals cannot be raised to advantage,
live-stock finds congenial surroundings. In sueh
regions, for many years, was the center and
home of the dairy industries. Within the last
twenty years the areas in which butter, cheese
and milk have been produced in large quantities
for city consumption and export have become
greatly enlarged and multiplied; and many
whole farms, formerly used for the production
of the cereals, especially of maize, are now con-
dueted as dairy farms.
490. On high-priced land near the markets,
comparatively little live-stoeck will be kept, since
the manures necessary to keep the soil fairly
productive and filled with humus ean be easily
brought from the cities. The teams which
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK 265
transport the products to the markets often
return loaded with the refuse of the city stables.
There is little opportunity for the production of
live-stock on the market-garden farm. Where
intensive agriculture (11la@) is carried on, a few
animals to consume the refuse, in addition to
the “work stock,” may be kept to advantage.
Swine are often a useful adjunct to market-
garden farms.
491. But perhaps the place above all others
where live-stock finds the best conditions, and
where it is most likely to be improved from
generation to generation, is upon the rich, level
farms which are adapted to many kinds of
crops. Lands which are capable of producing
cereals, grasses, fruits, vegetables, flowers and
animals should be prized highly. On such lands
is offered the greatest opportunity for the high-
est agriculture. Diversified agriculture, with one
or two somewhat specialized crops, leads to
steady and certain income, gives opportunity
for furnishing continuous employment for both
men and teams, and in all ways tends to
economy of time and effort (354qa).
3. How Much Stock May Be Kept
492. Cheap transportation, refrigerator cars,
and the silo, have made it possible to produce
266 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
and send dairy products to market from dis-
tricts far removed from the great cities and the
seaboard, at a profit. On the rich prairies,
wherever maize will flourish, one thousand
pounds of hve stock, or one large dairy cow,
may be earried for every two acres of fairly
good arable land. In some eases, some extra
eoneentrated foods may be required, if the ani-
mals are kept up to their full eapacity for
growth and production.
493. On farms of the East, where a _ large
percentage of the land must be devoted to per-
manent pasture beeause it is steep and stony,
one animal of one thousand pounds to two acres
eannot be earried unless considerable coneen-
trated food is purchased.
494. There are two methods respecting the
number of animals to be kept on a farm. One
method requires that food be bought. The other
method is to keep only so many animals as ean
be maintained by home resourees. On _ lands
naturally fertile, and on those which have been
wisely managed, this latter practice is to be
commended. It may be said, however, that if
the stoeckman can secure inereased profits by
risking something for extra food, he should take
advantage of it; but most farmers had_ better
not assume many risks.
495. We may now speak of the practice of
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK 267
purchasing most of the grain or other concen-
trated food which is required. These foods are
mostly by-products (487@), such as bran, oil-
meal, cotton-seed meal, and the gluten meals.
It is said that it is cheaper to purchase con-
centrated foods than to produce them on the
farm, and much stress is laid on the resultant
plant-food or manure which is secured from
feeding these products.
496. A ton of wheat bran contains the fol-
lowing amounts of potential plant-food in every
thousand pounds :
26.7 lbs. nitrogen
28.9 ‘* phospborie acid
16.1 ‘* potash
This would seem to indicate that a thousand
pounds of bran would be worth, for manurial
purposes, $5.57, or $11.14 per ton—computung
the nitrogen at 12 cents, phosphoric acid at 6
cents and the potash at 4 cents per pound.
497. If the bran is fed to milch cows, it is
estimated that not less than 50 per cent of the
plant-food constituents of the food will be found
in the manure. If this be so, then the manure
which is the result of feeding one thousand
pounds of bran would be worth $2.79, or from
feeding a ton of bran, $5.58. If the bran be
fed to animals that neither gain nor lose, and
are not producing milk or other products, then
268 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
nearly all of the manurial constituents of the
food are found in the exerements.
498. This practice of purchasing food would
appear to be wise on a farm poorly supphed
with plant-food. It may be assumed that the
increase in growth, or the products secured from
the animals which consume these purchased
foods, would equal or exceed the cost of such
foods. If so, the value of the exerements would
be clear additional profit.
499. In practice, however, it is found that
the purchase of these supplemental foods be-
comes necessary largely because a wise use has
not been made of the land. If need of these
purchased foods arises because but a half crop
is secured instead of a full one, then greater
attention should be given to making the land
more productive. In many cases, the purchased
foods are required because the production of
grasses and the other forage plants has been
neglected. Full crops and wisely purehased
econeentrated foods lead directly to the im-
provement of animals and land, and, therefore,
to permanent prosperity.
500. When the coarser products are used
for food and bedding, and a goodly portion of
the grains are fed at home, it is possible, with
eare, to return to the fields three-fourths of all
the plant-food which is removed from the fields
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK 269
to the barns in the crops. The ease with which
a farm may be maintained on a high plane of
produectiveness when animals are made _ promi-
nent, and the difficulty of maintaining high
productivity when they are wanting, should
emphasize the part which the animal plays in
securing the best results.
4. The Care of Stock
4a. Housing
501. Every effort should be exerted to make
the animals comfortable. Otherwise, they cannot
do their best. Animals, like people, are most
useful when they are happy. Provide them
good quarters. As to the style and kind of
barns, it matters little so long as the desired
results are secured.
502. Animals need much air. A single cow
requires in twenty-four hours 3,125 cubic feet ;
that is, all of the air which would be contained
in a box-stall about 18 feet by 17% feet by 10
feet, if she has a full supply. As a matter of
practice, however, a cow is allowed about 400
eubic feet of air. Twice as much air space
should be provided in the horse stable as in the
cow stable.
503. In the barn, free cireulation of air is
restricted ; therefore, provision should be made
for ventilation. Large amounts of air introduced
270 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
at few points create dangerous drafts. Air
should be taken into and removed from the
stable in many small streams. If the stable is
over-ventilated, it may become too cold. If at
least one eubie foot of air space is allowed in
the stable for each pound of lve animal kept
in it, the air will not have to be changed so
often as when the animals are so crowded,—as
is often the case,—that only one-half to one-
fourth as much air space is provided.
504. A barn with a wall roughly boarded,
both inside and outside, and the space filled with
straw, furnishes nearly ideal conditions, since
the air will be strained gently through the
straw. This ventilation should be supplemented
by a few small, easily controlled openings.
Stables should not be kept above 50 degrees
nor fall below 32 degrees, for any considerable
length of time.
505. Abundant provision should be made for
the ingress of light. It is best if the lght is
admitted at the rear of the animal, especially
for horses. Provision should also be made for
temporarily storing the exerements, both to keep
the stable clean and to prevent loss of the val-
uable constituents of the manures. No _ excre-
ments should be thrown out of the windows or
doors of the stable into the open weather, where
they form a nuisance and are wasted (120, 120a).
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK FAT)
4b. Water
506. All nutriment is carried into the system,
and through it, by means of water. Since
water is the universal carrier, it should ever
be present in the animal tissues in quantities
sufficient to accomplish the desired results. Ani-
mals should have water at least twice a day.
507. Animals fed a narrow ration (453) re-
quire more water than those which are fed a
wide ration. A cow in milk may require from
fifty to eighty pounds of water daily. If the water
is freezing cold, she will not drink freely and the
production of milk will be reduced. Moreover,
the water must be raised to the temperature of
the body by the heat generated in the animal.
This may require a part of the energy of the food
which might otherwise have been turned to some
useful purpose. If water at a temperature of about
60°F. is provided for the stock in cold weather, the
animals will not only enjoy it, but will not re-
quire as much food as when compelled to drink
water near the freezing point. In large herds,
coal may well be substituted for meal in heating
the drinking water.
4c. Food
508. So many varieties of acceptable cattle
foods can be secured cheaply in America, that
ie THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
full opportunity is offered for selecting those
which give promise of produeing the particular
results desired in any given ease. Animals
which are used continuously at hard work
require a wide or earbonaceous ration to sup-
ply energy. Young animals do best on a narrow
or nitrogenous ration. Mileh cows do best on
intermediate rations. Cold stables imply a wide
ration ; warm stables, narrow rations. The food
of young herbivorous animals, of those that
work, and of cows in milk, may be made up of
about one pound of grains or other concentrated
foods to three pounds of roughage.
509. The amount of the ration and the time
of feeding should be governed according to the
character and habits of the animal. Horses
should be fed more often than eattle and
sheep, since their stomachs are relatively small.
Horses are inclined to eat at night. Cattle,
sheep and swine seldom eat after dark.
510. The ration for any one meal should not
be so liberal as to injure the appetite for the
one that follows. Regularity in time of feeding,
and skill in presenting the food in an appetizing
form, are prime factors of suecess.
SUGGESTIONS ON CHAPTER XVI
479a. The breeder must know the uames of the various
parts of the animal. The parts of a dairy cow are designated
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK 278
in Fig. 91, which represents a “typical Holstein-Friesian cow:”
1, head; 2, forehead; 3, eyes; 4, face; 5, muzzle; 6, ear; 7,
horn; 8, neck; 9, throat ; 10, shoulder; 11, shoulder tops, or
withers ; 12, chest; 13, crops; 14, chine; 15, back; 16, loin ;
17, hip or hook; 18, rump; 19, thurl or pin-bone ; 20, quarter ;
21, thigh ; 22, hock; 23, leg; 24, forearm; 25, hoof; 26, fore-
names have been given.
ribs ; 27, back-ribs; 28, flank; 29, belly ; 30, fore-flank ; 31,
stifle ; 32, tail; 33, switch; 34, udder; 35, setting of tail ; 36,
quarters of udder; 37, teats. The dewlap is the flap of the
throat below 9. The escutcheon is the part surrounding the
udder behind, on which the hair grows upwards.
480a. Following is the ideal of a dairy cow (compare Fig.
92): The cow should have a small head, a large muzzle and
mouth, a clean-cut nose or face, that is, one free from fleshy
growth, a straight or dishing forehead, bright prominent eyes,
and a thin, long neck and moderate-sized horns. She may be
from one to two inches lower at the shoulders than at the hips.
Her general form, when looked at from the side, should be
wedge-shape, and the same shape should be apparent when
viewed from the rear. The shoulders may be thin, lean and
bony ; the back rather long and rugged; the loin fairly broad,
but not too broad, or the animal will tend to put on beef. The
R
274 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
hip should be thrown well ahead, whieh gives a long, powerful
hind quarter. The thighs, of necessity, are thin; the flank
well up; the hind leg, usually, quite crooked, and the tail long.
lf the tail be long, it is an indication that the vertebra of the
back bone are somewhat loosely united, which is an indication
of good milking qualities. The pony-built, smooth-made, short-
bodied, rotund cow is seldom a good milker. The teats should
be sizeable and placed wide apart ; the limbs neither too small nor
too large. The udder should not be very pendent or loose, and
should extend well to the rear, also well to the front, and should
have a broad and firm setting on the abdomen. The animal should
have a rugged, rather lean, but not a delicate appearance, <All
animals, except those kept for speed, should have rather short
limbs, as this indicates, to some extent, constitution and power.
It will be noticed (Mig. 92) that the milk veins, which extend
from the udder forward on the abdomen, are large and promi-
nent. These indicate that the cow is a great milker or, in other
words, that an ample supply of blood has been furnished to the
udder by the arteries, and hence a large amount of blood must
~
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK PAG,
be returned through the veins. In time, the veins enlarge in
order to muke room for the return of the blood from the udder.
In some of the better milking strains, these large veins are in-
herited, and can be seen and felt on young animals which have
never given milk.
480), Contrast the ideal points of the beef animal. This
animal, like the mileh animal, should have a small head and
horns, and be light in the throat-latch. If the neck, legs and
tuil be removed from the beef animal, the body is almost a per-
fect parallelogram. The neck is short and very heavy where
it is set onto the shoulder, the back straight, thighs built well
out at the rear, and thick. The body of the animal is more
rounded, the short ribs or loin is broad, the flank is well
down, the shoulders are heavy and well covered with meat,
the floor of the chest broad, which places the front legs wide
apart. The whole structure of the animal indicates slowness of
motion, quietness, and a disposition to lay on flesh and fat, or
in other words, to be selfish. No milk veins appear, the tail
is shorter than the mileh cow’s, and the receptacle for milk
small. As a rule, the beef animal has a softer and more velvety
touch than the dairy unimal, since the one is usually fat and the
other lean. <A strong, low brisket (the hanging part between the
fore legs) is desired, not because the flesh of it is good, for it
is quite inferior, but because it is an outward indication of su-
perior feeding qualities. It will be noticed that in the dairy
cow the brisket is prominent, but thin. It indicates good feed-
ing qualities : that is, a good appetite and power to digest and
assimilate food, True, it seems to have no direct connection
with the production of milk, but animals which are markedly
deficient in brisket and thin in the waist usually have delicate
constitutions and precarious appetites.
480c. A moderately thick, elastic skin and soft, velvety hair
are much desired, not only in cattle but in horses. A thin or
papery skin denotes lack of constitution. A thick, inelastie skin
denotes unresponsivenessin the production of either milk or beef.
480d. With these ideals for cattle, compare some of the
points of excellence in a trotting horse: The front legs have
276 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
a long, low, rhythmic motion when the animal is alert, while the
hind quarters are lowered and widened, and the hind legs, with
their wide, all-embracing sweep, show how and where the great
propelling power is loeated.
48la. The scoring of animals isa matter of ideals. The person
assumes that a total of 100 points represents the perfeet animal,
each part or quality being represented by a certain figure,
Any animal may then be judged (as at a fair) by this standard
or score, Definite scores have been adopted by various breeders’
associations, colleges, ete. For illustration, two scores are now given.
4816, Following is the score for n dairy cow used by the
College of Agriculture, Cornell University:
GENERAL APPEARANCE :
Weight, estimated ............ POS WA CUU Als cterslarteaterels < lbs.
Form, wedge shape as viewed from front, side and top.. 5
Quality, hair fine, soft; skin mellow, loose, medium
thickness, secretion yellow ; bone clean............-- 8
Constitution, vigorous, not inclined to beefiness.......... 8
HEAD AND NECK :
Muzzle, Clean cut; mouth large; nostrils large.......... 1
FOR DATOS SP DLAC ceteierelecs ni cievaisissersiete aleceysitia atalstiteaverntntere¥e lets 1
Pace Jean, Longs Quiet ExpresslOM. cig vcs. csiaiass eee ve cen 1
Morehead, HvOaAd, SlWMHtly GISHEd): ji. csc c.cccces a crises tinier 1
Ears, medium size; yellow inside, fine texture.......... 1
Neck, fine, medium length; throat clean; light dewlap.. 2
FORE AND HIND QUARTERS :
Wt PG7G LGR ULI tricrate cyclone: atciurainl Wa/sleretescferareralerelerele ormibiecetetataters
Nhowldang. Leht vODILGIG iaiccieccrats srexctesicic vei citr diets wialeracreibiereterente 2
Hips, far apart; level between hooks ......cceeeeeeeeeees 2
FUND: LON AH WIGS? So rarernx cacktua's wisserele biome hee eetsierareietera’e s aleniceuetn 2
Pin-bones or thurls, high, wide apart........ccccccceeseees 1
EWG TESS CUT LOM DY aura la wierara)esaherate si utelaretels elarateteie:wishe’sinrerelernehaaeTe a 2
Tags Straight, SHOrt + SWAN NGlic..iieic csletsalelelsiaiesieileiarare 1
Nott Monee Slim: + ONG AWitGlicmelelcin teers creche sinclareibrete treater 1
Bopy :
Gheat deep slows; gintlivlanges.. cca csiicncie tes: saamialet cues 8
Ribs, broad, well sprung, long, wide apart; large stomach, 5
Baok lean straight, ChineiGnens.. secs orc wslveivine eelcaie determin 3
TiGtii DLORAs LOVE)! careers aie creeinsrnrn aoe Catenainicln cise celts wMacio eivterate 2
PlAaWK MOAEVAtE)VILOW: wicca csvncaecv wrest meides votes cw elere ants 1
IN GUEE LANE shale sic crate arglerti omelel care Mme rn/ninleie cin eruiehelelteteten ete tnieete 1
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK Zhe
MILK-SECRETING ORGANS :
Udder, long, attached high and full behind, extending far
INCLLONC ANG et Ml CUA tenS TeV EN ici craisiciiere <leleicie sie/efefere 15
Udder, capacious, flexible, with loose, pliable skin covered
WHLEMMS Ont yt mettre taper Neleteriatsturelsfaisre tacara:cieraxarerpeanetorecenare 13
Peas Nanee seven VaplacO Cite ctesste cielale vexecare cteioie siele are scots oY a aroks 4
Milk veins, large, tortuous, large milk wells .............. 6
Escutcheon, spreading over thighs, eXtending high and
WILE Lame On Ulnileh tO Mal Sin tcsiave cisieloverdielisiste ctepeiele!evafelelnie ere 2
Mo belly asc rarararoccrerarahateicterctetatsvasersialesete’s cw sp isvarexererefel ay Wie’ 100
481c. The score for a beef steer as used by the Department
of Agriculture, University of Wisconsin, is the following :
GENERAL APPEARANCE :
Weight, estimated ........2.c.+.<. lbs.; according toage.. 6
Form, straight top-line and under-line ; deep, broad, low,
MOU ASTI erprccisterctisrsc-eeeistecetateveraeia ic oiaa\e\e)evara d's/erbisterslavere 8
Quality, firm handling; hair fine; pliable skin; dense
Hone mevenlvstlEsSh|edi-cciac aie cerca el sicrcis sorerarstelee-ereherye 4 8
DETAUD CNA TUCTUL MUNULOW ns ofelosaisia/ornsaiaiarevavetocein ie oyalsce-ve ate.a 4:0 'sTe' etnieteve'n 5
HEAD AND NECK:
Muzzle, mouth large; lips thin; nostrils large.......... 1
ES SAN POnCLOAT wD LACLONsicrstale roleteiereclarelaleterenis sir vinieio die’ereretats 1
GCE TENOTU NO UIOL OXPTOSSLON .cpete eisye ustel oe tacsnieietelsjeisivrersaero 1
RO ENC ORSLORGE LUT Leccierrcte-ccatclosistalerMineislatelos atnassvovers tiv'oletesere's 1
Hares vMedinmesize, fine TOXture) o.cieie «aces close ss cicreciele p.cevere 1
eek thick Snoni retort CLORMS ser c\eteiserelelara creets'ele) vcalersle/acese 2
FORE QUARTERS :
STROVE CET Me RIE ULL satan carateve tate ate re, Nave role/\e ole’ sie eceleisieleaie eeemavate 3
Shoulder, covered with flesh, compact on top; snug..... 4
Brisker aavancead Dreast wi Gass ccnie rene eces ccc ances y)
Dewlap, skin not too loose and drooping ................. 1
Legs, straight, short; arm full; shank fine, smooth.... 3
Bopy :
Chest, full, deep, wide ; girth large ; crops full.......... 8
Ribs, long, arched, thickly fleshed...................0ee005 6
Bucks DORs tral elitr. citeran a tess were cincsvainsavorsra ce ein ieisis ain varabal dive
TOU SEIMUG Hv DUO Hh lite oats ind eis isjalaun) aja pera wi arevajetisntiete/etel palsivi wk a </e 5
Flank, full, even with under-line.,...... Benicia wave’ alaa Fate &
278 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
HIND QUARTERS :
Hips, smoothly covered; distance apart in proportion
With Other NaArtgsiedwy scoscevetec scleste dee ec ueser cee ae 4
Rump, long, even, wide, tail head smooth, not patehy.... 5
Pin-bones, not prominent, far apart ................ceeees 3
PRG nS Ol sz So Are. wai caiorg borg alamctinie asians Rieaioe eo weoeee eee 3
EMISE HOSED AOLUIND tales care«farcieie ainrdace Senta niaerea ne monieteramiettars 4
Purse, fall, indicating Neshiness'<,<o..wa. se. ssccewen cee 2
Legs, straight, short, shank fine, smooth..................
486a. A correct, long pedigree is also evidence that no
crosses outside of the breed have been made within the time
eovered by the record. Then the longer the pedigree, the longer
the time which has elapsed since the breed was formed. Many
breeds, as Shropshires, Berkshires and the like, start from mixed-
blood animals more or less remote. The term “pure breed”
simply means that a breed of animals has. been bred so long
within the variety that a fair degree of uniformity in all lead-
ing characteristics has been secured, and power acquired to
transmit the leading qualities with a fair degree of certainty.
487a. If the farmer has a dairy, let him resolve to breed
from no animal which gives less than 4,000 pounds of milk a
year. Animals which give less than this amount are often
kept at a loss, and they should be disposed of at onee. Every
dairyman should also test his milk for richness, by means of
the Babeock test. Read Wing’s “Milk and Its Products,” for
instruction on the Babcock milk test, and other matters of
dairying.
49la. There is a marked tendency for farmers to run too
much to one thing, following the lead of some person who has
been successful in a particular line. In some localities in the
East, especially in the great grape and hop districts, the ill
effects of specialized agriculture are often seen. When grapes
and hops bring prices which barely pay for picking them,—and
this not infrequently oceurs,—the farmer becomes discouraged,
neglects his plantations, and when prices rise to the point where
profits should be received, the yield per aere falls so low by
THE MANAGEMENT OF STOCK 279
reason of the neglect that no financial recovery is possible. In
these districts live stock should play an important part.
491b. It is found that wherever the areas of special crops
are restricted, and rotation and mixed husbandry are not
seriously disturbed, fair profits are realized every year, and the
average yields of grapes or hops per acre are much above the
average of the large plantations. Specialization is seen to have
a marked, deleterious effect on the youth of the districts where
it is practiced in a large way, and often on tne produetivity of
the soil as well. The introduction of domestic animals in eon-
siderable numbers tends to change all this. Moreover, the ele-
vating effect of coming into immediate contact with animal life,
especially on the young, should be understood and prized.
500a. A erop of 50 bushels of maize per acre, and the
accompanying stalks, contains about 64 pounds of nitrogen, 24
pounds of phosphorie acid and 36 pounds of potash. If, when
fed to animals, only one-half of the plant-food removed by the
erop is returned, then but 32 pounds of nitrogen, 12 pounds of
phosphorie acid, and 18 pounds of potash will be lost from each
acre. When clover is in the rotation, it will restore most of
this lost nitrogen. The plant precedes the animal. He who
has mastered the art of producing plants suecessfully has
learned more than half of agriculture.
500b. Animals play such an important part in maintaining
the productivity of the land that he who farms without giving
them a prominent place should be able to furnish good reasons
for so doing.
510a. Remember that thoughtful eare, solicitude, love for
the animal, and timely attention to the many details, play an
important part in animal industry. That which is gained by
superior breeding, food and comfortable buildings may be
partly lost if kindness is wanting. “Speak to the animals as
you should to a lady, kindly.”
Li
NG Uy
AN ce AG:
Fig. 93. The head of the flock.
GLOSSARY
(Numbers refer to Paragraphs.)
4 sthetic. Appealing to the faculties of taste, as of color, music.
Agriculture. Farming. 1, la.
Albumin. A nitrogenous organic compound, present in both plants and
animals. 370, 442a.
Aliment. Food.
Alimentary canal. The digestive channel or tract. 377.
Ameliorate. To improve.
Amenable. Open to, liable to: a loose soil is amenabie to the action of
air, but a very hard soil is not.
Amendment. A substance which influences the texture rather than the
plant-food of the soil. 58.
Annual. A plant which lives only one year. Beans and pigweeds are
examples.
Antiseptic. A substance which kills germs or microbes. 284a, 387a.
Available. Capable of being used ; usable. 430.
Avil. Angle above the junction of a leaf-stalk, flower-stalk, or branch
with its parent stem.
Biennial. A plant which lives two years. It usually blooms and seeds
the second year. Mulleins and parsnips are examples.
Botany. Knowledge and science of plants. 16.
Breaking down. Said of hard soils when they become mellow and
crumbly.
Budding. A kind of grafting, in which the cion or bud is very short,
and inserted under the bark or on the wood of the stock (not into
the wood).
By-product. A product incidentally resulting from the manufacture of
something else. 437a, 495.
Callus. The healing tissue on a wound. 234.
Capillary. Hair-like. Said of very thin or fine channels, especially
those in which water moves by the force of capillary attraction.
Carbohydrate. An organic or carbon compound, in which hydrogen
and oxygen occur in the same proportions as they do in water,
Sugar, starch, woody fiber are carbohydrates: 197a:
(281)
282 GLOSSARY
Carbon. A gas, C, existing in small quantities in the atmosphere ;
aiso in a solid form in charcoal and the diamond.
Carbon diorid. A gas, COe2; carbonic acid gas.
Carnivorous. Feeding on flesh. 174.
Casein. Milk curd, the chief albuminoid of milk. It is the main con-
stituent of cheese. 370.
Catch-crop. A crop grown between plants of a regular crop, in the
interval of time between regular crops. 109.
Cereal. A grain belonging to the grass family, as wheat, maize, rice,
oats, barley, rye.
Chemistry. That science which treats of composition of matter. 18.
Chlorophyll. The green matter in plants. 198, 198d.
Cion. A part of a plant inserted in a plant, with the intention that it
shall grow. 236.
Climatology. Knowledge and science of climate. It includes the
science of weather (local climate) or meteorology. 19.
Coagulate. To curdle; as of milk.
Coldframe. A glass-covered box or frame which is heated by the
sun, and in which plants are grown or kept.
Coming true. Reproducing the variety. 215a, 227.
Comminute. To break up, fine, pulverize. 29a.
Compost. Rotted organic matter. 34a.
Conservation. Saving. 82.
Cover-crop. A catch-crop which is designed to cover the soil in fall,
winter and early spring. 109, 116.
Cultivator. An implement which prepares the surface of the ground
by turning it or lifting it. The spring-tooth harrow is really a
cultivator.
Cutting. A part of a plant inserted in soil or other medium with the
intention that it shall grow and make another plant; slip. 231.
Dehorning. Removing the horns from animals. 120a.
Dependent. Depending on other means than its own, as on the con-
ditions in which it lives. 182.
Denude. To strip, to make bare, to wash away. 260.
Dormant. Latent, sleeping, not active.
Drought. A very dry spell or season.
Ecology. The science which treats of the inter-relationships of ani-
mals and plants, and of their relations to their environments.
The study of the habits and modes of life of organisms. The
migrations of birds, distribution of plants, nesting habits of
bumble-bees, are subjects of ecology. Often spelled ceology. 16a.
GLOSSARY 283
Elemeit. A substance which is composed of nothing else; an original
-
form of matter. 127a.
Emulsion. A more or less permanent and diffusible combination of
oils or fats and water. 396, 396a.
Energy. Power; force. Every moving, changing or vibrating body or
agent expends energy or force; and this force is transferred to
some other body or form, for nothing is lost. The energy of sun-
light is expressed in heat, light, and other ways. The energy
that is required to produce the food is expended as bodily heat,
muscular or nervous energy, and in other ways.
Entomology. Science of insects.
Environment. The surroundings of an animal or plant,—the conditions
in which it lives. Comprises climate, soil, moisture, altitude,
ete. 16d.
Erosion, Wearing away; denudation.
Evolution. The doctrine that the present kinds of plants and animals
are derived, or evolved, from other previous kinds.
Ercretion. A secretion which is of no further use to the animal or
plant, and which is thrown off; as sweat. 363d.
Hertraneous. External; from the outside ; foreign to. 54, 59.
Extrinsic. Secondary, external, from the outside. The apple has
extrinsic value,—that is, it is valuable as a marketable or money-
getting article, aside from its value as nourishment. See intrinsic.
Eye. Abud; acutting of a single bud. 235.
Farm-practice. The management of the farm; the practical side of
farming. It comprises the handling of land, tools, plants, ani-
mals. 11.
Farmstead. A farm home or establishment.
Feeding standard. The ideal amount and quality of food for a given
purpose. 464.
Fermentation. The process by means of which starch, sugar, casein,
and other organic substances are changed or broken down, and
new combinations made. It is usually attended with heat and the
giving off of gas.
Fertility. Ability of the land to produce plants. 105.
Fiber. Elongated or string-like tissues.
Fibrin. An insoluble bet digestible albuminoid. It is present in
blood-clots.
Flocculate. To make granular or crumbly. 58a.
Fodder. Food for animals. 428.
Forage. Plants which are fed to animals in their natural condition. or
when merely dried. 330.
284 GLOSSARY
Free water. Standing water, or that moving under the influence of
gravitation, as distinguished from that held by capillary attrac-
tion. 64, 65, 78.
Function. The particular or appointed action of any organ or part.
The function of the eye is vision; that of the heart is distributing
the blood ; that of the root is taking in food. What anorgan does.
Fungicide. A substance which kills fungi. 298.
Furrow. The trench left by the plow. 9la. [91, 91a.
Furrow-slice. The strip of earth which is turned over by the plow.
Gang-plow. An implement comprising two or more individual plows.
Figs. 64, 65.
Geology. The science of the formation of the crust of the earth. 20.
Germ, See micro-organism.
Glacier. A slowly moving field or mass of ice; a frozen stream.
Glands. Secreting organs. 363b. [389, 39a.
Gluten. The soluble nitrogenous part of flour. 370.
Glycogen. <A starch, or starch-like material, formed in the animal body,
and from which sugar is formed. 364, 364.
Grafting. The practice of inserting a cion or bud ina plant. 2386.
Grazing. Pasturing.
Green-crops. Crops designed to be plowed under for the purpose of
improving the soil. 74, 109.
Hard-pan. Hard, retentive subsoil. 94a.
Harrow. An implement which pulverizes the surface of the ground
without inverting it or lifting it.
Heading-in. Cutting back the tips or ends of branches. 288.
Heavy soils. Soils which are hard, dense, lumpy, or those which are
very fertile. Does not refer to weight.
Herbivorous. Feeding on plants. 174.
Horticulture. Arts and sciences pertaining to cultivation of fruits, flow-
ers, vegetables, and ornamental plants. It is part of agriculture. 9, 9c.
Host. An animal or plant on which a parasite lives. 292b. <A plant or
animal which makes it possible for another plant or animal to grow
alongside of it. 312a.
Hotbed. A glass-covered box or frame which is artificially heated
(usually by means of fermenting manure), and in which plants are
grown.
Humus. Vegetable mold. It may contain the remains of animals.
Husbandry. Farming. le. [88, 33a.
Hygroscopic. Holding moisture as a film on the surface, 64, 67.
Inhibit, To prevent or check, 188,
GLOSSARY 285
Inorganic. Matter which has not been elaborated into other compounds
by plants or animals. All minerals are inorganic; also, air and
water. 250.
Insalivation. Mixing with saliva.
Insecticide. A substance which kills insects, 295.
Internode. In plants, the space between the joints. 205.
Inter-tillage. Tillage between plants. 85, 85a.
Intrinsic. Peculiar to, internal, from the inside. The apple has in-
trinsic value,—that is, it is valuable of itself, to eat, wholly aside
from the money it brings. See extrinsic.
Irrigation. The practice of artificially supplying plants with water,
especially on a large scale. 63, 63a.
Irritable. In plants, responding to external agents, as to wind, sun-
shine, heat. 183, 208.
Larva (plural larvw). The worm-like stage of insects.
Layer. Apart of a plant which is made to take root while still attached
to the parent, but which is intended to be severed and to make an
independent plant. 229.
Leaching. Passing through, and going off in drainage waters.
Leguminous. Belonging to the Leguminose or pea family. 110.
Lichen. A low form of plant-life, allied to algw and fungi. The
plant body is usually grayish or dull-colored and dryish. On tree
trunks it is usually called “moss.” 29a. Fig. 3.
Light soils. Soils which are very loose and open, or which are poor
in plant-food. Does not refer to weight.
Marking out. Making lines or marks on the land to facilitate sowing
or planting. 103.
Medium. A fundamental or underlying substance: soil is a medium
for holding water. An agent: a root is a medium for transporting
water. 49.
Microbe. See micro-organism.
Micro-organism. A microseopie organism. It may be either plant or
animal; but the term is commonly restricted to bacteria or mi
crobes or germs, which are now classed with plants. 35a.
Mineral matter. Earthy matter,—iron, potash, lime, phosphorus, ete
Moldboard. The curved part of the plow which inverts the furrow-
slice. 91.
Mulch. A cover on the soil. 83.
Nitrate. A compound in which NO, is combined with a base.
Nitrification. The changing of nitrogen into a nitrate. 137.
Nitrite. A compound in which NO, is combined with a base.
286 GLOSSARY
Nitrogen. A gas, N, comprising approximately four-fifths of the
atmosphere.
Nutrient. Food; aliment.
Nutrition. The process of promoting and sustaining growth and work
of animal and plant.
Nutritive ratio. The proportion between the proteids and other con-
stituents in a food. 452.
Optimum temperature. The best temperature for the performance of
a certain function. 201, 32
Organic. Pertaining to organisms,—that is, to animals and _ plants.
Organic matter has been elaborated or compounded of inorganic
materials, and exists in nature only as it is made by animals or
plants. Flesh, wood, starch, protoplasm, sugar, are examples.
The chemist defines organic matter as that which contains carbon
in combination with other elements. 25, 250, 32.
Ornithology. Science of birds.
Osmosis. The movement of liquils through membranes. 184, 185.
Oxygen. A gas, O, comprising about one-fifth of the atmosphere.
Palatable. Of good or pleasant taste. 376, 470.
Particles of soil. The ultimate or finest divisions of soil:
Pedigree. A recorded genealogy. 486.
Peptone. A diffusible and soluble compound formed from nitrogenous
substances by the action of digestive liquids. 389, 390.
Perennial. A plant which lives three or more years. Rhubarb, apple
trees and Canada thistles are examples. [143.
Phosphate. A substance containing or composed of phosphoric acid.
Photosynthecis. Making of organic matter from CO, and water in pres-
ence of light. 198, 199.
Physical. Pertaining to the body or structure of a thing, as dis-
tinguished from its life or its spirit. Pertaining to the action of
inorganic forces, as heat, light, electricity, movement of water.
Physiology. The science of life-process or of functioning. It treats of
organs, and their work and uses.
Potential. Possible; latent. Said of powers which may be broug'it
into action, but which are now dormant. 42a.
Precipitate. The sediment resulting from chemical action. 90a.
Prepotent. Said of animals which have the power of perpetuating their
own characteristics to a striking degree. 483.
Protoplasm. A very complex and changeable organic nitrogenous com.
pound, present in all living things, and necessary to their existence.
It is the living matter of cells,
GLOSSARY 287
Proteid. Albaminoid; organic nitrogenous compound. 442, 442a, 450, 451.
Pruning. Removing part of a plant for the betterment of the
remainder, 278.
Ptomaine. A product of decomposition of dead tissue. 409«.
Ptyalin. The ferment in saliva. 380.
Puddling. The cementing together of the particles of soils, rendering
them hard and stone-like. 81.
Range. A pasture, particularly one of large extent. 488.
Ration. The material fed to an animal.
Rennet. The digestive principle derived from the fourth or true
stomach of ruminants ; or the dried stomach itself. 3926.
Retentive. Holding, retaining.
Reverted. Said of phosphates which are in the process of becoming
insoluble. 145.
Root-cap. The tissue covering the very tip of the growing root. 206.
Root pasturage. The area of soil particles exposed to or amenable to
root action. 53a, 90.
Rotation. A systematic alternation of crops. 112, 305, 305a.
Roughage. Forage, 330; particularly coarse forage.
Sanitation. Looking after the hea!th, especially making the condi.
tions such that disease or injury is prevented.
Sap. The juice or liquid contents of plants. 207«a.
Saturated. Full of water, so that it cannot hold more.
Scarify. To scratch or to harrow lightly.
Secretion. A special product derived from the blood: as saliva, gastric
juice. 363a.
Seed-bed. The earth in which seeds are sown. 2438a.
Seedling. A plant grown from seed, and not changed to another kind
by grafting or budding. 241b.
Silicious. Sandy.
Slip. A cutting.
Soil. That part of the surface of the earth in which plants grow. 24.
Soiling. Feeding green fresh forage, in stable or field.
Sport. A variety or form which appears suddenly, or is very unlike the
type. 485.
Stock. The plant into which a cion is set. 236. The parentage of any
group or line of animals or plants. The animal tenants of a farm ;
live-stock.
Stoma, stomate. A breathing-pore. 188, 188a.
Subsoil. That part of the soil which lies below the few inches of
ameliorated and productive surface soil. It is usually harder,
lighter colored, and poorer in plant-food than the surface soil.
288 GLOSSARY
Subsoiling. Breaking up the subsoil. 97.
Subsurface. The lower part of the surface soil,—just above the sub-
soil. 250a.
Superanuated, Past its usefulness.
Superphosphate. Sometimes used to designate available phosphates,
and sometimes to designate materials which contain phdsphate but
no potash or nitrogen. 148a.
Supersaturated. More than saturated, so that the water drains away.
Supplementary. Secondary ; used in addition to something else.
Swine. Hogs, pigs.
Tap-root. A root which runs straight downwards, with no very large
branches. Figs. 33, 79.
Texture. Of soils, the size of the ultimate particles.
Tillage. Stirring the soil. 84, 84a.
Toxin. A poisonous production of decomposition. 409a.
Training. Placing or guiding the branches of a plant. 278.
Transpiration. Passing off of water from plants. 187.
Trimming. Removing part of a plant to improve the looks or man-
ageableness of the remainder. 278.
Turbid. Muddy, cloudy.
Under-drainage. Drainage from below. The water is carried through
the soil, not carried off on the surface. 57, 68.
Urea. A waste nitrogenous compound which is cast out through the
kidneys. i
Variation. Modification or change in an animal or plant. The coming
in of new forms or types. Departure from the normal type.
Viable. Having life; capable of living or growing. 216.
Vital. Pertaining to life or living things: vital heat is the heat of
an animal or plant, as distinguished from the heat of the sun or
of a fire.
Weed. A plant which is not wanted.
Watersprout. A strong and usually soft shoot arising from an adven-
titious or dormant bud,—outside the regular place and order of
shoots. 286.
Water-table. That part of the soil marked by the upper limit of the
free or standing water. 57, 57a.
Zovlogy. WKuewledge and science of animals. 17.
SUGGESTIONS TO READING - CLUBS
AND TO TEACHERS
This book has found a place in reading-cireles.
The following suggestions on this use of the text
were made by request of the reading-cireles of
one state, and they are reproduced here for the
benefit of others who may similarly employ the
book.
In the production of its wealth, agriculture
operates in three great fields,—with the soil, the
plant, and the animal. Although aided at every
point by a knowledge of other subjects, its final
suecess rests on these bases, and these are the
fields to which the Prineiples of Agriculture
gives most attention.
Agriculture is often said to be the most fun-
damental and most useful of occupations, since
it feeds the world. The province of a text-book
of agriculture is to deal with the original pro-
duction of agricultural wealth rather than with
its manufacture, transportation or sale.
The subject of agriculture is being considered
very generally by schools. This book is intended
to supply the demand for a broad knowledge
of the subject, both general and specific. It
S (289)
290 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
regards farming as a business, to which science
may be made to contribute a large measure of
sueceess. It treats the subject from the side of
production, since it is not practicable to confuse
this brief treatment with a discussion of social
rural questions.
The general plan of the book is to state fun-
damental principles in terse language without
very much explanation. In order to cover so
much ground, it 1s necessary to make the text
very brief. It is considered that the book should
not run beyond three hundred pages, else it
would be so large as to interfere with its gen-
eral usefulness. The bare statement of princi-
ples is lkely to be dry and uninteresting, how-
ever, and therefore some incidental and explana-
tory remarks are placed in small type at the
end of each chapter. Principles themselves never
need pictures for illustration; but the applica-
tions of these prineiples are often made plain by
the use of engravings. ‘Therefore the engravings
are placed in the explanatory text rather than
in the preliminary statements.
The whole book is itself a skeleton or outline
of the subject. It is expected that the reader
will fill it in as he goes along, by discussion and
by reading other books, bulletins and agricultural
papers. Some useful references will be found in
the explanatory matter.
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 291
Spend at least one meeting on the Table of
Contents for the purpose of developing a general
point of view on the whole subject of agriculture.
This book is made for adults or for those who
are old enough to grasp a general view of the
subjects included in agriculture. It is well to
have all these subjects in mind at the outset, so
that the relative importance of each may be
known and understood.
It will be noticed that the introduction is con-
cerned with a general statement of what agri-
culture is. It has three co-ordinate divisions, as
may be seen by the analysis on page ix. The
first division attempts to define agriculture, the
second to discuss the personal attributes on
which suecessful agriculture depends, and the
third defines the field of its endeavor. Under
section 1 are to be found a definition of agri-
culture, paragraphs 1, 2, la, 2a; what agricul-
ture contributes to the world, 3, 38a; what agri-
culture is, 4, 4a, 4b; definitions of agriculture,
5-9, 8a, 9a. In section 2, it is explained how
suecessful farming depends on the executive
ability of the farmer, in paragraphs 10-12; how
it depends on a knowledge of science, 13-20;
how complicated the business of agriculture is,
21, 2la, 21b. In section 3, there is an outline
of the things with which agriculture deals, in
paragraphs 22, 22a, 22b.
292 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
Following are some questions that might
be asked on this introduction in order to bring
out the various points involved. These outlines
and questions may suggest how all the chapters
in the book may be handled with some degree
of satisfaction:
1. What is agriculture? Is it the same as farming? As
husbandry? What are erops? What is stock? What are direct
and indirect products of the land?
2. Is marketing a part of agriculture? Define primary and
secondary products. Contrast agriculture and manufacture.
3. What does agriculture contribute to the world? Is agri-
eulture the most important of al] arts?
4. What is an ideal husbandry? What is mixed husbandry
and what specialty husbandry? Which most completely maintains
itself?
5. Define animal industry, horticulture, forestry. What re-
lation do these bear to agriculture? How is forestry popularly
misunderstood?
6. Is the farmer a business man? Why is executive ability
important? What is meant by personality and how important is
it to the farmer? Can executive ability be gained wholly from
books?
7. What do you understand by the term farm-practice? What
is the value of one’s own experience?
8. What are staple and special products? How are prices
made for these two classes of products? Which class is the more
important in the agriculture of your region?
9. Name two reasons why a knowledge of natural science is
helpful to the farmer.
10. Disenss the relation of physies to agriculture. Of me-
ehanies. Of botany. Of zéology. Of chemistry. Of climatology.
Of geology. Explain what you mean by each of these terms.
11. Give some illustration of how complicated the business of
agriculture is.
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 293
12. Explain the three great subjects with which agriculture
deals.
13. Is agriculture a science or an art?
It will be noticed that the body of the book
is divided into three co-ordinate parts: the soil,
the plant, the animal. These represent the three
great fundamentals on which the successful prac-
tice of agriculture depends. A complete treatise
on agriculture would include a division that
would have to do with the general economic
principles that underlie the business, and another
on the social relations; but the insertion of this
discussion would earry the present volume quite
beyond its limits of usefulness as an elementary
text-book.
PART 1. THH SOIL
The soil is considered in several aspects. It
is important to state at the outset that the pri-
mary consideration is not the plant-food alone
in the soil, but the physical characteristics as
well. In the older books it was customary to
place most of the stress on the chemical con-
tent of the soil. This was because agricultural
chemistry was the first of the natural sciences
to make great contributions to the advancement
of agricultural knowledge. It is now under-
stood that the physical constitution of the soil
is aS important as its chemical constitution; it
294 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
may be even more important, sinee plant-food
ean be added if the soil has the proper physieal
make-up.
The soil is considered in six general phases:
(1) the contents of the soil, as to what it is and
What it contains; (2) the strueture of the soil;
(3) the moisture in the soil; (4) the tillage or
amelioration of the soil; (5) the enrichment of
the soil by means of farm resourees; (6) the
enrichment of the soil by means of commercial
or concentrated materials.
Chapter 1
At the outset, it is necessary to get a broad
view of the way in which soils have come to
be, and what the content of the soil is. As soon
the farmer develops a rational point of view on
this subject, the fields and hills and swamps
will have a new meaning to him.
What are the sonrees from which all life and wealth are de-
rived? Which of these sourees are beyond the control of man?
What is soil? What is the meaning of the word soil as contrasted
with land?
Of what two kinds of elements is the soil composed (22a, 2b)?
What is the physical basis of the soil? What is meant by organie
and inorganie (25a)? What does the soil contain besides these
two elasses of materials (25)? The pupils should be asked to
demonstrate the presence of inorganie matter in any soil (25e).
What is meant by weathering? How has the soil been formed by
means of weathering (26)? What are the agencies by means of
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 295
which weathering proceeds? Does weathering act on surfaces that
are in general level as well as on those that are inclined? Pupils
should bring in a stone or brick or some other piece of mineral
material that shows the effect of weathering, Why are pebbles
rounded? What has become of the particles that have disappeared
from them? Why may weathering proceed less slowly on level
areas than on steep hills? Why do mountains and hills tend to
become rounded? Why are some mountain peaks sharp and
others rounded? After weathering has proceeded, how are the
detached particles distributed?
How do plants become agents in the formation of soil? Where
do lichens grow? How do roots act in the making of soil? How
do animals contribute to the making of soils? What is understood
by chemical action (30)? Let the teacher or pupil read some of
the extraets from Darwin’s book on “ Vegetable Mold,” explaining
how it is that the earth-worm contributes to the formation of soil.
Are there any soils in which organie matter predominates; if so,
where are they formed, and how? What is humus? How does it
modify the texture and color of soils? What is the value of humus
(33)? Tlow may the farmer secure humus for his land? How im-
portant do you consider humus to be in the farming of your neigh-
borhood? What is amicro-oganism? How do micro-organisms benefit
soils or contribute to the growth of plants? Do you understand
that the soil is a scene of life as well a collection of materials?
How is soil transported and laid down? How may stones be
a source of benefit to land? What are the chief agencies hy means
of which soils have been transported? What soils partake most
closely of the nature of the bed rock on which they lie? Explain
how a stream becomes a transporter of soil. What is muddy
water? Let the pupil illustrate what there is in muddy water.
What are glaciers? What has been their effect on the soil on a
large part of northeastern North America? Determine whether
the soils of your region have been modified by the action of
glaciers. What influence has the wind in transporting soils?
Illustrate from the sand storms of the plains and deserts. Is there
dust in the atmosphere? If so, what is it and how may it be
detected?
256 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
Why is soil useful to plant life? How much plant-food may an
acre of land contain? What is available plant-food? What is
potential plant-tood? Is all of the plant-food in common soils
available? How does nature restore or maintain the fertility of
soils? How do man’s operations differ from Nature’s in this
regard? Are all plant-food materials equally useful to all plants?
What effect has deep-rooting on the soil, and on the amount of
plant-food that the plant obtains? Why are fertilizers useful?
What is the reason for their application?
Let the circle or pupils read paragraph 48 in concert.
Chapter 2
In this chapter we discuss the texture and
structure of the soil. We shall find that the
eondition of the soil is as important as its com-
position. Farmers have always known this, but
it is only recently that we have found out the
underlying reasons why. The subject of “soil
physies” has now come to be of first importance.
What are the two general offices of soil so far as the growing
of plants is concerned? Maya soil that is rich in all the plant-
foods still be unadapted to the growing of crops? Why cannot
erops grow on rock? Why not on very hard elay? What is meant
by the “texture” of the soil? By the “strueture”? What is the
“physical eondition” of the soil? In what language does the
farmer express a good physieal condition? What words does he
use to express a poor physical condition?
Name the reasons why good structure is important (52).
Where do the roots feed? What relation has the size of soil par-
ticles to the amount of available plant-food? Illustrate this by
breaking up a enbe of sugar or a lump of ehalk. Mathematically
this could be best illustrated by eutting up a eube of wax. In
what way, then, may the fining of soil be said to increase its pro-
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 297
ductivity? What was Jethro Tull’s theory of the value of the
fining of the soil by means of tillage (53¢c)? How important was
Tull’s work, and why?
In what general way may the structure of the soil be improved?
Whatis meant by making the land “mellow”? What kind of lands
are mostly improved by being made mellow? What kind of lands
are improved by being made compact or retentive? Name the
three ways in which the size of the soil particles may be modified.
What are the general uses of under-drainage? May under-drain-
ing improve dry lands? What is the water-table? How is it
modified by under-draining? What is an amendment? How does
if improve or modify the character of the soil? What effect may
lime have when added to the soil aside from directly furnishing
plant-food? Name materials from which humus may be derived.
What are the values of stable manures? Does their value lie
alone in the amount of plant-food that they contain? Illustrate
the value of good soil texture by the practice of the florist.
Let the class read aloud and in concert paragraph 60,
Chapter a
It is important that the pupil get a firm grasp
on the structure of this chapter, concerning the
moisture in the soil. Notice that it is divided
into four co-ordinate parts:
(1) Why moisture is important.
(2) How the water is held in the soil.
(3) How the moisture-holding capacity of the
soil may be increased.
(4) The saving of the soil moisture.
Since crops oftener fail for lack of moisture
than for lack of plant-food, it is very important
that this chapter be given careful consideration.
298 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
Why is soil moisture important in agricultural practice? How
do plants use water? How may the loss of water from the plant
be shown? What is irrigntion? Under what conditions is irriga-
tion admissible (63a)? In what part of the country is it a gen-
eral practice, and in what part a special practice?
In what forms may water be held in the soil? Explain each of
these three methods (69, 66, 67). Make an experiment to show
the capillary power of the soil. What is meant by the term “film
moisture?” In what condition is the water held in very wet soils?
When lands are in proper condition for the growing of crops, is
the soil wet or is it mcist? Illustrate film moisture by dipping a
marble or a stone in water. Illustrate eapillarity by applying
one corner of a lump of sugar to water. Illustrate the transfer of
water from particle to particle by placing several lumps of sugar
together and applying water to one of them. Where is the free
water of the soil? What is meant by a “leaechy” soil? In what
soils and under what conditions does water run off the surface?
Does this wash of water from the surface do any harm aside from
the loss of the water itself?
What is meant by the term “rainfall?” How may the soil be
made to hold the rainfall? How may surface washing be pre-
vented? How do soils vary in their capacity to hold water?
Make an experiment to illustrate the eapacity of the different
soils to hold moisture (72a). How does the humus eontent of the
soil affeet its moisture-holding eapacity? How important is
humus in the agriculture of your region? Is there sufficient rain-
fall in this region to earry the crops through the season without
resorting to irrigation?
How is the humus in the soil depleted? State one reason why
newly broken or newly eleared lands give the best crops. How
may the humus be gradually inereased? Is it possible to put too
much humus in the Jand? The pupil should be instrueted in the
effect of humus in different kinds of soils. Soils that are already
rich in humus may he injured rather than benefited by the appli-
eation of more, whereas those that are Jacking in humus or are
very hard, or very loose and sandy, may be greatly benefited. Tn
many of the loess soils of the middle West the addition of mueh
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 299
humus may be a decided disadvantage. Call attention to the fact
that in very windy regions the soil may be made so loose and
open and fine as to be exposed to much damage by winds. In
new countries humus may be more abundant than in old lands:
why? Are the lands in your neighborhood in need of humus?
Illustrate when green-crops should be plowed under for the pur-
pose of giving the best results. What is the danger of plowing
them under too Jate in the season (74a)?
Explain what drainage is. What is surface drainage and
under-drainage? Tlow may surface drains be constructed so as
to interfere least with agricultural operations? What effect has
under-drainage on the soil? What effect does a warm shower in
spring have on Jand that is perfectly drained? What effect does
a cool summer shower have? Explain some of the practices of
tile draining, as to depth of drain, distance apart of the different
drains (76a, 76). What relation does under-drainage have to
tap-rooted plants (78a)? What is meant by the “soil reservoir?”
How does tillage enable the soil to hold moisture? How does
increasing the eapillarity increase the moisture-holding capacity?
What is the general direction of the movement of moisture by
means of capillary attraction? May soil be made too fine? What
is meant by “puddling” of soils?
What is meant by the “conservation of moisture?” How does
moisture escape from the land? What is meant by the “surface
muleh” or the “soil-muleh?” About how much water is required
to produce a pound of dry matter (81b)? How does tillage save
the moisture?
’ Explain (1) the general direction of movement of soil water
in the growing season; (2) how the moisture-holding capacity of
the soil may be increased; (3) how surface evaporation may be
lessened.
Chapter 4
The tillage of the soil may now be con-
sidered, for we have learned how important
the physical condition of the soil is, and also
300 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
how necessary the moisture is and how it may
be caught and saved. In common speech, the
word cultivation is used for the stirring of the
soil; but it is better to use the word tillage,
since this is a specific technical word with no
other meaning.
The present chapter has three co-ordinate
parts: (1) what tillage is; (2) what tillage does;
(3) how tillage is performed.
Explain what you mean by the word tillage. Why is tillage
performed? Distinguish the two kinds of tillage (85). Under
what conditions are these kinds practiced? What is meant by
deep and. shallow tillage? By surface tillage?
Note that tillage improves the land in three general ways.
(Read the first clause in the paragraphs &7, 88, 9.) How does
tillage improve the ‘physical condition of the soil? What in-
fluence has it in saving moisture? What influence has it on the
chemical actions taking place in the soil? Of what importance is
air to the soil (89a)? In what sense is it true that “tillage is
manure”?
Note that there are three general ways of performing tillage
with respect to the kinds of tools that are used. What are they
(43a, 3b, 8c)? Give seven reasons why we plow. Explain how
plowing pulverizes the soil; the relation it has to green-manur-
ing; how it increases the depth of the soil; what relation it has
to hard-pan or subsoil; how it modifies the temperature and
moisture of the soil; what relation it has to weathering. Explain
what subsoiling is and what it does. Define the words furrow
and furrow-slice (91a). Describe what might be considered to
be an ideal general-purpose plow.
Name the important surface-working tools. Give five im-
portant influences that surface-working has on the soil. What is
meant by the “earth-mulech?” What is it for? How deep should
it be? ‘How is it made? How may it be destroved? How is it
repaired? How often should it be repaired? If the earth-muleh
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 301
itself is very dry, may it still be of use? At what time of the
year is earth-muleh most useful? What relation has surface
tillage to weeds? Why do we till?
Name tools that have a compacting influence on soils. Name
some important uses of the compacting of the soil. What is the
benefit of rolling the land? What are the disadvantages? What
relation has the rolling to germination of seeds? What relation
to soil moisture? Does the rolling of the land require much
judgment? Why?
Chapters 5 and 6
We now consider the enriching of the soil.
We have found that the soil is made to be more
productive by thorough preparation and by sub-
sequent tillage. The plants are enabled to lay
hold of the stores of plant-food, and many
chemical activities are set up that result in
rendering plant-food more available. The plant
is given a comfortable and congenial place in
which to grow. It thrives. We have found
that the physical structure or condition of the
soil is of primary importance. When we have
secured the best physical condition and have
done our best with tillage, we may then think
of adding extraneous materials to the soil for
the purpose of enriching it. That is, we manure
or fertilize the land. Whether this fertilizing
pays or not, depends wholly on conditions. The
addition of mere plant-food is rarely profitable
unless the land is first in condition for the very
best growing of the plant.
302 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
Manures are of two general characters; those
that improve the texture of the soil, and those
that add plant-food. Barn manures usually per-
form both offices, and this is one reason why
they give excellent results.
As a matter of farm-practice, we may divide
all fertilizers or manurial substances in two great
classes: those that are produced on the farm,
and those that are bought from the market.
The best agriculture is that which aims to pro-
duce a good part of the necessary fertilizing
materials on the farm itself. These materials
are by-products (see definition in glossary).
In Chapter V we discuss three general cate-
gories: (1) what these farm manures are, (2)
the enriching of soil by means of crops that are
plowed under, (8) direct application of farm
manures to the land.
The following questions will tend to bring out
the various points in the chapter:
What is the real fertility of the land? Has it to do alone with
plant food? What is the first step toward increasing the produe-
tiveness of any soil? What are the means by which this step may
be taken? What is humus (review paragraph 33)? How is humus
secured?
What are green-manures? How much of the weight of a
clover crop may be left in the ground (108a)? Name the three
elasses of green-manure crops, and explain them. How may
green-manuring erops be e@lassified, with reference to their nitro-
gen-gathering power? Name some of the nitrogen-gatherers.
To what family of plants do they belong? Name some of the
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 303
ritrogen-consumers, or those that do not add nitrogen to the soil.
Do they belong to any one group or family of plauts? Name the
three great staple green-manure crops of the nitrogen-gathering
cluss (111). What is meant by intensive farming (llla)? What
by extensive farming (111))?
What is the ideal method of securing the green-manuring
crop in general agriculture (112)? Can a regular rotation be
practiced in most kinds of intensive farming? Why is land bene-
fited by being “rested” in clover or some other crop? Explain
how land may be benefited sometimes even by “resting” in
weeds. What are the two values of green-manure crops (114)?
Is it true that green-manures may be valuable even when more
plant-food is not needed? Apply this to fruit-growing crops.
How may a system of green-manure cropping be inaugurated on
hard and poor lands? Where are cover-crops most useful, and
why? How early should the cover-erop in orchards be plowed
under? May weeds ever be useful in orchards late in the season?
Why should they not be allowed to grow early in the season?
What are the disadvantages of allowing weeds to grow even late
in the season?
What does the application of stable manure do for the land?
Upon what does its value depend (119)? How should stable
manures be protected or stored? Explain what you understand by
a covered barnyard (120a). How are stable manures affeeted by
exposure to the weather? What is the value of thoroughly rotted
manure? What is the philosophy of composting manures? When
the manures cannot be sheltered or protected, what disposition
may be made of them? What precautions?
What is the value of muck? What is peat, and what is its
value? Discuss marl; also sawdust, straw, leaves, pomace, and
the like. Under what conditions do you think it would pay to
plow under straw?
In Chapter VI the general discussion of fer-
tilizer substances is continued, but in this ease
the subject is commercial plant-foods. This is
a subject of very great importance, particularly
304 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
in the older states, and it will be of inereasing
importanee as the country grows older. It is a
technical subject, for the complete understanding
of which much chemical knowledge is needed.
Persons who desire to study the subject in detail
should consult special works and _ bulletins.
However, the general philosophy of the applea-
tion of commercial plant-foods may be under-
stood from this brief chapter.
It will be noticed that the chapter has six
coordinate parts: (1) what the elements of plant-
food are in the soil, and which ones are most
likely to be exhausted; (2) the nitrogen supply;
(3) phosphorie acid supply; (4) potash; (5)
amendments, or those substanees that aet bene-
ficially on the strueture or physical condition of
the soil; (6) discussion of commercial fertilizers.
What is a chemically fertile soil? What is an element (127a)?
How many elements are supposed to be necessary to the plants
(127; pages 115-117)? Which of these elements are most likely to
be depleted by the growing of crops? In order that these elements
may be useful to the plants, what must be their relation to water?
Do plants use these elements in their original or uncombined
forms? What is meant by a compound in the chemical sense
(130a)? What is meant by “available” plant-food? Does the
soil contain much unavailable food of the elements that plants
need? What makes plant-food available? What is the influence
of tillage in this respect? Do roots themselves make plant-foods
available (13la, review also paragraphs 30 and 30a)? What are
the disadvantages in the use of barn manures?
What is the office of nitrogen? How does it affect the plant?
How may the lack of nitrogen be discovered? Explain what
€
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 305
nitrogen is and what its sources are. What is ammonia? Nitric
acid? Nitrate? What is the relation of humus to nitrogen? What
is nitrification? How is it brought about? Is the nitrogen of the
atmosphere used by plants? If so, through what parts of the
plants is it taken up? How may we add commercial nitrogen
to the soil?
What is the chief office of phosphoric acid? What crops use
liberally of it? What are sourees of phosphorie acid? What is
meant by the term phosphate? What is an acid phosphate?
Superphosphate (143a)? Explain the relationships of phosphorie
acid to lime. What is a “reverted” phosphate? In what forms
are the phosphates found in commercial fertilizers?
What is the office of potash? What are the sources of supply?
Whence came the commercial potash salts? Explain what
muriate and sulfate of potash are.
What is an amendment? Give examples. How does an
amendment affect the soil? What effect may lime have on land?
In what form may it be applied? What do you understand by an
acid? Alkali? How many substances may be tested with regard
to acidity or alkalinity (153a)? Make the test with vinegar and
with lye.
What is a commercial fertilizer? What is meant by a “com-
plete” fertilizer? What is meant by “guaranteed analysis?”
What is meant by the “brand?” What are the relative com-
mercial values of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash? Figure
out the commercial or estimated value of a ton of commercial
fertilizer when the guaranteed analysis is given. How may you
determine what is the value of commercial fertilizer?
Would you advise using a complete fertilizer, or only one of
the fertilizing elements? Explain under what conditions. In
what kind of crops is nitrogen chiefly needed? Is there danger of
losing nitrogen from the soil? Do potash and phosphorie acid
tend to leach out as rapidly as nitrogen? In what soils is leach-
ing least pronounced? When are fertilizers applied, before or
after fitting the land? Explain the six conditions that govern
the application of commercial fertilizers (165 . Can definite rules
be given for the application of such fertilizers? Why?
T
306 THE -PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
PART II.—THE PLANT AND CROPS
We have now completed a general review of
the characteristics of the soil, the means of im-
proving its condition and of adding to its rich-
ness. We now come to the second of our great
subjects—the growing of plants. The growing of
many plants together results in the securing of
a crop. Ordinarily the general farmer considers
the crop rather than the individual plant, whereas
the gardener considers individual plants rather
than crops. That is, the gardener gives each
plant special eare. He often grows the plant in
a pot and every vacaney is noticed. The gar-
dener, therefore, is likely to secure greater results
from each plant than the general farmer is.
It will be seen that this Part II is laid out in
six chapters: (vit) what the offices of the plant
are to the agriculturist; (vor) how the plant
lives and grows; (1x) how plants may be prop-
agated; (x) how land may be prepared in order
to receive the seed; (xt) how a plant is eared
for after it has germinated; (xi) a discussion
of a few fundamental crops, as pasturage, mea-
dow, and forage.
Chapter 7
The following questions will elucidate the
range of the offices of the plant. Note that the
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 307
chapter is divided into five codrdinate heads, dis-
cussing the plant and the crop in its general
agricultural bearings; the plant in its relation
to the soil; the plant in its relation to climate;
the plant in relation to animal life; and the plant
in relation to man.
Name the general offices of the plant, as indicated in para-
graph 167. What is meant by “crop”? Name a dozen crops.
For what purpose may crops be grown?
How does the plant influence or modify the soil? How does
it supply humus? How does it protect the soil? What value may
a tap-root have (170a)? How may plants be utilized to prevent
drifting of sands and other loose lands?
Name four ways in which the plan influences the supply of
moisture. How does it render the surface of the earth more
inhabitable and enjoyable? What influence have forests on rain-
fall (172a)?
What is the relation of plants to animals? Can it be said
that “all flesh is grass?” What is the “round of life?” Let the
class read aloud and in concert paragraph 175.
Name some of the direct uses of plants to man. What are
staple produets? What are semi-staples? What are luxuries or
accessories? What are condiments? What are beverages? What
classes of plant products contribute to the food of animals? How
are plants or their products used in the arts or manufactures?
How are plants useful as objects of ornament? In what ways do
they gratify our esthetie tastes and sentiments? What is flori-
culture? Landscape horticulture?
Chapter 8
This chapter, on how the plant lives, is in-
tended to give an outline of some of the most
important activities of plants. If the reader
308 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
wants a completer account of these matters he
should eonsult botanical text-books. It will be
noticed that the chapter divides into four eo-
ordinate heads: (1) what the plant activities are;
(2) the factors or ageneies of growth; (8) the
processes of growth; (4) irritability, or move-
ment in plants.
What is meant by the phrase that the plant is a “dependent
structure?” With what must the plant be supplied in order that
it shall live and grow? What is meant by the sensitiveness or
irritability of a plant?
Upon what does the stiffness or rigidmess of a sueculent plant
depend? Why does such a shoot wilt when it is severed from the
plant? What is meant by the turgidity of the cells? How does
the soil-water pass from cell to cell? Explain or illustrate tur-
gidity (184a). What are root-hairs, and what is their office?
How is it that these root-hairs absorb the soil water? What does
the soil-water contain? The pupil should actually see and examine
root-hairs. Compare 185) and figures 35-37. How mueh water
do plants contain? Do plants absorb more water than they need
for purposes of food? If so, what becomes of the surplus? What
are stomata? What is their action? Illustrate transpiration (see
figures 40 and 10). What is root pressure? Through what part
of the plant does the soil water ascend? How may the path of
ascent be traced (1890)?
What is absorbed with the soil-water? To what part of the
plant does this soil-water, with its contents, go? Does the plant
absorb only those substances that are use in building up its tissue?
How may soil substances that are not in solution be brought into
that eondition? Name some of the leading substances that are
brought in with the soil-water, particularly those that are of
primary interest to the farmer? What is meant by the “ash”?
What does the ash eontain? Do all the ash ingredients come from
the soil? Do any of the non-ash ingredients come from the
soil?
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 309
Where does the plant secure its oxygen? What is meant by
respiration in plants? How is it compared with respiration in
animals? When does respiration chiefly take place? How may
respiration be demonstrated (194a)? How else is oxygen secured
than through the aérial parts? Do roots need air? Why?
What element is most abundant in plants? Whence is it de-
rived? How does it become plant-food? Define photosynthesis.
Compare it with respiration. What is assimilation (1984)? What
is chlorophyl (1986)? What is plant-food (198c)? In what sense
may it be said that plants “ purify the air?”
How does heat affect plants? What degree of heat is necessary
for certain activities? In what parts of the world do green _or
succulent plant tissues most abound? Are all plants equally
affected by similar temperature?
What substance results from photosynthesis? What becomes
of it? Illustrate how starch may be detected (203b)? What are
the internal and external evidences of growth? Note that when a
plant ceases to grow it begins to die. In what parts do young
stems elongate? How does the root behave in this respect? How
may these differences be shown? How is increase in diameter
effected? Why does the external bark become furrowed and crack
and break away? What is meant by the word “sap” (207a)?
How is irritability expressed? Name some visible move-
ments of plants. How do plants move with reference to light?
With reference to gravitation? What is meant by the phrase
“reaction of plants to their environment” ?
Chapter 9
We now discuss the propagation of plants.
Note that the chapter is divided into three co-
ordinate parts: (1) a discussion of the general
means by which plants are propagated; (2) prop-
agation by means of seeds; (3) propagation by
means of buds.
310 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
What are the two great classes of methods by means of which
plants are propagated? What three objects has the farmer in
mind when he propagates plants? What do you understand by
the term “propagation” as applied to plants? Why are not seeds
always employed as a means of propagation? What is meant by
the term “to come true to seed?” Explain why it is that plants
that are habitually propagated by buds usually do not come true
from seeds (215a).
What are four general requisites or proper conditions for the
germination of seed? What is meant by the “vitality” of seeds?
How do seeds vary in vitality, and why? What is a “seed-bed?”
In what condition should it be? What eaution is suggested for the
handling of old and weak seeds? What is the reason for the
soaking of seeds? How is oxygen applicd to germinate seeds?
How may this supply be increased in a simple experimental way?
What is meant by the proper temperature for the germination of
seeds? Give examples of temperatures that are best for certain
kinds.
What is the ideal soil for a seed-bed, and why? How is the
depth of planting modified by the kind of soil? Why is the earth
packed about seeds? What caution is given respecting the cover-
ing of very small seeds? What is meant by “re-germinating?”
How are very hard and bony seeds sometimes treated? What do
you understand by the term “stratification? ”
What do you understand by the phrase “propagation by means
of buds”? Under what circumstances are plants propagated by
means of buds? What are the two general types of propagation
by buds?
Explain what a layer is. Bring a shoot into the schoolroom
and show how layering is performed, or make a layer from some
bush or tree nearby. What plants are propagated by means of
layers? When are the layers separated from the parent plants?
When may the operation be performed?
What are the two kinds of propagation by means of detached
or separated buds? What is a eutting? A slip? A graft? Tell
what softwood or greenwood euttings are, and explain how they
are made and handled. What are hardwood and dormant eut-
REVIEW OF THE BOOK Sls
tings? How made and how handled? Name plants that are
propagated by means of softwood cuttings and hardwood cuttings.
What is a “single eye” cutting, and how planted?
What do you understand by the term grafting? Cion?
Stock? What is meant by the word “bud” as used by grafters or
budders? Why do the cion and stock unite? Why is it necessary
to bind up the wounds or to cover them with wax? Explain the
operation of eleft-grafting. Of shield-budding. Under what
circumstances and on what plants are these methods commonly
used? Of what age of wood is the cion usually made? When is
grafting performed? Budding? How are plants made to be dwarf
by means of grafting or budding (2416))?
Chapter 10
The preparation of the land for seed will now
be considered. Having learned how plants are
propagated by the gardener, we may take a
broader view of the subject, and see how they
are started in the fields of the farmer. We shall
now have to do with (1) the general factors that
determine the preparation of the seed-bed; (2)
the demands made by the plants on the soil; (3)
the actual making of the seed-bed; (4) the ap-
plication of the foregoing principles to such
fundamental crops as wheat, Indian corn and
potatoes.
What is said about the loss from faulty preparation of land?
Why is it so very important that the farmer should know what the
ideal seed-bed should be? What is a seed-bed, as used in its
agricultural sense (243a)? What are the two factors that govern
the preparation of the land for the seed-bed?
Do fine seeds demand a different kind of seed-bed from very
312 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
large seeds or from cuttings of potatoes? Why? How may plants
change their root system to adapt themselves to different kinds of
seed-beds? Howis the seed provided with food to startit off before
it can secure a foothold on the soil? Explain the different char-
acter of seed-bed demanded by clover and sugar beets. From
what part of the soil do most of the farm plants derive their
nourishment? How does a well prepared seed-bed conduce to the
earliness of the crop? How do plants differ in regard to the
character of seed-bed that they require (Explain by contrasting
winter wheat and Indian corn)?
Explain the importance of moisture to the germination of
seeds. What kind of seed-bed is best for the preservation of soil
moisture? Review the remarks on the earth-mulech in Chapters
III and IV, and make an application to the present discussion.
What is meant by the “subsoil,” “surface soil,” and “sub-surface”
soil? What is the value of rolling the seed-bed? Explain why
the seed-bed should contain no free water. If it is desired to
plant seeds unusually early, what must be the preparation of the
seed-bed,—that is, how may the soil be warmed up? What
effect has under-drainage on the germination of seeds (25la)?
What can you say about soils that tend to bake? What is the
advantage of sowing seeds very early? Do all seeds that germinate
make good plants? Are those that fail to make good plants
necessarily a total loss to the farmer? Under what conditions are
seeds sown on the surface of the soil without the actual prepara-
tion of a seed-bed? What cautions are given respecting the
making of seed-beds on elay lands? Why is summer-fallowing
practiced as a preparation for wheat growing (255b)?
Diseuss the seed-bed that is best for winter wheat. Under
what system of tillage may this seed-bed best be secured? What
effeet does this seed-bed have on the root system of the wheat
plant? Why is it best that wheat roots should not go directly
downwards deep into the soil? Is it probable that the root system
of the wheat plant tends to change somewhat as spring advances?
What is the ideal seed-bed for maize or Indian eorn? How
does it differ from that of wheat? What are the best machines
for planting eorn? When may the young corn be tilled?
REVIEW OF THE BOOK Ble
What is the proper seed-bed for potatoes? Should they be
planted deep or shallow? Should they be grown in level culture
or on ridges?
Chapter 11
Having now discussed the preparation of the
seed-bed and the starting of the crop, we may
give attention to some of the principles that
underlie the subsequent care of the plant. This
eare falls under three general categories: (1) the
care given by means of tillage; (2) the care
given by means of pruning and training; (3) the
care given by keeping insects and fungi and
other enemies in check.
What is the first consideration in the care of the plant?
What are the objects of tillage? What can you say about weeds?
Name some of the general means of keeping weeds in check.
How often should surface tillage be given? Is it ever practicable
to till sowed crops? How late may it be advisable to till corn by
means of harrows?
Is tillage advisable in fruit plantations? Why is it that fruit
plantations may do better without tillage than corn or potatoes
do? Why is it very important to till fruit plantations early in
life? May the orchard need clean tillage throughout its whole
life? May sod ever be employed in an orchard to advantage?
Should fruit plantations be tilled uniformly throughout the entire
season? Explain a good general method for the tillage of fruit
lands.
What is pruning? Training? Is pruning unnatural? Explain
by reference to a tree top what is meant by the phrase “struggle
for existence.”
Explain how wounds heal. What are some of the factors that
determine the proper healing of wounds? How does the season
of the year in which they are made influence the healing? What
314 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
should be the length and form of stub or stump when a large limb
is eut away? What is the value of dressings on wounds? Men
tion one or two good dressings.
Explain why we prune. What is the result of heavy pruning
of the top? Heavy pruning of roots? What are watersprouts?
What influence has the checking of growth? How may this
eheeking of growth be brought about? -What is the philosophy
of heading-in young shoots? Explain the effects of pruning every
year versus heavy pruning in occasional years.
What are the leading kinds of enemies of plants? Explain
the two general types of inseets with reference to their methods
of feeding. Give illustrations in each. What are some of the
classes of fungous pests with reference to their manner of living?
What is meant by physiological or constitutional troubles? How
are these troubles to be distinguished? What is a fungus (292a)?
What is a host (292d)?
What are the first requisites to keeping plants free of insects
and fungi? What is meant by prophylaxis (294a@)? Name the
three general ways in which insects are killed. What are the
eaustie applications? Discuss the poisonous applications. What
classes of materials are used as fungicides! What is Bordeaux
mixture? What is meant by the term “spraying?” Explain how
spraying should be performed. How are you to determine what
is the best sprny pump? Is spraying alone sufficient to keep
plants healthy? Explain the different formulas.
Chapter 12
We now pass to a discussion of pastures,
meadows and forage. Relatively few of the agri-
eultural erops ean be eonsidered to be funda-
mental, that is, to underlie the general system
of agricultural practice. It is impossible in a
work of limited scope to discuss the cultivation
of many erops, but some of the prineiples that
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 315
underlie crop cultivation can be well illustrated
with a few examples. Since grasses and other
forage crops are of such universal use, these
have been chosen for illustration. Note that the
chapter begins with (1) a general discussion of
the importance of grasses; (2) permanent pas-
tures; (3) meadows; (4) other forage plants.
Why is grass said to be the fundamental crop? What is meant
by the term “grass” as used in its popular or general-language
sense (304b-304e)? What do you understand by the term “rota-
tion of crops?” What are the advantages of rotation? How
important is grass in such a system? Give one or two examples
of good rotation of crops (305b). Explain how the number of
grass plants to a square foot may be modified by the uses to which
the plants are to be put.
What is a“pasture?” What is a “permanent pasture” (307a)?
How should the land be prepared for the making of a permanent
pasturer Explain how pastures may be made on different kinds
of soil. Explain how a good pasture may be secured on land
that has been cropped too continually and failed to produce well
under rotation. Why is it necessary to prepare the soil for per-
manent pasture very thoroughly? Why does the pasture tend to
fail with age?
Name some of the kinds of grasses that may be employed in
the making of a permanent pasture. Why are clovers said to be
“host plants” to the grasses (312, 312a)? How may clovers be
maintained in pastures? As pastures begin to fail for lack of
plant-food, how may they be revived? Explain how important
eonstant watchfulness is to the maintenance of a permanent
pasture. What is the necessity of keeping the ground constantly
and evenly covered with sward? What can you say about pas-
turing too close? About letting the grasses run to seed? What
is said about the importance of shade on the surface of the pas-
ture lands and how it may be seenred? Recapitulate (as in para-
graph 317) the essentials in the making and keeping of pastures.
316 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
What is a “meadow?” How does it ditfer from a pasture?
What is an average yield for a meadow? What is the importance
of a meadow in the rotation? In what kinds of meadows are the
largest yields usually secured? What is the advantage of mixing
clover with the grasses? What are the advantages of mixed and
unmixed meadows for hay? What is the lowest average yield at
which & meadow ean be considered to be profitable?
What is a “permanent meadow?” When may such meadows
be advisable? What is the problem with lowland meadows? How
should the number of plants per square foot differ between
meadows and pastures? How may meadows be tilled or prevented
from becoming “hide bound?”
Name some of the grasses that are best adapted to meadows.
How much seed may be sown of grasses and clover? Name some
of the grasses of secondary special importance. Suggest how
much seed may be required to an acre.
What is meant by the term “forage plants?” By “roughage”
(see glossary)? What are “soiling” plants? What general re-
marks can you make about the growing or tilling of forage plants?
What sre the two leading forage plants of the United States?
Describe them and tell where their greatest areas of production
are. Name some of the annual forage plants of secondary value.
PART III. THE ANIMAL AND STOCK
Note that there are two general subjects econ-
sidered in this part of the book. These subjects
are: the animal as an individual, and an aggre-
gation of animals known as live-stoeck. Before
one can handle animals in groups or become a
stock farmer, he must know the characteristies
of the individual animals and how to feed and
treat them. This part of the book is divided
into four general parts: (tr) the general offices
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 317
of the animal to agriculture; (xIv) animal physi-
ology, or how the animal lives and grows and
performs its functions; (xv) the feeding of the
animal as a matter of farm practice; (XVI) the
general management of the stock.
Chapter 13
We first discuss the offices of the animal. Note
that the offices of the animal as related to the
farm are thrown into several general heads.
Cite what these heads are.
Explain the offices of the animal as outlined in paragraph 336.
What is stock? Name some of the animals that are included
under this term. How does the animal have relation to the soil
in respect to maintaining and increasing fertility? What relation
has stock to the disposition of the crops of the farm? ExplJain
how the animal itself has intrinsic value to man. Classify the
subject, as in 44a, 4b, 4c. What do you understand by the phrase,
“the animal as a beast of burden?” In what ways does the ani-
mal perform labor for the farmer? How may the animal act as a
destroyer of pests? What influence has the stock industry on the
diversification of labor? What is meant by the phrase “ diversi-
fication of labor?”
Chapter 14
Note that there are six coordinate parts in
this chapter on how the animal lives. Give these
six parts in their order or write them on the
blackboard.
This chapter is somewhat technical, and
318 THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
extra time should be given to it. The reader
will do well to study it until he feels a sense of
mastery of the subject as here presented.
What is a cell? Why does this discussion begin with the cell?
Diseuss single-celled animals, as in paragraphs 356-359. Do these
lowly animals have distinet organs? What is meant by “many-
celled animals?” What are the offices of individual cells in these
many-ecelled animals, as compared with that of single-celled
animals? What is meant by the “process of nutrition?” By the
“nervous processes?” By the “processes of secretion” (363a)?
What are glands (3630), and what are some of their offices?
What are the offices of the corpuseles of the blood? With what
may these corpuscles be compared? What is the lymph and the
lymphatie system (365, 365a)? What is meant by a specialized and
a generalized organ or organism (360a)?
What are the kinds of food as outlined in 367? What are
herbivorous animals? Carnivorous? How do the digestive organs
of the herbivorous animals differ from others? Compare the
digestive apparatus of the horse with that of the ox. How does
artificial eare and selection modify the size of the digestive organs?
What must all foods contain in order to be of use to the animal?
Name nitrogenous foods. Name non-nitrogeneus foods. What
is the special office of the latter? Are the non-nitrogenous foods
ever formed from the nitrogenous? How? What is meant by fat
(37la)? What are the mineral salts? What is the constitution of
ideal food? What is meant by a well-balanced ration? Can a
definite mathematical ration be constructed that will be of equal
value for all animals? Explain.
What is digestion? What is the alimentary canal? What are
the digestive secretions? Diseuss saliva. What is the active
principle of saliva, and what is its office? What are the offices
of the various stomachs in ruminating animals? What is the
office of the ehewing of the eud? How do the salivary glands
differ between youth and age? What relation has this to the kind
of food that an animal should have? What are the three digestive
prineiples produced by the stomach? Deseribe them. What is
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 319
an antiseptic (3872)? What is pepsin and peptone? How are
peptones distinguished? What is their office? Whatis the milk-
eurdling ferment? What is a ferment (379a)? What is rennet, and
for what is it used? Where is the gastric juice secreted in birds?
What digestion takes place in the intestines? Describe the
fluids there secreted. What is bile and where secreted? What is
its office? Discuss pancreatic juice. What is meant by an emul-
sion (396a)? What is the intestinal juice?
The various foods having been digested, they are now to be
aborbed or taken into the bodily system. Describe how they are
absorbed by means of villi. Describe what a villus is. Into
what fluids do these digestive matters pass?
The blood having received the digested foods, these materials
now go to various parts of the body to build up the tissues and
repair waste. What is one of the most important new products
resulting from digestion? What transformation takes place in
the liver? What are ptomaines and toxins (409a) ?
What is breathing? What is the relative constitution of in-
haled and exhaled air? How is the air brought into contact with
the blood? How is the blood circulated in the warm-blooded
animals? What is the nature of blood as it goes from the heart
and returns to it? What becomes of the excess of oxygen in the
new or pure blood? Where does the real effect of breathing take
place? How is the amount of needed air modified by the con-
dition or activity of the animal? How does the amount vary be-
tween different species of animals? At what point does air be-
come unable to support life because of carbon dioxid? What is
the value of good ventilation? Give any practical hints.
What is meant by “waste of tissue?” Under what conditions
does waste proceed most rapidly? Under what conditions is
waste repaired? Does the waste take place in exact proportion
to the energy or work expended by the individual? When will
the animal lay up fat? Under what conditions are milk-pro-
ducing animals profitable to their owners? What are the most
favorable conditions for the fattening of animals? What are the
dangers of too close confinement? Is the animal body to be
likened to a mere machine (426)?
Co
ws
o
THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
Chapter 15
Note the four co-ordinate parts into which
this chapter on the feeding of the animal is
divided; namely, sourees from which animal
food is secured, how the animal uses the food,
the composition of fodders, and the practice of
feeding.
What is the nature of animal food? What is a fodder? What
must fodder contain in order to be useful?
How is it that the animal is able to secure energy from the
materials stored in plants? How does the animal first expend
energy on the food? How may the profit in fodder be represented?
Why is it that some substances that’ contain an abundance of
plant-food may still be unprofitable for feeding? Name the five
ways in which the animal uses fodder. When the food is scant
and insufficient, how is it used? What is meant by “food of
maintenance,” “food of support,” and “food of production?” Is
all the food or material consumed by the animal of use to it in
building up animal tissue? Why? How does the proportion of
food digested vary in different animals? How does it vary with
the character of the food itself ?
Name the various classes of substances which compose fod-
ders. To what extent is water present in fodders? What isa by-
product (437a)? What is the use of the water to animals? How
does the water content increase the value of fodder in general?
What is ash? From what sources do animals secure all the ash
that they need? What is the importance of albuminoids as fodder
constituents? What elements do they contain? How does the
composition of albuminoids vary? What are carbohydrates?
What is the signification of the term from the chemical point of
view (445a)? What is the particular office of carbohydrates?
What is meant by fiber? Discuss the importance of fats in fod-
ders. How is the feeding value of fat expressed (449)?
What are the elasses of fodder that are of distinet use to the
REVIEW OF THE BOOK oak
animal? What are they called collectively? What is a ration?
What is a balanced ration? What is a nutritive ration? What is
a “wide” and a “narrow” nutritive ration? Give an example (as
suggested by 453a). What is the value of thé nutritive ration in
actual feeding practice? Which of the food constituents is most
likely to be lacking and is most needful, therefore, to be supplied?
On what does the quantity of food required by an animal depend
(458, 458a, 459)? How does the amount vary between youth and
age? How is the profit secured from feeding? Upon what does
the amount of “food for production” depend? Give an illustra-
tion (462). Is the food that an animal actually eats a measure of
the amount that it actually needs? Explain. What is a feeding
standard? Give an example. How may these feeding standards
be varied? What is the advantage of mere bulk in ration? What
are the substances that give bulk to aration? What is meant by
the term “coarse” as applied to fodders? What by the term
“eoncentrated fodders?” What is the danger in providing a too
bulky ration? About what proportion of dried matter should a
particular ration contain for eud-chewing animals? For horses?
What is meant by palatableness? What is its value in fodders?
Give one reason why silage isagood fodder. What is silage (469b)?
If there is any advantage in cooking foods, explain what it is.
What is the advantage of cutting or shredding fodders? What is
the advantage of variety or change in the food given to an animal?
Chapter 16
A brief discussion of the management of stock
may now be undertaken. Note the four divisions
into which this chapter falls: as, the breeding
of stock, where stock raising is advisable, how
much stock ean be kept on a given area, and
the eare of stock in general.
What is meant by the propagation or increase of the race?
What is necessary beyond the mere propagation of stock? What
U
C3 ee THE PRINCIPLES OF AGRICULTURE
is breeding and what are its two objects? What is a breed? Name
breeds in various classes of stock. When may a man be said to
be a stock-breeder? What is meant by the “mental” ideal, and
what is its value in stock-breeding? When may the ideal be im-
practicable? How does the ideal vary with different classes of
stock? How are animals judged in regard to their excellence?
What is meant by the judging or the scoring of animals (48la)?
If possible, apply the score cards on pages 276 and 277 to animals
for which they are intended. What is the first practice in breed-
ing for an ideal? What is the second point? What is meant by
a“ prepotent” animal? Give some of the common characteristics
of a prepotent animal. What is a “sport”? What importance do
these sports usually have in the improvement of the race? What
is meant by the term “fixed” as applied to breeding? What is a
pedigree? What are the advantages of a pedigree (486, 486a)?
What is meant by pure-blooded stock? Is pure stock always to
be advised for the general farmer, and why? How may the
farmer secure the advantages of good breeding (487, 487a)?
In what regions and under what conditions is live - stock
growing particularly advantageous? Discuss the advantages of
the West and South where the range areas are large. Discuss
the narrow and sheltered valleys of the North. What is the gen-
eral tendency respecting the extent of stock raising? Name
some conditions under which a large quantity of stock can not be
kept with the most profit. Let the class read paragraph 491 in
concert.
How much stock may be profitably kept on an acre in the rich
prairie countries? How much on farms in the East? What are
the two theories or principles controlling the quantity of stock a
farm ean keep with profit? Explain the practice of buying stock
to feed. What are the economies of this practice when figured
on the basis of wheat bran (496, 497)? When is this practice of
stock-feeding likely to be profitable? What is one reason for the
growth of this practice (499:? What is the value of stock: feeding
in respect to maintaining the fertility of the land (500, 500a)?
What is the general importance of making animals comfort-
able? Discuss ventilation, and how secured. Discuss the tem-
ee
ee
REVIEW OF THE BOOK 323
perature at which stables should be maintained. Discuss the
importance of light, and how it may be controlled. Discuss also
the means of storing the manure. Discuss some principles that
underlie the watering of animals. How does the ration vary with
the animal, its age, and the conditions under which it is kept?
How should the ration and time of feeding be governed? What
is the danger of feeding too much at any onetime? Let the class
read in concert paragraph 510a, at the bottom of page 279.
INDEX
Accessories, 109.
Acid phosphate, 94, 95.
Acid soils, 97, 98, 104,,189.
Acidity, 234.
Esthetic tastes, 109.
Agassiz, referred to, 35.
Agricultural chemistry, 9, 113.
Agricultural colleges, 2.
Agricultural physics, 6.
Agriculture, 1, 11, 14.
Air in soils, 38, 72.
Albumin, 213, 219, 255.
Albuminoids, 245, 246, 248, 257.
Alfalfa, 192, 199.
Alimentary canal, 215, 233.
Alkaline, 234.
Alluvial lands, 24.
Alps, denundation of, 30.
Amendments, 40, 97.
Ammonia, 90, 91.
Amveba, 231.
Amylopsin, 221.
Anacharis Canadensis, 128.
Analysis of soil, 42.
Angleworms, 17. (271.
Animal, feeding of, 240, 247, 266,
Animal, how it lives, 208.
Animal industry, 2, 3.
Animal locomotion, 7.
Animal, the, 201.
Animals and soil-building, 16.
Animals, species and breeds, 14.
Animai-knowledge, 8.
Antiseptic, 164, 173, 218, 234
Apiculture, 3.
Apple, propagation, 144.
Apple, varieties of, 14.
Apples, 108.
Apples, tilling, 161, 162.
Apple-seab, 167, 175.
Apple-worm, 205.
Aquatic plants, 19.
Arthur & MacDougal, 128, 129, 131
Arts, animals in, 203.
Ash in foods, 242, 243.
Ashes, 96.
Assimilation in plants, 112, 128.
Astronomy, 15.
Atkinson, referred to, 124, 128, 131.
Availability, 88, 104.
Babcock test, 278.
Bacillus ubiquitus, 35.
Bacteria, 35, 167.
Bailey, quoted, 31, 33, 45, 76, 84,
111, 129, 130, 131, 140, 157, 171.
Banana, 1.
Barley, 106.
Barley and pastures, 161.
Barley, wild, 191.
Barn, 268, 269.
Barnes, referred to, 131.
Barn-yard, 82, 85, 86.
Bayous, 23.
Bean, germination, 124.
Bean soil, 42.
(325)
326
Beans, 5, 92, 108.
Beans and moisture, 57.
Bedding, 267.
Bee-culture, 3, 11.
Beef, 11, 203.
Beet, sugar, 147.
Beetles, 166.
Bermuda grass, 181.
Beverage, 108. 109.
Bicycle, 204.
Bile, 220, 236.
Birds, digestion in, 220.
Birds, tame, 204.
Black-knot, 167.
Blights, 167, 174.
Blood, 210, 211, 222, 226.
Blood, dried, 92, 203, 206.
Blue grass, 181, 190, 195, 197.
Bogs, 20, 181.
Bone, 93, 207.
Bordeaux mixture, 169, 173, 177.
Borers, 167, 168.
Botany, 7, 15.
Boulders, 24.
Bran for feeding, 266.
Breathing in animals, 224.
Breeding, 8, 259.
Breeds, 15.
Brisket, 272, 276.
Buckwheat, 79, 108, 136, 181.
Bud propagation, 136.
Budding, 139, 140, 144.
Buds, opening, 130.
Bulk in ration, 252.
Burning of soils, 29.
Business, 4, 9.
Butter, 1, 11, 202.
Buttermilk, 255.
By-products, 255, 266.
Cabbage, club-root, 175.
INDEX
Calcium, 87, 116.
California Experiment Station, 63.
Callus, 138.
Cambium, 121, 139.
Canned fruits, 11.
Capacity of soil, 50, 59, 157.
Capillary water, 48, 55, 58, 150, 157.
Carbohydrate, 127, 243, 246, 256.
| Carbon dioxid, 104, 117, 118. 127
129, 224, 235.
Carbonate of copper, 169, 177.
Care of stock, 258.
Carex, 194.
Carnation, 14, 106.
Carnivorous animals, 108, 212
Casein, 213, 218, 219, 256.
Catch-crops, 78, 80.
Cats, 108, 204.
Cattle, 3, 14, 108, 201, 212, 272,
Cauliflowers, 109.
Cavanaugh, chapter by, 87.
Cereals, 181, 263.
Charcoal, 104.
Chautauqua belt, 14.
Checking growth, 165.
Cheese, 1, 11, 219, 235.
Chemieal action, 32.
Chemicals in schools, 105.
Chemistry, 8, 13, 15.
Chester, quoted, 34.
Chicken, 3, 233.
Chine, 272.
Chlorophyll, 118.
Chrysanthemum, 14.
Chyle, 235.
Cider, 1, 109.
Cion, 139, 144.
Civil engineering, 7.
Clay, moisture in, 51
Climatology, 9.
Climate, 3, 9, 107, 111.
INDEX
Clinton L. A., chapter by, 47.
Clinton, L. A., referred to, 76.
Clod-crushers, 69.
Clothing, 1. [80, 81, 84.
Clover, green-crop, 22, 67, 78, 79,
Clover in meadows, 181, 186, 189,
Clover roots, 110. {193, 199.
Clover, plant-food in, 203, 206.
Clover, seed-bed for, 151.
Clovers and nitrogen, 92
Club-root, 175.
Cobbett’s Tull, 72.
Colleges, 2.
Come true, 136, 140.
Comfrey, 191.
Commercial fertilizer, 95, 98, 203.
Compost, 34, 82.
- Compounds, 88, 103.
Condiments, 109. ae
Conservation of moisture, 56, 65,
Constituents of food, 213, 242, 266.
Constitutional troubles, 166, 167,
Cooking food, 254. [170, 174.
Copper fungicide, 169.
Corn. See maize.
Cornell Experiment Station, 63.
Cotton, 109, 120.
Cotton-seed meal, 267.
Cover-crops, 52, 79, 80, 162.
Covered yard, 82, 85, 86.
Cow, air required by, 228, 269
Cow, points of, 273.
Cows, feeding, 267.
Cows, standard for, 252.
Cow-peas, 79.
Crabs, 206.
Crop of fowl, 220, 235.
Crops, 106, 202.
Cultivators, 69.
Culture, 72.
Currant bug, 174.
327
Currants, cuttings, 138.
| Cut-flowers, 109.
Cuttings, 138, 142.
Cypress knees, 127.
Dairy husbandry, 3.
Daisies in meadows, 31, 170.
Darwin, quoted, 13, 33.
Davy, work of, 13.
DeCandolle, quoted, 14.
| Delta, 35.
Department of Agriculture, 13.
Dewlap, 273, 277.
Diecalcic phosphate, 95.
Digestion, 215, 240.
Discovery, 12.
Diseases, 8, 10, 162.
Ditches, 53, 60.
Diversification of labor, 205, 207,
Dogs, 108, 204. [265, 278.
Drag, 76.
Drainage, 53, 60.
Drains, 48, 53, 60.
Dressings, 83.
Dressings for wounds, 164.
Dried blood, 92, 203, 206.
Dried meat, 206.
Droughts, 49, 24.
Ducks, 3, 200.
Duggar, B. M., chapter by, 112.
Dust in air, 35. i
Dwarfing, 137, 144.
Dyes, 109.
Earth-mulch, 57, 65, 69, 71, 149.
Earthworms, 17, 33.
Ecology, 8, 13.
EKel-grass, 19.
Egg, white of, 213, 256.
Eggs, 1, 11, 202.
Elements, 87, 103.
328
Elodea Canadensis, 128.
Emulsions, 168,175, 221, 235.
Enemies of plants, 166.
Energy, 249
Engineering, 7.
Enriching land, 77.
Ensilage. See silage.
Entomology, 15.
Environment, 8, 13.
Escutcheon, 273, 276.
Evaporated fruits, 1 [ 125.
Evaporation from plants, 113, 114,
Exhausted lands, 27.
Experiment stations, 2, 13.
Exploration, 12.
Extensive farming, 86.
Factorv. 11.
Fallowing, 158.
Fall-plowing, 40.
Farming, 1, 11.
Farm-manures, 41.
Farm-practice, 4, 28.
Farm resources, 77.
Fats in food, 213, 229, 243, 247, 256.
Feed-mills, 7.
Feeding of animal, 240, 247, 266,
Feeding standards, 252. [271.
Ferment, 233.
Fertility, real, 77.
Fertilizer, 41, 43, 95, 98, 203.
Fertilizers, brands of, 15.
Fescue, 190, 191.
Fiber in foods, 243, 246.
Fibers, 2, 28, 109.
Fibrin, 219.
Film moisture, 49, 59.
Fish, 3, 201, 203.
Fish, ground, 204, 206, 207.
Flax, 109.
Flesh is grass, 108.
INDEX
Float, 71.
Floating islands, 20.
Floriculture, 3, 109,
Florists’ plants, 46.
Flour, 11.
Flower-pot experiment, 57, 59.
Flowers, varieties, 15.
Fodder, 109, 239.
Food constituents, 213, 243, 267.
Food, cooking, 255. 271
Food of animals, 108, 212, 240, 243
Food, quantity of, 250, 258, 266.
Forage, 109, 191.
Forecing-house, 86.
Forest a crop, 106.
Forestry, 2, 3, 12, 111.
Fowls, 3, 259.
Fowls, digestion in, 220.
Foxes, 212.
Free water, 48, 50.
Freezing pulverizes soil, 68.
Frigid zones, plants in, 119.
Fruit-evaporating machinery, 7,
Fruit-growing, 3, 11, 80, 96.
Fruit plantations, tilling, 162.
Fuchsias, cuttings, 138.
Fungi, 166, 167, 169, 173.
Fungicides, 169.
Furrow, 72.
Furrow:slice, 74.
Gang-plows, 163, 171.
Ganong, quoted, 33.
Garden, 12.
Gastric juice, 215, 218.
Gaye, quoted, 33, 36, 129
Geese, 3.
Geike, referred to, 30.
Geology, 9, 14.
Geraniums, cuttings, 138.
German peasants, 206-
INDEX
Germination, 116, 124, 133, 135.
Germs, 21, 35, 91.
Gills, 225.
Ginger, 109.
Gizzard, 220, 235.
Glaciers, 24, 35.
Glands, 210, 232.
Gluten, 213, 218, 219.
Gluten-meal, 267.
Glycogen, 211, 213, 232.
Grafting, 137, 138, 139, 144.
Grain-feeders, 212.
Grains, 2, 109.
Grains and phosphorie acid, 93.
Graminea, 193.
Granite, wearing away, 30.
Grape districts, 277.
Grape mildew, 167.
Grapes, cuttings, 138, 142.
Grass, 179, 189, 193.
Grass and daisies, 31.
Grass-feeders, 212.
Gravitation and growth, 122.
Green-crops, plowing under, 60, 65.
Green-manures, 21, 41, 52, 78, 79.
Growth and nitrogen, 89.
Growth, in plants, 113, 120, 121.
Growth processes, 120, 121.
Grub, white, 205.
Gypsum, 95, 105, 123.
Habitableness, 107.
Hair-waste, 204.
Half-way stone, 32.
Happiness, 6.
Hard-pan, 67, 74.
Harrows, 69, 155, 160.
Harvesting machinery, 7.
Hay raising, 185.
Heading-in, 166.
Heart, 225, 228, 238.
329
Heat and germination, 133.
Heat and plants, 119.
Heat-producing, 229, 246, 256.
Hellebore, 169.
Hemp, 109.
Herbage and plowing, 67, 68.
Herbivorous animals, 108, 212.
Hogs. See pigs and swine.
Hoes, 69.
Honeysuckle, layering, 142.
Hoof-meal, 204, 206.
Hop districts, 277.
Horn, 204.°
Horse, air required by, 269.
Horse, intestine of, 212.
Horse, trotting, 275.
Horses, 3, 108, 201, 212.
Horses, food of, 212, 272.
Horses, standards for, 252.
Horticulture, 2, 3, 12.
Hortus, 12.
Host, 167, 174, 183, 197.
Housing of animals, 258, 266, 272.
Hudson, palisades of, 30.
lshinaie. PA, ee ahs Cols tl, BR vip.
78, 81, 91, 93, 96, 149, 194, 264.
Hungarian grass, 193.
Hunting, 12.
Husbandry, 2, 11, 28.
Hydraulic rams, 7.
Hydrochloric acid in stomach, 218.
Hydrogen, 90.
Hydroscopic water, 48, 49.
Implements, 66, 69, 71, 74, 75, 76,
158, 160, 162, 171.
Indian corn. See maize.
Inorganic matter, 16, 28.
Insalivation, 216.
Insecticides, 168.
Insects, fighting, 15, 161, 166. 168.
330
Intensive farming, 79, 84, 265.
Internode, 121.
Inter-tillage, 64, 72.
Intestinal juice, 215, 220,
Intestines, sizes of, 212.
Iodine, 130, 233.
Tron, 87.
Irrigation, 48, 58.
Irritability, 122.
Islands, floating, 20.
221.
Japan clover, 79, 182, 194, 197.
Jellies, 11.
Judging animals, 261,
June grass, 181, 190, 195, 197.
Jute, 109.
oro oO7F
273, 275.
Kansas Experiment Station, 63.
Kerosene and emulsion, 168, 175.
King, quoted, 13, 33, 85, 36, 48, 45,
Gayte; 20.
Kitchen-garden vegetables, 3, 12.
Lagoons, 19, 28, 107.
Lakes and soil, 19.
Land defined, 16.
Landscape horticulture, 3, 109.
Law, James, chapter by, 208.
Lawn, 3, 109.
Layers, 137, 142.
Leachy soils, 38, 39,
Leaf-blights, 174.
Leaf-hoppers, 168.
Leaves, 84.
Leguminous plants,
Lespedeza bicolor, 194.
Lichen, 31.
Liebig, work of, 13.
Lilacs, layering, 142.
Lime, 45, 87, 97.
Lime and phosphorus, 94.
50, 91.
79, 80 181, 192.
INDEX
Lime and sulfurie acid, 33
Litmus paper, 98, 104, 234.
Liver, 220, 223.
Live-stock, 263.
Loam, 20, 51.
Locomotion, animal, 7.
Lodeman, referred to, 177.
Loin, 273, 276, 277.
London purple, 168, 176.
Longevity of seeds, 133, 141.
Lubbock, quoted, 30.
Lucerne, 199.
Lumber, 12, 109.
Lungs, 225, 226, 238, 246.
Luxuries, 5, 109.
Lymph, 211, 222, 232, 236.
Machinery, 7.
Maize, 5, 26, 31, 47, 57, 58, 79.
Maize and live-stock, 264, 266.
Maize and oxygen, 117.
Maize, food in, 278.
Maize forage, 192.
| Maize, regermination, 136.
Maize, seed-bed for, 148, 152.
Maize, tilling, 160, 170.
Mal-nutrition, 8.
| Mammals, 3.
| Management of stock, 259. :
| Mangrove, 19, 33.
Manufacture, 2, 11, 15.
Manures, 21, 41, 52, 65, 81, 82, 89,
93, 201, 206, 265, 268.
Many-celled animals, 208.
Marble, wearing away, 30, 32.
Market-gardening, 86, 265.
Market problems, 5.
Marl, 83.
Marsh grasses, 19.
Match, 104.
Mathematics, 15.
INDEX
Meadows, harrowing, 160.
Meadows, making, 185.
Meal for feeding, 267.
Meat, 5, 202.
Meat, dried, 206.
Mechanics, 7.
Medicine, 2, 8.
Medicines, 109.
Mellow soils, 38, 39.
Melon and cold, 120.
Merrill, referred to, 36.
Meteorology, 9.
Microbe, 35.
Micro-organisms, 22, 34.
Micro-organisms and ferment, 232.
Micro-organisms and nitrogen, 91.
Milch cow, care of, 230.
Mildews, 167, 174.
Milk, 1.
Milk-curdling ferment, 218, 221.
Milk machinery, 7.
Milk secreted, 211.
Mining, 12.
Mixed husbandry, 11, 28, 279.
Moisture and germination, 133, 141.
Moisture, conservation, 56, 65, 71.
Moisture in soils, 38, 47.
Mold, 20, 51.
Molds, 173.
Molecules, 32.
Monocalcie phosphate, 95.
Monuments, wearing away, 30.
Moss, 31, 33.
Mountains, 16, 29.
Muck, 83.
Mulch of soil, 57, 65, 69, 71, 149.
Muley, 262.
Mullein, 36.
Muriate of potash, 96, 123.
Muriatie acid in stomach, 218,
Muscle cell, 231
331
Mustard, 79.
Muzzle, 273, 276, 277.
Nebraska Experiment Station, 63.
Nervous processes, 210.
Nicholson, quoted, 14.
Nile, 24.
Nitrate of soda, 90, 92.
Nitrates, 90, 91, 104.
Nitrification, 38, 65, 91.
Nitrites, 104.
Nitrogen, 87, 89, 98, 101, 116, 203.
Nitrogen, amount in soil, 25.
Nitrogen-gatherers, 79, 80, 181, 192.
Nitrogen in food, 213, 245.
Numbers of species, 14.
Nurserymen’s moss, 33.
Nutrition in cells, 210.
Nutritive ratio, 247, 257.
Oats, 47, 79.
Oats for forage, 193.
Oats, regermination, 136.
Oats, water in, 47.
Offices of the plant, 106.
Oil-meal, 267.
Oil of vitriol, 92, 94.
Olericulture, 3.
Onion seeds, 133, 136.
Opium, 109.
Optimum temperature, 119, 134.
Orange, budding, 144.
Oranges, 108. [197.
Orchard-grass, 110, 181, 190, 196,
Orchards, tilling, 161. [66.
Organic matter, 16, 19, 28, 33, 34,
Organic matter removed by burn-
Organisms, 21. [ing, 29.
Ornamental plants, 3, 109.
Ornithology, 8, 15.
Osmosis, 113.
332
Ostreaculture, 3.
Ox, 212.
Oxen, standards for, 252.
Oxygen, 90, 116, 129.
Oxygen and germination, 133, 134.
Oxygen in blood, 211, 223, 246.
Oxygen in breathing, 224.
Oyster-raising, 3.
Palatability, 244, 254.
Palisades, 30.
Pancreatic juice, 215, 221.
Paradise, 12.
Parasitic fungi, 166, 173.
Paris green, 168, 176.
Parkinson’s book, 13.
Parsnip seeds, 133.
Particles of soil, size of, 39, 43, 44.
Pastures, harrowing, 160, 181.
Pastures, permanent, 180, 197.
Pathology, 8.
Pea family, 79.
Pea mildew, 167.
Pea, regermination, 136.
Peach, budding, 144.
Peaches, 106.
Pear-blight, 167.
Pear, propagating, 144.
Pears, tilling, 162.
Peas, 92, 193.
Peas, to prevent erosion, 51.
Peat, 20, 83.
Pedigree, 262, 263, 278.
Pepsin, 218.
Peptones, 219, 223.
Perennials, 146.
Perfumery, 109.
Pests, 10, 167.
Pests and stock, 205.
Pets, 204.
Phleum pratense, 195.
INDEX
Phosphate, 88, 94, 95, 104.
Phosphatic rocks, 94.
Phosphorie acid, 25, 93, 98, 101.
Phosphorus, 87, 88, 104, 116, 203.
Physies, 6. [170, 174.
Physiological troubles, 166, 167,
Physiology, 8.
Pigs. See also swine.
Pigs, standards for, 252.
Pin-bone, 273, 276, 278.
Planker, 71, 75, 76.
Plant-food defined, 128.
Plant-food elements, 87.
Plant, how it lives, 112.
Plant-knowledge, 7.
Plant-lice, 166, 168.
Plants, species and varieties, 14.
Plaster, 95.
Plowing, 66, 162, 171.
Plowing green-crops, 60, 65.
Plowing to dry the land, 68.
Plows, 73, 74.
Plum, budding, 144.
Plum-rot, 175.
Poa pratensis, 195.
Points of animals, 262, 273, 275.
Poisons for insects, 168.
Pomace, 84, 256.
Pomology, 3.
Ponds and soil, 19.
Pork, 203.
Pot, with plant, 46.
Potash, 95, 98, 101.
Potash, amount in soil, 25.
Potassium, 87, 104, 116.
Potato-bugs, 169.
Potato mildew, 167.
Potato, propagation, 146, 155.
Potato refuse, 78.
Potato, seed-bed for, 154, 158.
Potato tuber, 124.
Potato, varieties of, 14.
Potatoes, 1, 96, 108.
Potatoes and muriate, 96.
Potatoes, tilling, 160.
Potatoes, water in, 47.
Potential plant-food, 36.
Poultry, breeds of, 260.
Poultry-raising, 3, 203.
Prairies, stock on, 266.
Precipices, 30.
Precipitate, 235.
Precipitation, 59.
Prepotent, 261.
Preventives for pests, 167.
Principles, 15.
Principles of pruning, 165.
Propagation of plants, 132.
Prophylaxis, 175.
Proteids, 247, 248.
Protein, 243, 244, 248.
Protoplasm, 113, 127.
Proventriculus, 220, 235.
Pruning, 163.
Ptomaines, 224, 236.
Ptyalin, 216, 233.
Puddling, 68.
Pump, 7, 169, 170, 177.
Pumpkin, germination, 124.
Pure-blood stock, 263.
Purse, 278.
Quack-grass, 31.
Quadrupeds, 201.
Quantity of food, 250, 258, 266.
Quarries, 30.
Quarter, 273.
Quick-lime, 40, 97.
Quince, propagation, 144.
Quinces, 109.
Quinine, 109.
Rabbits, 204.
INDEX 333
Ragweed, 31.
Rain drops, 35.
Rainfall, 48, 50, 59, 63, 107.
Rakes, 69.
Range, 263.
Rape, 79.
Ratio, nutritive, 247, 357.
Ration, 214, 250, 271.
Red-clover is tap-rooted, 146, 147
Red-top, 181, 190.
Refuse, 78.
Regermination, 136.
Remedies for pests, 167.
Rennet, 235.
Reservoir for water, 54, 63, 67.
Resources of soil, 25.
Respiration in animals, 224.
Respiration in plants, 117.
Rest of animals, 228.
Resting the land, 80.
Retentive soils, 38, 39.
Reverted phosphate, 95.
Ribs, 273.
Rice, 108.
Rill, 35. [TO 25o:
Roberts, I. P., chapters by, 145,
Roberts, quoted, 25, 35, 36, 45, 63,
72, 74, 76, 84, 86, 105, 207.
Rock and soil, 16, 42.
Roller, 71, 76, 155.
Root crops, 96.
Root, evolution of, 31.
Root, growth of, 121, 131.
Root-hairs, 113, 124.
Root-pressure, 115, 125.
Root-pruning, 165. [32, 88, 104.
Roots and soil formation, 16. 2\,
Rose-bug, 175.
Rot of plum, 175.
Rotation, 79, 179, 197, 207.
Rotation and pests, 168.
334 INDEX
Rotten stones, 23.
Roughage, 191.
Ruminants, 216, 253.
Rump, 273, 274, 278.
Rusts, 174.
Rye and pastures, 181.
Rye for forage, 192.
Rye to plow under, 67, 79.
Rye, to prevent erosion, 51.
Saliva, 215, 232.
Saltpetre, 90.
Salts, 115, 123, 214.
Sand-bars, 35.
Sand, moisture in, 51.
Sand-storms, 25.
Sands held by plants, 111.
Sap, 114, 115, 124, 126, 131.
Saprophyte, 173.
Sawdust, 83.
Seab, 167.
Scale insects, 166, 168.
Scales, experiment with, 59.
Sciences, 5.
Sea crabs, 206.
Sea margins, 19.
Seaweed, 31.
Sea-wrack, 19.
Season to prune, 164.
Secretion, 210.
Sedges, 19, 193.
Seed, 155.
Seedage, 133, 135.
Seed-bed, 70, 11, 134, 145, 155.
Seedlings, raising of, 135.
Seeds, germination, 133, 142, 145.
Semi-staples, 108.
Shade, 108.
Shaler, referred to, 36.
Sheep, 3, 108, 201, 212.
Sheep stomach, 233.
Sheltering manure, 82.
Ships dusty at sea, 36.
Shower, 35.
Silage, 254, 258.
Silicon, 87.
Silo, 258, 265.
Single-celled animals, 208.
Slips, 138.
Smuts, 170, 178.
Snowballs, layering, 140.
Soaking seeds, 134.
Soap washes, 168.
Sod, influence on soil, 21, 68.
Sod in orchards, 161.
Sodium, 116.
Soil and stock, 202.
Soil, contents of, 16, 42.
Soil, moisture in, 50.
Soil-mulch, 57, 65, 69, 71, 149.
Soil particles, size of, 39, 43, 44.
Soil, texture of, 37.
Soiling crops, 191.
Sorauer, referred to, 124, 126, 127.
Specialized, 232.
Specialty-farming, 11, 279. [14.
Species, number of in cultivation,
Speculation, 12. [by, 37.
Spencer, J. W., quoted 35; chapter
Sphagnum, 20, 33.
Spices, 109.
Spittle, 232.
Spores, 169, 218, 234.
Sport, 262.
Spraying, 165, 169.
Springs, 48, 50.
Squash-bug, 167.
Squash, seedling of, 131.
Squashes and moisture, 57.
Stable-manure, 21, 41.
Stable-manures, 65, 81, 82, 89, 93,
201, 265, 268.
INDEX
Stables, 82, 86, 258, 269, 272.
Standards, feeding, 252.
Staples, 5, 108.
Starch, 28, 118, 127, 129, 130, 233.
Starch equivalent, 247.
Starch in food, 213, 246.
Steer, score of, 277.
Stem, growth of, 121, 130.
Stifle, 273.
Stink-bug, 167.
Stock, 3, 201.
Stock and pastures, 181.
Stock, care of, 259.
Stock, in grafting, 139.
Stockbridge, referred to, 36.
Stomach, 212, 233.
Stomata, 114, 117, 124.
Stones grow smaller, 30.
Stones, rotten, 23.
Stratification, 136.
Straw, 83.
Streams, action of, 35.
Streams carry soil, 23.
Struggle for existence in tree-top»
163, 173.
Stubble and plowing, 68.
Stubble refuse, 78, 80.
Sturtevant, quoted, 14.
Subsoil, 74.
Subsoiling, 68.
Subsurface, 155.
Sulfate of ammonia, 92.
Sulfate of potash, 96.
Sulfur, 87, 116.
Sulfur fungicide, 169.
Sulfuric acid, 33, 92, 94, 95.
Sugar, 28.
Sugar-beet, 147.
Sugar-cane and muriate, 96, 146.
Sugar in plant, 120, 127, 131.
Sugar in digestion, 223.
Sugars in food, 213, 246.
Summer-fallowing, 158.
Sunlight and growth, 118.
Superphosphate, 104.
Surgery, 8.
Swamps, 20.
Sweat, 211.
Sweet potatoes, 148.
Sweet vernal grass, 191.
Swine, 201.
Swine and pests, 205.
Swine, feeding, 272.
Switch, 273.
Symbols of elements, 103.
Syringe, 169.
Tankage, 203, 206.
Tap-roots, 110, 147.
Tarr, referred to, 14, 35, 36.
Teats, 273, 276.
Temperature for barns, 270.
Temperature for germination, 134.
Temperature of soil, 38.
Texas steer, 212.
Textiles, 109.
Texture of soil, 31.
Thawing, influence on soils, 68.
Thinning, 166.
Threshers, 7.
Thrips, 168.
Thurl, 273, 276, 278.
Tillage and water capacity, 54, 63.
Tillage defined, 64, 72.
Tillage of the soil, 64, 159.
Timber, 2, 3, 109.
Timothy for meadows, 186, 189, 199.
Timothy, picture of, 195, 196.
Toadstools, 173.
Tobacco and muriate, 96.
Tobacco insecticide, 168.
Tomatoes, 106.
336
Mools; 1605) G9) mills ks oO, nos nLoGs
Toxins, 224, 236. [160, 162, 171.
Training, 163.
Transpiration, 114, 120, 125.
Transportation, 11, 15.
Transportation of soils, 22.
Tricalcic phosphate, 94.
Trifolium hybridum, incarnatum,
medium, pratense, repens, 193,
Trimming, 163. [194.
Tropical plants, 119.
Trypsin, 221.
Tull, Jethro, 44, 72.
Turgidity, 113, 127.
Turkeys, 3, 201.
Udder, 273, 276.
Underdrainage, 40, 53, 60.
Valleys, 16.
Vegetables, 3, 11, 109.
Ventilation, 228, 269.
Viability, 133.
Vilmorin, quoted, 14.
Villus, 222, 235, 236.
Vineyards and rose-bugs, 175.
Vitality of seeds, 133.
Vitriol, oil of, 92, 94. [206.
Voorhees, referred to, 84, 86, 105,
Waste in animals, 228, 229.
Water, amount soil will hold, 47, 59.
Water, driving off by heat, 29.
Water for stock, 271.
Water in foods, 243.
Water in the plant, 113, 114.
Water-lily, 19.
Water moves lands, 23.
Water plants, 19.
Water-sprouts, 165.
INDEX
Water-table, 40, 46.
Water used by plants, 63, 74.
Weather, 9, 10.
Weathering, 16, 30.
Weeds, 69, 70, 76, 81, 159, 160, 170,
Weeds and stock, 205. (ali)
Weeds, kinds, 15.
Weevils, 175.
Weight of water on acre, 63.
Wells, 48.
Wheat, 1, 4, 26, 108, 198.
Wheat and mullein, 36.
Wheat and pastures, 181.
Wheat, germination, 124, 136.
Wheat, propagation, 132.
Wheat, seed-bed for, 148, 152, 155,
Wheat, tilling, 160. [158.
Wheeler, referred to, 45.
White hellebore, 169.
Willow, 31, 146.
Windbreaks, 107, 111.
Windmills, 7.
Winds and soils, 24.
Wine, 11, 109.
Wing, H. H., chapter by, 240.
Wing, H. H., referred to, 378.
Wisconsin, University of, 13, 277.
Withers, 273, 276.
Wolves, 212.
Wood or timber, 2, 3.
Wood products, 109.
Wool, 1.
Wool-waste, 204.
Work of animals, 228.
Worms, 166, 169.
Worn-out lands, 21.
Wounds, healing, 163, 164.
Zoology, 8.
CYCLOPEDIA OF AMERICAN
AGRICULTURE
Edited by L. H. BAILEY
Of Cornell University, Editor of ““Cyclopedia of American Horticulture,”
Author of “‘Plant Breeding,” ‘‘Principles of Agriculture,”’ etc.
WITH 100 FULL-PAGE PLATES AND MORE THAN 2,000 ILLUS-
TRATIONS IN THE TEXT—FOUR VOLUMES—THE SET:
CLOTH, $20 NET—HALF-MOROCCO, $32 NET—CARRIAGE EXTRA
Volume I—Farms
The Agricultural Regions—The Projecting of a Farm—The Soil
Environment—The Atmosphere Environment.
Volume II—Crops
The Plant and Its Relations—The Manufacture of Crop Products—
North American Field Crops.
Volume I]J—Animals
The Animal and Its Relations—The Manufacture of Animal Prod-
ucts— North American Farm Animals.
Volume IV—The Farm and the Community
Economies — Social Questions — Organizations — History — Litera-
ture, etc.
“Indispensable to publie and reference libraries . . . readily comprehen-
sible to any person of average education.’’—The Nation.
“The completest existing thesaurus of up-to-date facts and opinions on
modern agricultural methods. It is safe to say that many years must pass
before it can be surpassed in comprehensiveness, accuracy, practical value,
and mechanical excellence. It ought to be in every library in the country.”
—Record Herald, Chicago.
Published by
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
BOOKS ON AGRICULTURE
On Selection of Land, etc.
Thomas F. Hunt’s How to Choosea Farm. ... . $1
E. W. Hilgard’s Soils: Their Formation, and Rela-
tions to Climate and Plant Growth ...... 4
Isaac P. Roberts’ The Farmstead ......... 1
On Tillage, Crops, etc.
FH. Kine's, Bhe' Soils sie GAs a ae a a het 1
Isaac P. Roberts’ The Fertility of the Land 1
Elwood Mead’s Irrigation Institutions... .. eis ol
F. H. King’s Irrigation and Drainage .. . + ilk
Wm. E. Smythe’s The Conquest of Arid fenercae 1
Edward B. Voorhees’ Fertilizers. ......... 1
Edward B. Voorhees’ Forage Crops .....
H. Snyder’s Soils and Fertilizers. Third edition . .
L. H. Bailey’s Principles of Agriculture
W. C. Welborn’s Elements of Agriculture, Souther
and Western . :
J. F. Duggar’s eceultane for Sauihenn ebanos -
Suomen
H. Snyder’s Chemistry of Plant and Animal Tate Bye yt!
1
1
On Plant Diseases, etc.
—
George Massee’s Plant Diseases .
J.G. Lipman’s Bacteria in Relation to Gennes Life. 1
E. C. Lodeman’s The Spraying of Plants. ..... 1
H. M. Ward’s Disease in Plants (English) ..... 1
A. S. Packard’s A Text-book on Entomology. . .. 4
Oo Production of New Plants
L., He Bailey’s:Plant-Bree@ing: 9.6 3 + sa. 15 «ease 1
L. H. Bailey’s The Survival of the Unlike ..... 2
L. H. Bailey’s The Evolution of our Native Fruits . 2
W.S. Harwood’s New Creations in Plant Life 1
On Garden Making
L. H. Bailey’s Practical Garden-Book ....... 1
L. H Bailey’s Garden-Making ....... Stok ore
L. H. Bailey’s Vegetable-Gardenxing ..... Scere!
L. H. Bailey’s Horticulturist’s Rule Book .....
L. H. Baileg’s'Foreing-Book <0. 5: ois) % © bee 1
A. French’s Book of Vegetables .......... 1
75 net
00 net
50 net
50 net
50 net
25 net
50 net
50 net
25 net
50 net
25 net
25 net,
25 ne?
75 net
75 net
60 net
50 net
25 het
60 net
50 net
25 net
00 net
00 net
75 net
00 net
50 net
50 net
75 net
25 net
75 net.
BOOKS ON AGRICULTURE, continued
On Fruit-growing, etc.
Looe Bailey’s*Nurserg-Boak (o's ois 02) 5 5 3".
L. H. Bailey’s Fruit-growing a Oho an Pstcolae ie “ve
L. H. Bailey's The-Pruning-Book 5. . a) 2 66%.
Paw. = Cardrssbush) Mruttscr cms. eiins nie ses ieee
On the Care of Live Stock
Nelson S. Mayo’s The Diseases of Animals .... .
W. H. Jordan’s The Feeding of Animals ......
LP. Roberts DhevHomet) (22508 Moe eee
On Dairy Work
Henry H. Wing’s Milk and Its Products ......
C.M- Aikman's: Mille 0 25... ppten hare ee vos See
Harry Snyder’s Dairy Chemistry .......:..
W. D. Frost’s Laboratory Guide in Elementary
AE LCTIGIOP Varian ene ak See AROS oh tek Sa, cis
I. P. Sheldon’s The Farm and the Dairy. .
On Economics and Organization
L. H. Bailey’s The State and the Farmer. .....
Henry C. Taylor’s Agricultural Economies .....
I. P. Roberts’ The Farmer’s Business Handbook . .
George T. Fairchild’s Rural Wealth and Welfare. .
S. E. Sparling’s Business Organization. ......
In the Citizen’s Library. Includes a chapter on Farming.
Kate V. St. Maur’s A Self-Supporting Home
Kate V. St. Maur’s The Earth’s Bounty .......
On Everything Agricultural
L. H. Bailey’s Cyclopedia of American Agriculture:
Vol. 1. Farms, Climates, and Soils.
Vol. Il. Farm Crops.
Vol. Ill. Farm Animals.
Vol. IV. The Farm and the Community.
Price of sets: Cloth, $20 net; half-moroceo, $32
For further information as to any of the above,
address the publishers
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
$1 50 net
1 50 net
1 50 net
1 50 net
1 50 net
1 50 net
1 25 net
1 25 net
1 50 net
1 25 net
1 00 net
1 60 net
1 00 net
1 25 net
1 25 net
1 25 net
1 25 net
1 25 net
1 75 net
1 75 net
net,
64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
FOR THE STUDENTRtOF AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY
By HARRY SNYDER, B.S.
Professor of Agricultural Chemistry, University of Minnesota, and Chemist
of the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station
The Chemistry of Plant and Animal Life
Illustrated. Cloth. 12mo. 406 pages. $1.25; by mail, $1.35.
“The language is, as it should be, plain and simple, free from al] needless
technicality, and the story thus told is of absorbing interest to every one,
man or woman, boy or girl, who takes an intelligent interest in farm life.”
—The New England Farmer.
“Although the book is highly technical, it is put in popular form and made
comprehensible from the standpoint of the farmer; it deals largely with
those questions which arise in his experience, and will prove an invaluable
aid in countless directions.”—The Farmer’s Voice.
Dairy Chemistry
Illustrated. 190 pages. $1 net; by mail, $1.10.
“The book is a valuable one which any dairy farmer, or, indeed, any one
handling stock, may read with profit.”—Rural New Yorker.
Soils and Fertilizers
Third Edition. Ilustrated. $1.25 net; by mail, $1.38
A book which presents in a concise form the principles of soil fer-
tility and discusses all of the topics relating to soils as outlined by
the Committee on Methods of Teaching Agriculture. It contains
350 pages, with illustrations, and treats of a great variety of sub-
jects, such as Physical Properties of Soils; Geological Formation,
ete.; Nitrogen of the Soil and Air; Farm Manures: Commercial
Fertilizers, several chapters; Rotation of Crops; Preparation of
Soil for Crops, ete.
THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
64-66 Fifth Avenue NEW YORK
Thal
Peale }
ee i \ aN jwlly 4
oie t \¥ i : Ps
i
a. mh
ees
We ad iN Af wi iy va ie Hy ya
Mibdas Sastre mai vii, T mA : i
led (Pity Bik ii, ey COT ay rut
seaNal i A a Ra | hae
, y , 4 i
Nba hada a Fay Sy ah
a iva Bid ay } y My Mp. x , nf 7
We yk ek mT aay, 3 i ’ lets } }
bah aie ‘ aah all | i 5 “!
) j Pay au , oh } al
Whats Wir? yi ha? Mat ge ‘ : )
pe ae, 4 Wt ca | att Pie Ae . i ty : i
sete mye Loh Li en a i Mi ay
a See ; y bh
ra eu
fal Chole Oe
eeiias: Te | aT ine, i
Ranga mon ei i | ' CaN
on r 3 abt my if nit ih Y eee ’ ’ } ‘ ; ih
+ pt bal ein" ay ve yt id hy th Di
4 « xt ny Sai Wie at a ~h vA > vt)
nt Gi % Mg ; Hs
- 7
bod
——
~
-
,
hides
Se,
iD 7 ‘ Me F
nA ‘ ' 4
7 ;
| 2 ' % i
se. hy J ‘ 9 i
+ ae
GRESS
vu
pooe77s3ail